DIME BANCORP INC
10-K, 1999-03-31
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: DIME BANCORP INC, DEF 14A, 1999-03-31
Next: BIOCORAL INC, NT 10-K, 1999-03-31



<PAGE>   1
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
(MARK ONE)
[X]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
      SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
                                       OR
 
[  ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
       SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
   FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                     TO
 
                       COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-13094
 
                               DIME BANCORP, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                   DELAWARE                                      11-3197414
       (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                        (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
        INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                      IDENTIFICATION NO.)
 
     589 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK, NEW YORK                          10017
   (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)                      (ZIP CODE)
</TABLE>
 
                                 (212) 326-6170
               REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE
 
          SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             TITLE OF EACH CLASS                 NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
             -------------------                 -----------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>
        COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE                     NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
            STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS                         NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
</TABLE>
 
        SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: NONE
 
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes X  No  _
 
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.  [ ]
 
     The aggregate market value of the shares of registrant's common stock held
by non-affiliates (assuming, solely for purposes of this Form, that all
directors are affiliates) was $2,872,705,004 as of March 5, 1999 (based on the
closing New York Stock Exchange price on such date).
 
     The number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding as of
March 5, 1999 was 111,337,493 shares.
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
     The information required by Part III of Form 10-K is incorporated by
reference to the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement relating to its 1999
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
                               DIME BANCORP, INC.
 
                        1998 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PAGE
                                                                        ----
<S>       <C>                                                           <C>
PART I
Item 1.   Business....................................................    2
Item 2.   Properties..................................................   14
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings...........................................   15
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.........   17
 
PART II
Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
          Stockholder Matters.........................................   17
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.....................................   18
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
          and Results of Operations...................................   19
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
          Risk........................................................   46
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.................   46
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
          and Financial Disclosure....................................   46
 
PART III
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..........   46
Item 11.  Executive Compensation......................................   47
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
          Management..................................................   47
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..............   47
 
PART IV
Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form
          8-K.........................................................   47
 
SIGNATURES............................................................   52
</TABLE>
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   3
 
                                     PART I
 
     Certain statements contained herein are forward-looking and may be
identified by the use of words such as "believe," "expect," "anticipate,"
"should," "planned," "estimated," and "potential." These forward-looking
statements are based on the current expectations of the Company (as defined
below). A variety of factors could cause the Company's actual results and
experience to differ materially from the anticipated results or other
expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements. The risks and
uncertainties that may affect the operations, performance, development and
results of the Company's business include interest rate movements, competition
from both financial and non-financial institutions, changes in applicable laws
and regulations, the timing and occurrence (or non-occurrence) of transactions
and events that may be subject to circumstances beyond the Company's control and
general economic conditions.
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     Dime Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company"), a Delaware corporation
headquartered in New York, New York, is the holding company for The Dime Savings
Bank of New York, FSB, a federally-chartered savings bank (the "Bank" and,
together with the Holding Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries, the
"Company"). The principal subsidiary of the Bank is North American Mortgage
Company ("NAMC"), a mortgage banking company that was acquired in October 1997
(the "NAMC Acquisition"). At December 31, 1998, the Company operated 90 banking
branches located in the greater New York City metropolitan area and conducted
its mortgage banking activities nationwide through locations in 43 states. At
December 31, 1998, the Company had assets of $22.3 billion, deposits of $13.7
billion and stockholders' equity of $1.4 billion.
 
     For internal management purposes, the Company has four business segments:
Retail Banking; Commercial Banking; Mortgage Banking; and Investment Portfolio.
Further information regarding these business segments is set forth below and in
Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations -- Business Segments" and Note 25 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
RETAIL BANKING
 
  General
 
     The Company's Retail Banking segment, which focuses on individuals,
includes deposit accounts and related services, securities brokerage services,
insurance products, consumer lending activities and maintenance of a portfolio
of residential real estate loans receivable. Products and services offered by
this business segment, most of which are available 24 hours a day and seven days
a week, are delivered through a multi-channel distribution network.
 
  Deposits
 
     The Company's total deposits amounted to $13.7 billion at December 31,
1998, of which $12.2 billion were associated with retail customers. (The
remaining balance of total deposits consisted of escrow deposits relating to
serviced mortgage loans and commercial banking-related customer deposits.) At
that date, the Company operated 42 branches in New York City, 23 branches in
Long Island, a total of 8 branches in Westchester and Rockland counties in New
York and 17 branches in New Jersey. In addition to its branch system, the
Company's deposit gathering network includes its telephone banking center and
190 automated teller machines owned by the Company.
 
     The Company attracts deposits by offering a broad selection of deposit
instruments and programs. These include demand accounts, savings accounts, money
market accounts, time deposit accounts, individual retirement and Keogh accounts
and automatic payroll and Social Security deposit programs. The Company's
deposit levels are subject to fluctuations resulting from numerous factors
outside the
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   4
 
Company's control, including general economic conditions, market interest rates
and competition both from other depository institutions and alternative
investments. Depositor behavior is affected by a variety of factors, including
risk-related returns on other available investments, the rates paid by the
Company compared to other institutions and the Company's ability to satisfy
customer needs. These factors may affect the Company's willingness or ability to
compete for deposits and, therefore, the level of its deposits.
 
     The Bank is a member of the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), with approximately 65% of its deposits
insured by the BIF and the remainder insured by the Savings Association
Insurance Fund ("SAIF") of the FDIC, in each case up to applicable limits.
 
     For further information on the Company's deposits, see Item 7,
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8,
"Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
  Securities Brokerage Services
 
     Securities brokerage services are provided by the Company through Dime
Securities, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary that is a registered broker-dealer.
The services provided by Dime Securities primarily consist of the execution of
securities transactions, on an agency basis, solely upon the order and for the
accounts of its customers. In addition, Dime Securities provides standardized
and individualized investment and financial planning advice to individuals and
business entities. Products sold by Dime Securities, which are not BIF- or
SAIF-insured, include: mutual funds; government, corporate and municipal bonds;
equity securities and equity options; annuities; and unit investment trusts.
 
  Insurance Activities
 
     The Company's insurance subsidiaries, which include The Dime Agency, Inc.,
Dime NJ Agency, Inc. and North American Mortgage Insurance Services, currently
sell certain tax-deferred annuities and products issued by various insurance
companies, including individual and group life, disability and accidental death
insurance, as well as hazard, mortgage and automobile insurance. The Company
also offers Savings Bank Life Insurance ("SBLI") in New York through its SBLI
Department.
 
  Consumer Lending
 
     The Company's consumer loans receivable, which amounted to $973.2 million
at the end of 1998, includes adjustable- and fixed-rate home equity loans and
lines of credit, manufactured home loans, loans secured by deposits, automobile
loans, boat loans, unsecured and secured personal loans, property improvement
loans, government-guaranteed student loans and unsecured revolving
lines-of-credit and overdraft checking loans. The Company generates consumer
loans through its retail branch system, its NAMC loan production network, direct
mail and general marketing initiatives.
 
     Home equity loans represented approximately 88% of the Company's total
consumer loan portfolio at December 31, 1998. These loans are underwritten
following guidelines similar to those for conventional residential real estate
loans (see "Mortgage Banking -- Residential Real Estate Loan Production").
During 1998, the loan-to-value ratio on any home equity loan, together with any
prior lien, generally did not exceed 90% at the time of origination. Loans made
pursuant to home equity lines of credit have adjustable interest rates that,
after an introductory period, are based generally on a fixed margin over the
prime lending rate.
 
     For a further discussion of the Company's consumer loans receivable, see
Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations" and Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item
8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   5
 
  Residential Real Estate Loans Receivable Portfolio
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company maintained a residential real estate
loans receivable portfolio of $8.9 billion, consisting of one-to-four family
first mortgage loans and cooperative apartment loans. The Company managed the
level of this loan portfolio during 1998 consistent with its strategy to reduce
the percentage of such loans to total loans receivable.
 
     For a further discussion of the Company's residential real estate loans
receivable portfolio, see Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 5 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, "Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data."
 
COMMERCIAL BANKING
 
  General
 
     The Company's Commercial Banking segment provides both lending and deposit
products and services to business customers. This segment includes commercial
real estate lending and business banking activities.
 
  Commercial Real Estate Lending
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company's commercial real estate loans receivable
amounted to $2.6 billion, of which approximately $2.0 billion were secured by
properties located in the State of New York. During 1998, the Company opened a
commercial real estate loan production office in Florida to complement existing
offices in the greater New York City metropolitan area, Pennsylvania and
Virginia. The Company's underwriting policies with respect to commercial real
estate loans are based primarily on the loan-to-value ratio of the property and
an assessment as to the adequacy of the underlying project's cash flow and its
coverage of operating expenses and debt service payments. The Company's
underwriting policies generally also require an appraisal of the underlying
property, an engineer's report and a "Phase I" environmental assessment.
Loan-to-value ratios at the time of origination are usually not more than 75%.
 
  Business Banking
 
     The Company's business banking activities consist of providing loans
(including lease financing and asset-based lending), deposit products and cash
management and other services to small- and medium-sized businesses.
 
     The Company originates business loans principally to finance seasonal
working capital needs, expansion, renovation and equipment purchases. In
general, the ability of the borrower to generate sufficient cash flows from
operations to liquidate the debt is a critical component of the credit decision.
At December 31, 1998, the Company's business loans receivable amounted to $287.3
million.
 
     For a further discussion of the Company's commercial real estate and
business loans receivable, see Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 5 of Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, "Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data."
 
MORTGAGE BANKING
 
  General
 
     The Company's Mortgage Banking segment activities, which are conducted
principally through NAMC, include the production of residential real estate
loans either for the Company's portfolio or for sale into the secondary market
and servicing loans for itself and others. During 1998, the Company expanded its
mortgage banking operations in continuance of its strategy to strengthen its
mortgage banking capabilities and in response to the relatively high level of
loan demand.
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   6
 
  Residential Real Estate Loan Production
 
     The Company produces fixed-rate and adjustable-rate residential real estate
loans through a multi-channel, multi-regional network. Of the Company's total
residential real estate loan production during 1998 of $30.5 billion,
approximately 48% was originated through approved mortgage brokers (which
numbered approximately 8,100 at December 31, 1998, as compared with
approximately 6,400 at December 31, 1997), approximately 36% was originated
directly by the Company and approximately 16% was purchased through
correspondent lenders.
 
     The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of residential
real estate loan production during 1998 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 LOAN        PERCENTAGE
                                                                AMOUNT        OF TOTAL
                                                              -----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
California..................................................  $ 7,677,070       25.2%
Minnesota...................................................    1,553,086        5.1
Massachusetts...............................................    1,370,536        4.5
Texas.......................................................    1,340,097        4.4
Illinois....................................................    1,319,661        4.3
Colorado....................................................    1,265,382        4.2
New York....................................................    1,053,616        3.5
Virginia....................................................    1,036,427        3.4
Florida.....................................................    1,035,654        3.4
Other(1)....................................................   12,812,137       42.0
                                                              -----------      -----
Total.......................................................  $30,463,666      100.0%
                                                              ===========      =====
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) No other state represented more than 2.7% of the total loan production.
 
     The Company's residential real estate loan production includes loans: (i)
that meet the standard underwriting policies and purchase limits (which for
single family homes increased to $240,000 by year-end 1998) established by
Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") and Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation ("FHLMC") guidelines ("conforming conventional loans"); (ii) in
amounts in excess of the FNMA and FHLMC purchase limits ("jumbo loans"); (iii)
insured or guaranteed under Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") or Veterans
Administration ("VA") programs; (iv) that conform to programs established by
various state and local authorities; and (v) exclusively for sale to specified
secondary market investors that conform to the requirements of such investors,
which may be more or less stringent than those for conforming conventional
loans.
 
     Underwriting policies and guidelines for residential real estate loans
produced for the Company's portfolio are generally in conformance with those of
FNMA and FHLMC. Such policies and guidelines include requiring an appraisal of
the value of the collateral for the purpose of determining the loan-to-value
ratio (i.e., the ratio that the principal amount of the loan bears to the value
of the collateral securing the loan at the time of origination) and the
collateral's adequacy as security. The collateral's value is deemed to be the
lower of the purchase price or the appraised value, except for refinance loans,
where the appraised value is used. With respect to residential first mortgage
loans having a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80% at the date of origination,
the Company generally requires private mortgage insurance underwritten by FNMA-
and FHLMC-approved insurers in accordance with FNMA and FHLMC coverage levels.
 
     When the Company makes residential real estate loans to borrowers whose
creditworthiness does not meet standard FNMA and FHLMC underwriting guidelines
("subprime loans"), it sells the loans, as well as the right to service them,
into the secondary market, without recourse to the Company, and receives a fee
for their origination.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   7
 
     The Company administers a formal process for approving and monitoring, and
conducts annual reviews of, its mortgage brokers and correspondents. Mortgage
broker performance is assessed primarily by monitoring loan credit quality.
Correspondent-purchased loans are contractually required to be underwritten by
the correspondent lenders in accordance with the Company's guidelines and,
unless a correspondent lender has been delegated underwriting authority, all
loans are re-underwritten by the Company prior to purchase. Correspondent
lenders with delegated underwriting status are generally subject to more
stringent financial and operational requirements than those without such status
and have undergone a comprehensive on-site review conducted by the Company.
Mortgage brokers and correspondent lenders demonstrating unacceptable
performance or insufficient loan activity are removed from the Company's
programs.
 
  Secondary Market Activities
 
     During 1998, the Company continued its strategy of selling into the
secondary market substantially all of its fixed-rate residential real estate
loan production. Further, the Company opportunistically sells adjustable-rate
loans into the secondary market. In total, the Company sold $26.8 billion of
residential real estate loans into the secondary market during 1998.
 
     Conforming conventional loans produced by the Company for sale in the
secondary market are typically pooled and exchanged for securities backed by
such loans (mortgage-backed securities ("MBS")) issued by FNMA or FHLMC, which
are sold to investment banking firms. The Company may also sell conforming
conventional loans, as whole loans, directly to FNMA or FHLMC or to private
investors. Jumbo loans produced for sale in the secondary market are sold to
private investors. FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed loans produced for sale in the
secondary market are pooled to form Government National Mortgage Association
("GNMA") MBS, issued by the Company, which are sold to investment banking firms.
 
  Loan Servicing
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company's residential real estate loans serviced
for others portfolio (excluding loans being subserviced by the Company)
consisted of approximately 274,000 loans with principal balances totaling
approximately $27 billion. In return for servicing these loans, the Company
earns fees based upon the outstanding principal balances of the loans. Minimum
servicing fees for substantially all loans serviced under MBS programs are
established by the sponsoring entities. At year-end 1998, the Company was
subservicing, for a fee, approximately 60,000 loans with principal balances of
approximately $8 billion in connection with bulk sales of loan servicing rights.
In addition, at the end of 1998, the Mortgage Banking business segment was
servicing approximately 100,000 residential real estate loans owned by the
Company with principal balances of approximately $12 billion.
 
     Loan servicing consists of collecting principal and interest payments from
borrowers, remitting aggregate principal and interest payments to investors,
making loan-related advances when required, accounting for principal and
interest, collecting funds for payment of loan-related expense such as taxes and
insurance, inspecting the collateral as required, contacting delinquent
borrowers, conducting foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of
unremedied defaults and generally administering loans.
 
     For a further discussion of the Company's mortgage banking activities, see
Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations" and Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item
8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
 
     The Company, pursuant to established policies and guidelines, invests in
certain debt and equity securities and money market investments. These
investments are made in conjunction with the Company's overall liquidity,
interest rate risk and credit risk management processes. In addition, as a
member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLBNY"), the Bank is
required to maintain a specified
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   8
 
investment in the capital stock of the FHLBNY (see "Regulation and
Supervision -- Federal Home Loan Bank System"). In recent years, the Company's
strategy has been to reduce the relative contribution of its investment
portfolio, and to increase the relative contributions of other business
segments, to overall revenues and profit.
 
     For a further discussion of the Company's investment portfolio, see Item 7,
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and Notes 3 and 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     The Company had 7,437 employees at December 31, 1998. Employees of the
Company are not represented by any collective bargaining group. The Company
considers its employee relations to be satisfactory.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The Company experiences substantial competition both in attracting and
retaining deposits and in making loans. Its most direct competition for deposits
historically has come from other thrift institutions and commercial banks doing
business in the greater New York City metropolitan area. The Company also
competes for funds with money market mutual funds, corporate and governmental
debt securities and other investment alternatives. The Company's competition for
loans comes principally from other thrift institutions, commercial banks,
mortgage banking companies, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and
other institutional investors and lenders. A number of institutions with which
the Company competes for deposits and loans have significantly greater assets
and capital than the Company.
 
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
 
  General
 
     The Bank is a federal savings bank and a member of the FHLBNY and is
subject to the regulations, examinations and reporting requirements of the
Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS"), as the primary regulator of federal
savings associations, and of the FDIC, as insurer of the Bank's deposits.
Additionally, the Bank is subject to certain limited regulation by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board"). As a
savings and loan holding company, the Holding Company is also subject to the
regulations, examinations and reporting requirements of the OTS.
 
     The description of statutory provisions and regulations applicable to
savings associations and savings and loan holding companies set forth below does
not purport to be a complete description of the statutes and regulations
described or of all such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Bank
and the Holding Company. The regulatory scheme has been established primarily
for the protection of depositors and the financial system generally and is not
intended for the protection of stockholders or other creditors.
 
  Deposit Insurance
 
     The FDIC administers two separate deposit insurance funds: the BIF, of
which the Bank is a member, and the SAIF. Approximately 65% of the Bank's
deposits are BIF-insured and approximately 35% of its deposits are SAIF-insured.
Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991
("FDICIA"), the FDIC established a risk-based assessment system for insured
depository institutions that takes into account the risks attributable to
different categories and concentrations of assets and liabilities. Under this
system, both BIF-insured and SAIF-insured depository institutions are placed
into one of nine confidential assessment risk categories using a two-step
process based first on capital ratios and then on other factors. As a result of
the enactment of the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the "Funds Act"),
SAIF-insured deposit assessment rates currently range
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   9
 
between $0.00 and $0.27 for each $100 of insured deposits, which is identical to
BIF-insured deposit assessment rates.
 
     Under the Funds Act, beginning January 1, 1997, insured depository
institutions were assessed with respect to BIF-assessable deposits in order to
pay for a portion of the debt service of certain bonds issued by the Federal
Financing Corporation (the "FICO Bonds"). Prior to January 1, 1997, assessments
to pay the debt service on the FICO Bonds were applicable only to SAIF-member
institutions. The Funds Act provides that, between January 1, 1997 and the
earlier of December 31, 1999 or the date as of which the last savings
association ceases to exist, BIF-assessable deposits will be assessed at a rate
equal to 20% of the rate applied to SAIF-assessable deposits for purposes of the
FICO Bonds debt service assessment. Thereafter, all insured deposits will be
assessed on a pro rata basis. The FICO assessment rate is adjusted quarterly to
reflect changes in the assessment bases of the BIF and SAIF. The rate for the
first quarter of 1999 was set at $0.061 for each $100 of SAIF-assessable
deposits and $0.0122 for each $100 of BIF-assessable deposits.
 
     Until the earlier of December 31, 1999 or the date as of which the last
savings association ceases to exist, the Funds Act also provides that the
federal banking agencies are to take "appropriate action" to prevent insured
depository institutions and depository institution holding companies from
facilitating or encouraging the shifting of deposits from SAIF-assessable
deposits to BIF-assessable deposits for the purpose of evading the assessments
imposed on insured depository institutions with respect to SAIF-assessable
deposits for deposit insurance and the FICO Bonds debt service.
 
  Capital Requirements
 
     Under federal statute and OTS regulations, savings associations are
required to comply with three separate capital adequacy standards. These
institutions are required to have core capital equal to 3% of adjusted total
assets, tangible capital equal to at least 1.5% of adjusted total assets and
total risk-based capital equal to at least 8% of total risk-weighted assets. The
OTS is also authorized to establish individual minimum capital requirements for
a savings association consistent with these capital standards. The OTS has not
established any such individual minimum capital requirements for the Bank. There
are potentially severe consequences for failing to meet these regulatory capital
requirements.
 
     Core capital includes common stockholders' equity (including common stock,
common stock surplus and retained earnings, but excluding any unrealized gains
or losses, net of related taxes, on certain securities available for sale),
non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and any related surplus and minority
interests in the equity accounts of fully consolidated subsidiaries. Intangible
assets, other than servicing assets valued in accordance with applicable
regulations and purchased credit card relationships ("PCCRS"), generally must be
deducted from core capital. Servicing assets and PCCRS may represent in the
aggregate up to 100% of core capital, although the aggregate amount of
non-mortgage servicing assets and PCCRS may not exceed 25% of core capital.
Servicing assets and PCCRS that are includable in capital are each subject to a
limitation equal to the lesser of 90% of fair value or 100% of the remaining
unamortized book value. In addition, certain deferred tax assets and investments
in and loans to non-includable subsidiaries must be deducted from core capital.
 
     Tangible capital means core capital less any intangible assets (except for
mortgage servicing assets includable in core capital and investments in
subsidiaries that are not "includable subsidiaries" (except as permitted by
regulation).
 
     For purposes of the risk-based capital requirement, total risk-based
capital means core capital plus supplementary capital, so long as the amount of
supplementary capital that is used to satisfy the requirement does not exceed
the amount of core capital. Supplementary capital includes, among other things,
subordinated debt issued pursuant to OTS regulations, general valuation loan and
lease loss allowances up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to
45% of unrealized gains on certain securities available for sale. Risk-weighted
assets are determined by multiplying certain categories of the savings
association's assets, including off-balance sheet equivalents, by an assigned
risk weight of 0% to 100% based on the credit risk associated with those assets
as specified in OTS regulations. The OTS
                                        8
<PAGE>   10
 
adopted a rule, effective January 1, 1994, incorporating an interest-rate risk
component into its existing risk-based capital requirement. In March 1995, the
OTS extended a waiver of the interest rate risk capital deduction until it
issued a Thrift Bulletin establishing an appeals process and notified thrift
institutions of the effective date. Although the OTS issued the Thrift Bulletin
on August 21, 1995, it also announced that the automatic interest rate risk
capital deduction would not be implemented until the OTS issued a notice
otherwise.
 
     Pursuant to FDICIA, the OTS adopted prompt corrective action ("PCA")
regulations that established five capital categories for savings associations
("well capitalized," "adequately capitalized," "undercapitalized,"
"significantly undercapitalized," and "critically undercapitalized") and require
certain mandatory actions and authorize other discretionary actions to be taken
by the OTS with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized
categories, with the nature and extent of such actions dependent primarily on
the category in which the institution is placed. The OTS has specified by
regulation the relevant capital level for each category. Under OTS regulations,
an institution is considered well capitalized if its ratio of total risk-based
capital to risk-weighted assets is 10% or more, its ratio of core capital to
risk-weighted assets is 6% or more, its ratio of core capital to adjusted total
assets is 5% or greater, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the
OTS to meet a specific capital level.
 
     In addition, an institution's primary federal bank regulatory agency is
authorized to downgrade the institution's capital category to the next lower
category upon a determination that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound
condition or is engaged in an unsafe or unsound practice. An unsafe or unsound
practice can include receipt by the institution of a less than satisfactory
rating on its most recent examination with respect to its asset quality,
management, earnings or liquidity.
 
     For information concerning the Bank's regulatory capital status, see Note
16 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, "Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
     The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the "FDI Act") generally prohibits a
depository institution from making any capital distribution (including payment
of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its holding company if the
depository institution would be "undercapitalized." "Undercapitalized"
depository institutions are subject to limitations on, among other things, asset
growth, acquisitions, branching, new business lines, acceptance of brokered
deposits and borrowings from the Federal Reserve System and are required to
submit a capital restoration plan. The federal bank regulatory agencies may not
accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is
based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the
depository institution's capital. In addition, for a capital restoration plan to
be acceptable, the depository institution's holding company, if any, must
guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan.
The aggregate liability of the holding company under such guarantee is limited
to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the depository institution's total
assets at the time it became "undercapitalized," or (ii) the amount that is
necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into
compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such
institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan. If the depository
institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is
"significantly undercapitalized." "Significantly undercapitalized" depository
institutions may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions,
including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become "adequately
capitalized," requirements to reduce total assets and cessation of receipt of
deposits from correspondent banks. "Critically undercapitalized" institutions
are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.
 
  Depositor Preference
 
     The FDI Act provides that, in the event of the "liquidation or other
resolution" of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of
such institution (including claims by the FDIC as subrogee of insured
depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC, as a
receiver, would be afforded a priority over other general unsecured claims
against such an institution. If an insured depository institution fails, insured
and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will be placed ahead of
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   11
 
unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including a holding company for the
institution (such as the Holding Company), in order of priority of payment.
 
  Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitations and Loans to Insiders
 
     Savings associations are subject to loans-to-one-borrower limitations under
federal law and OTS regulations. At December 31, 1998, the Bank's loans-to-one
borrower limitation was approximately $211 million.
 
     Savings associations are also subject to Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the
Federal Reserve Act. These provisions, among other things, limit a savings
institution's extension of credit to the principal stockholders, directors and
executive officers of the savings institution and its affiliates and to the
related interests of these persons.
 
  Liquid Assets
 
     OTS regulations require a saving institution to maintain, for each calendar
quarter, an average daily balance of liquid assets (as defined) equal to at
least 4% of either (i) its liquidity base (the institution's net withdrawable
accounts plus short-term borrowings) at the end of the preceding calendar
quarter or (ii) the average daily balance of its liquidity base during the
preceding calendar quarter. Monetary penalties may be imposed for failure to
meet liquidity ratio requirements.
 
  Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Distributions
 
     The payment of dividends by the Bank to the Holding Company is subject to
certain regulatory restrictions. These restrictions may affect the Holding
Company's liquidity as well as its ability to pay dividends on its capital stock
or principal or interest on its debt. A savings association, such as the Bank,
may not make a capital distribution (or pay management fees to its holding
company) if, following such distribution (or payment), the institution would be
"undercapitalized" as that term is defined for purposes of the PCA provisions
described above. In addition, OTS regulations limit the ability of savings
associations to pay dividends and make other capital distributions according to
the institution's level of capital and income, with the greatest flexibility
afforded to institutions that meet or exceed their OTS capital requirements.
Capital distributions include cash dividends, payments to repurchase, redeem,
retire or otherwise acquire an institution's shares, payments to stockholders of
another institution in a cash-out merger, other distributions charged against
capital and any other transaction that the OTS determines to entail a payout of
capital. To the extent that the OTS regulations described below and the PCA
provisions are inconsistent, the PCA provisions take precedence.
 
     Under current OTS regulations, a savings association that exceeds its fully
phased-in OTS capital requirements both before and after a proposed distribution
(a "Tier 1 Institution") and that has not been advised by the OTS that it is in
need of more than normal supervision may, after prior notice to but without the
approval of the OTS, make capital distributions during a calendar year up to the
higher of (i) 100% of its net income to date during the calendar year plus the
amount that would reduce by one-half its "surplus capital ratio" (the percentage
by which the institution's ratio of total capital to assets exceeds the ratio of
its fully phased-in capital requirement to assets) at the beginning of the
calendar year or (ii) 75% of its net income over the most recent four-quarter
period. In addition, a Tier 1 Institution may make capital distributions in
excess of the foregoing limits if it gives the OTS 30 days' notice of the
proposed distribution and the OTS does not object within that period. A Tier 1
Institution that has been notified by the OTS that it is in need of "more than
normal supervision" must, under the OTS regulations, be treated as a "Tier 2
Institution" or a "Tier 3 Institution," to which progressively more stringent
restrictions on dividends and capital distributions apply. As of December 31,
1998, the Bank was a Tier 1 Institution. The OTS also may prohibit a proposed
capital distribution that would otherwise be permitted if it determines that the
distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
 
     Beginning on April 1, 1999, OTS regulations will dispense with the
distinctions between Tier 1, Tier 2 and Tier 3 Institutions and also eliminate
the use of the "surplus capital ratio" in determining whether an
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   12
 
application for prior approval of a capital distribution must be filed. A
savings association will be required to file an application if: (i) it is not
eligible for expedited treatment under the OTS application processing rules;
(ii) the total amount of all capital distributions, including the proposed
capital distribution, for the applicable calendar year would exceed an amount
equal to the savings association's net income for that year to date plus the
savings association's retained net income for the preceding two years; (iii) the
savings association would not be adequately capitalized under the OTS capital
regulation following the distribution; or (iv) the capital distribution would
violate a statute, regulation or agreement with the OTS or a condition imposed
by the OTS. A savings association that is not required to file an application
may be required to file a notice with the OTS under certain conditions,
including if it is a subsidiary of a holding company. The OTS may disapprove an
application or notice if the proposed capital distribution would: (i) make the
association undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, or critically
undercapitalized; (ii) raise safety or soundness concerns; or (iii) violate a
statute, regulation, or agreement with the OTS (or with the FDIC), or a
condition imposed in an OTS-approved application or notice.
 
     Also beginning on April 1, 1999, "capital distributions" will include,
among other things, payments to repurchase, redeem, retire or acquire the
savings association's debt instruments included in total capital or payment of
cash or other property to the savings association's owners or affiliates made in
connection with a corporate restructuring. Distributions charged against capital
will only be included if the savings association would not be "well capitalized"
following the distribution.
 
     The Holding Company's ability to pay dividends on its common stock ("Common
Stock") is limited by restrictions imposed by Delaware law. In general,
dividends may be paid out of the Holding Company's surplus, as defined by
Delaware law, or in the absence of such surplus, out of its net profits for the
current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.
 
  Transactions with Affiliates
 
     Under federal law and regulation, transactions between a savings
association and its "affiliates," which term includes its holding company and
other companies controlled by its holding company, are subject to quantitative
and qualitative restrictions. Savings associations are restricted in their
ability to engage in certain types of transactions with their affiliates. These
"covered transactions" include: (i) purchasing or investing in securities issued
by an affiliate; (ii) lending or extending credit to, or guaranteeing credit of,
an affiliate; (iii) purchasing assets from an affiliate; and (iv) accepting
securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of
credit. Covered transactions are permitted between a savings association and a
single affiliate up to 10% of the capital stock and surplus of the association,
and between a savings association and all of its affiliates up to 20% of the
capital stock and surplus of the institution. The purchase of low-quality assets
by a savings association from an affiliate is not permitted. Each loan or
extension of credit to an affiliate by a savings association must be secured by
collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130% (depending on the type
of collateral) of the amount of credit extended. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
a savings association is not permitted to make a loan or extension of credit to
any affiliate unless the affiliate is engaged only in activities that the
Federal Reserve Board has determined to be permissible for bank holding
companies. Savings associations also are prohibited from purchasing or investing
in securities issued by an affiliate, other than shares of a subsidiary. Covered
transactions between a savings association and an affiliate, and certain other
transactions with or benefiting an affiliate, must be on terms and conditions at
least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for
comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. This arms-length
requirement applies to all covered transactions, as well as to: (i) the sale of
securities or other assets to an affiliate; (ii) the payment of money or the
furnishing of services to an affiliate; (iii) any transaction in which an
affiliate acts as agent or broker or receives a fee for its services to the
savings association or to any other person; or (iv) any transaction or series of
transactions with a third party if any affiliate has a financial interest in the
third party or is a participant in the transaction or series of transactions.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   13
 
  Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA")
 
     Under the CRA and the implementing OTS regulations, a savings association
has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of its
local communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent
with the safe and sound operation of the institution.
 
     As part of its CRA activities, the Bank originates loans for affordable
housing (which are generally loans to low- or moderate-income borrowers). In
order to generate these loans, the Bank's specifically designated staff uses a
variety of outreach initiatives, including participation in seminars and housing
fairs, such as those targeted to first-time home buyers, loan application
materials in a variety of foreign languages and cooperative ventures with
not-for-profit groups. The Bank's CRA lending activities also include loans in
low- or moderate-income neighborhoods, community development financing for new
construction and rehabilitation of affordable multifamily housing and targeted
commercial projects. Typically, these project loans are made in partnership with
government subsidy programs.
 
     The OTS assigns a CRA rating based upon a Lending Test, Investment Test and
Service Test keyed to, respectively, the number of loans, the number of
investments and the level of availability of retail banking services in a
savings association's assessment area. The Lending Test is the primary component
of the assigned composite rating. An "outstanding" rating on the Lending Test
automatically results in at least a "satisfactory" rating on the composite, but
an institution cannot receive a "satisfactory" or better rating on the composite
if it does not receive at least a "low satisfactory" rating on the Lending Test.
Alternatively, a savings association may elect to be assessed by complying with
a strategic plan approved by the OTS.
 
     Following each of the four most recent CRA examinations of the Bank by the
OTS, which were completed in August 1997, June 1995, February 1993 and December
1990, the Bank received an "outstanding" CRA rating, which is the highest rating
that an institution may receive.
 
  Savings Association Investment Powers
 
     Federal savings associations are subject to comprehensive regulation
governing their investments and activities. Among other things, a federal
savings association may invest up to 3% of its assets in service corporations,
an unlimited percentage of its assets in operating subsidiaries (which may only
engage in activities permissible for the association itself) and under certain
conditions may invest in finance subsidiaries. Other than investments in service
corporations, operating subsidiaries, finance subsidiaries, stock of
government-sponsored agencies such as FHLMC and FNMA and certain "pass-through
investments" in entities engaging only in activities that a federal savings
association may conduct directly, federal savings associations generally are not
permitted to make equity investments. A service corporation in which a federal
savings association may invest is permitted to engage in activities reasonably
related to the activities of a federal savings association as the OTS may
approve on a case-by-case basis and certain activities pre-approved by the OTS.
 
     Under federal law, a savings association may not acquire or retain,
directly or through a subsidiary, any corporate debt securities that, when
acquired, were not rated in one of the four highest rating categories by at
least one nationally recognized rating agency, unless such activity is done
through a separately capitalized affiliate (other than a subsidiary or an
insured depository institution).
 
     Federal law and regulations empower the Bank to exercise any authority to
make investments or engage in activities that the Bank was authorized to
exercise or engage in under New York law in effect at the time it converted to a
federal mutual charter, whether or not the Bank had utilized such authority as a
state-chartered mutual savings bank. These so-called "grandfathered" powers are
in addition to the powers the Bank possesses as a federal savings bank. Among
these grandfathered powers is the authority to make "leeway" investments. Under
this authority, the Bank, subject to certain limitations, may make equity and
other investments that do not qualify under any other provision of the
grandfathered powers, so long as no one such investment exceeds 1% of the Bank's
assets and the total of all such investments does not exceed
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   14
 
5% of its assets. However, certain specific types of investments are prohibited
under this provision, including the acquisition of common stock in a commercial
bank or life insurance company.
 
     The exercise of these grandfathered powers, or any other activity, is
subject to the authority of the FDIC to issue regulations or orders it deems
necessary to prevent actions or practices that pose a serious threat to the BIF
or the SAIF. The FDIC has authority, upon making such determination, to prohibit
a savings association from engaging in that activity.
 
  Acquisition of Control of Savings Associations
 
     The Home Owners Loan Act ("HOLA") prohibits a savings and loan holding
company, directly or indirectly, from: (i) acquiring control of a savings
association or another savings and loan holding company, without prior OTS
approval; (ii) generally acquiring more than 5% of the voting shares of a
savings and loan holding company or a savings association which is not a
controlled subsidiary; or (iii) acquiring control of an "uninsured institution,"
as defined in the HOLA. No director or officer of a savings and loan holding
company or individual owning, controlling or holding power to vote more than 25%
of the holding company's voting shares may: (i) hold, solicit or exercise
proxies in respect of any voting rights in a mutual savings association; or (ii)
except with the prior approval of the OTS, acquire control of any savings
association that is not a subsidiary of such holding company.
 
  Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") System
 
     The Bank is a member of the FHLB system, which consists of 12 regional
FHLBs. The FHLB system provides a central credit facility primarily for member
institutions. Members are required to hold shares of the capital stock of the
regional FHLB in which they are a member in an amount at least equal to the
greater of 1% of the member's home mortgage loans or 5% of the member's advances
from the FHLB.
 
  Federal Reserve System
 
     The Bank is subject to various regulations promulgated by the Federal
Reserve Board, including, but not limited to, Regulation B (Equal Credit
Opportunity Act), Regulation D (Federal Reserve Act), Regulation E (Electronic
Fund Transfers Act), Regulation Z (Truth in Lending Act), Regulation CC
(Expedited Funds Availability Act) and Regulation DD (Truth in Savings Act).
 
     FHLB system members are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve
"discount window," but Federal Reserve Board regulations require institutions to
exhaust all FHLB sources before borrowing from a Federal Reserve Bank.
 
  Legislative and Regulatory Proposals
 
     The operations of a savings association and a savings and loan holding
company are affected by the economic, fiscal and monetary policies of the United
States and its agencies and regulatory authorities, particularly the Federal
Reserve Board. The fiscal and economic policies of various governmental entities
and the monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have a direct effect on
the Company's business operations and the availability, growth and distribution
of the Company's investments and deposits.
 
     In addition, proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the
operations and taxation of savings associations and other financial institutions
and companies that control such institutions are frequently raised in Congress
and before the OTS and other bank regulatory authorities. The likelihood of any
major changes in the future and the effect such changes might have on the
Company are impossible to determine.
 
  Federal Securities Laws
 
     The Holding Company is subject to the periodic reporting, proxy
solicitation, tender offer, insider trading and other requirements and
restrictions under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   15
 
TAXATION
 
     The Holding Company files consolidated federal income tax returns with its
eligible 80%-or-greater-owned subsidiaries on a calendar year basis. The maximum
corporate federal income tax rate applicable to the Holding Company and its
subsidiaries currently is 35%, subject to the 20% alternative minimum tax
applicable to corporations, as discussed below.
 
     The 20% alternative minimum tax applies generally to taxable income, with
certain adjustments, plus items of tax preference ("AMTI") and is imposed to the
extent that the alternative minimum tax exceeds the regular income tax for the
taxable year. The amount of AMTI that can be offset by net operating loss
("NOL") carryforwards is limited to 90% of AMTI. Therefore, for taxable years in
which available NOL carryforwards completely offset taxable income, the Holding
Company (and its subsidiaries) would be subject to an effective minimum federal
tax rate of 2% of AMTI (as determined before offset by NOL carryforwards). Any
alternative minimum tax paid by the Company would be available as a carryforward
tax credit, which, subject to certain limitations, could be used to reduce its
otherwise determined regular federal tax liability.
 
     For federal income tax purposes, the deduction available to the Bank for
bad debts is equal to its actual loss experience. The use of reserves for bad
debts is no longer available. Generally, federal bad debt reserve balances in
existence on December 31, 1987 will be subject to recapture upon distribution of
such reserves to shareholders. For New York State and New York City tax
purposes, thrift institutions continue to use the reserve method of tax
accounting for bad debts and determine a deduction for bad debts in a manner
similar to prior law, including an alternative deduction equal to 32% of the
thrift's taxable income as specially determined for this law.
 
     New York State and New York City each imposes an annual franchise tax on
banking corporations, based on net income allocable to New York State or New
York City, respectively, at a rate of 9%. If, however, the application of an
alternative minimum tax (based on taxable assets allocated to New York,
"alternative" net income, or a flat minimum fee) results in a greater tax, an
alternative minimum tax will be imposed. In addition, New York State imposes a
tax surcharge equal to 17% of the New York State franchise tax allocable to
business activities carried on in the Metropolitan Commuter Transportation
District. NOLs cannot be carried back or forward for New York State or New York
City tax purposes. These taxes apply to the Holding Company, the Bank and
certain of the Bank's subsidiaries. Certain subsidiaries of a banking
corporation may be subject to a general business corporation tax in lieu of the
tax on banking corporations. The rules regarding the determination of income
allocated to New York and alternative minimum taxes differ for these
subsidiaries.
 
     The Holding Company and certain of its subsidiaries are also subject to
state and local taxation in states other than New York. Most states provide a
statutory apportionment methodology that determines the allocable income subject
to tax in those states. In certain cases, the income and activities of the
affiliated group are used to determine the tax liability of the entity doing
business in that state. Further, the ability to utilize NOL carryovers varies by
state. New Jersey imposes a Savings Institution Tax based on net income
attributed to New Jersey on the basis of separate accounting, at a rate of 3%
and NOLs cannot be carried back or forward. In addition, the Holding Company is
subject to an annual franchise tax imposed by Delaware, its state of
incorporation. This franchise tax is the higher of an amount determined by
reference to authorized shares or assumed capital (asset size), but cannot
exceed $150,000.
 
     For additional information regarding income taxes of the Company, see Note
21 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, "Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
     The Company leases its principal executive offices in New York City and its
administrative headquarters located in Uniondale, New York. The Company also
leases the executive offices for its mortgage banking operations in Tampa,
Florida and owns both its residential real estate loan production
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   16
 
headquarters located in Santa Rosa, California and its residential real estate
and consumer loan servicing operations center in Albion, New York.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Bank operated 90 full-service branches in the
greater New York City metropolitan area, of which 40 were owned and 50 were
leased. At that date, the Company leased approximately 260 residential real
estate loan production facilities in 43 states.
 
     For further information regarding the Company's properties and lease
obligations, see Notes 7 and 24 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     On January 13, 1995, Anchor Savings Bank FSB ("Anchor Savings") filed suit
in the United States Court of Federal Claims against the United States for
breach of contract and taking of property without compensation in contravention
of the Fifth Amendment to the United States Constitution. The action arose
because the passage of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and
Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") and the regulations adopted by the OTS
pursuant to FIRREA deprived Anchor Savings of the ability to include supervisory
goodwill and certain other assets for purposes of computing its regulatory
capital as the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation ("FSLIC") had
agreed. The direct effect was to cause Anchor Savings to go from an institution
that substantially exceeded its regulatory capital requirements to one that was
critically undercapitalized upon the effectiveness of the FIRREA-mandated
capital requirements.
 
     From 1982 to 1985, Anchor Savings had acquired eight FSLIC-insured
institutions that were in danger of failing and causing a loss to the FSLIC.
Four institutions were acquired with some financial assistance from the FSLIC
and four were unassisted "supervisory" cases. In acquiring the institutions,
Anchor Savings assumed liabilities determined to exceed the assets it acquired
by over $650 million at the dates of the respective acquisitions. The difference
between the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in
the transactions were recorded on Anchor Savings' books as goodwill. At the time
of these acquisitions, the FSLIC had agreed that this supervisory goodwill was
to be amortized over periods of up to 40 years. Without that agreement, Anchor
Savings would not have made the acquisitions. When the capital regulations
imposed under FIRREA became effective, Anchor Savings still had over $518
million of supervisory goodwill on its books and in excess of 20 years remaining
to amortize it under the agreements with FSLIC. The FIRREA-mandated capital
requirements excluded all but approximately $124 million of Anchor Savings'
supervisory goodwill, over $42 million attributable to the FSLIC contribution in
one acquisition, and, until the formation of Anchor Bancorp, Inc., the holding
company for Anchor Savings ("Anchor Bancorp"), in 1991, $157 million associated
with preferred stock issued to the FSLIC as a result of one of the acquisitions.
FIRREA also required the remaining supervisory goodwill to be eliminated by
December 31, 1994 for regulatory capital purposes. The elimination of the
supervisory goodwill resulted in severe limitations on Anchor Savings'
activities and required the disposition of valuable assets under
liquidation-like circumstances, as a result of which Anchor Savings was damaged.
The complaint asks that the Government make Anchor Savings whole for the effects
of the loss, which are estimated to exceed substantially the goodwill remaining
at the time FIRREA was enacted.
 
     There are approximately 130 cases involving similar issues pending in the
United States Court of Federal Claims, which has entered summary judgment for
the plaintiffs as to liability, but not damages, in a small number of the cases.
The first three of those cases, referred to as the Winstar cases, were appealed
to the United States Supreme Court, which, on July 1, 1996, affirmed the
decision that the Government was liable for breach of contract.
 
     All of the Winstar-related cases, including Anchor Savings' lawsuit (which
was assumed by the Bank upon consummation of the merger of Anchor Bancorp and
Anchor Savings with and into the Holding Company and the Bank, respectively (the
"Anchor Merger")), were assigned to the Chief Judge of the Court of Federal
Claims. The Chief Judge has issued an Omnibus Case Management Order ("OCMO")
that controls the proceedings in all these cases. The OCMO imposes procedures
and schedules different
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   17
 
from most cases in the Court of Federal Claims. Under the OCMO, the Bank has
moved for partial summary judgment as to the existence of a contract and the
inconsistency of the Government's actions with that contract in each of the
related transactions. The Government has disputed the existence of a contract in
each case and cross-moved for summary judgment. The Government also submitted a
filing acknowledging that it is not aware of any affirmative defenses. Briefing
on the motions was completed on August 1, 1997. In August 1997, the Court held a
hearing on summary judgment motions in four other cases. As part of that
hearing, the Court heard argument on eleven issues that the plaintiffs contend
are common to many of the pending cases, including the Bank's case. The Court
issued its order on December 22, 1997, ruling in favor of the plaintiffs on all
eleven "common" issues. The Court's order directed the Government to submit a
"show cause" filing by February 20, 1998 asserting why judgment for the
plaintiff should not be entered on each of the common issues with respect to
each pending summary judgment motion. The Government submitted a filing in
response to the "show cause" order, but asserted that it might need further
discovery as to certain issues. At a status conference on March 11, 1998, the
Court directed each of the plaintiffs to submit a proposed form of order for
entry of judgment as to liability on the Winstar contract issues and an
accompanying brief by March 31, 1998 and directed the Government to respond by
April 30, 1998 with a filing asserting any basis for not entering the order
proposed by the plaintiff. On March 31, 1998, the Bank, as directed by the
Court, submitted a proposed order imposing liability on the Government as to
each of the Bank's claims. On April 30, 1998, the Government served its
opposition to the entry of the order. Final submissions were made on May 15,
1998 by the Bank and May 22, 1998 by the Government. No date has been set for
argument on the Bank's request to enter judgment. It is not possible to predict
whether the Court will grant any of the Bank's motions for partial summary
judgment or, if so, when the Chief Judge will schedule a trial on damages and
any remaining liability issues.
 
     Commencing in April 1998, the oldest 30 of the pending cases (after
excluding certain specific cases) that elected to proceed were allowed to
commence full discovery as to liability and damages in their cases. The
case-specific discovery will continue through June 1999, unless further extended
by the Court. The second 30 cases will start discovery in 1999, and so on.
Discovery of damage experts will follow the fact discovery in each case. Cases
will not be assigned to trial judges until after the fact discovery is
completed. The Bank is among the first 30 plaintiffs and commenced full
case-specific discovery on April 1, 1998.
 
     There have been no court decisions determining damages in any of the
Winstar-related cases. The trial in the first of the Winstar-related cases to
proceed to trial on damages was concluded in April 1998, with closing arguments
held in September 1998. A decision in that case is now expected in early April
1999. Trials in two other cases also have recently ended, and decisions are
expected in the cases shortly. It also is likely that any determination of
damages by the Court of Federal Claims will be appealed. It is impossible,
therefore, to predict the measure of damages that will be upheld in cases in
which liability is found.
 
     During the summer of 1998, there were settlements in a total of four of the
Winstar-related cases in which the Government agreed to make payments to the
plaintiffs. The Bank believes that the circumstances of the four settled cases
were materially different from the Bank's case, and the Bank does not believe
that these settlements will affect the final outcome of its case. The Company is
unaware of any other pending settlements in this litigation.
 
     The Company continues to believe that its claim is meritorious, that it is
one of the more significant cases before the Court, and that it is entitled to
damages, which, as noted, are estimated to exceed substantially the goodwill
remaining on Anchor Savings' books at the time FIRREA was enacted.
 
     Certain claims, suits, complaints and investigations involving the Company,
arising in the ordinary course of business have been filed or are pending. The
Company is of the opinion, after discussion with legal counsel representing the
Company in these proceedings, that the aggregate liability or loss, if any,
arising from the ultimate disposition of these matters would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   18
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
     No matter was submitted to the Holding Company's stockholders during the
quarter ended December 31, 1998.
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
     The Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") under
the symbol "DME." On March 5, 1999, there were approximately 19,751 holders of
record of the Common Stock.
 
     The following table sets forth, for the quarters indicated, the high and
low sales prices of the Common Stock based on the NYSE Composite Tape and any
cash dividends declared per share of Common Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SALES PRICE
                                                              --------------     DIVIDENDS
                                                              HIGH      LOW      DECLARED
                                                              ----      ----     ---------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>      <C>
1998:
  Fourth quarter............................................  $28       $17 1/8    $0.05
  Third quarter.............................................   33 1/16   18 1/4     0.05
  Second quarter............................................   32 1/2    27 5/8     0.05
  First quarter.............................................   31 1/4    23         0.04
1997:
  Fourth quarter............................................   30 3/8    20 15/16   0.04
  Third quarter.............................................   22 1/16   16 15/16   0.04
  Second quarter............................................   19        14 7/8     0.04
  First quarter.............................................   18 1/8    14 1/2       --
</TABLE>
 
     The Holding Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") periodically
considers the payment of dividends on the Common Stock, taking into account the
Company's financial condition and level of net income, its future prospects,
economic conditions, industry practices and other factors, including the
dividend restrictions described in "Regulation and Supervision -- Restrictions
on Dividends and Capital Distributions" under Item 1, "Business."
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   19
 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1998          1997          1996          1995          1994
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
FOR THE YEAR
Net interest income........................  $   527,233   $   483,062   $   461,295   $   409,626   $   429,077
Provision for loan losses..................       32,000        49,000        41,000        39,650        55,799
Non-interest income........................      525,030       145,291        85,978        74,712        89,900
Non-interest expense:
  General and administrative expense.......      571,839       337,122       292,795       285,901       294,474
  Amortization of mortgage servicing
    assets.................................       92,291        29,751        19,382        20,652        20,297
  Other real estate owned expense, net.....        1,511         4,341        10,072        12,892        11,013
  SAIF recapitalization assessment.........           --            --        26,280            --            --
  Restructuring and related expense........           --         9,931         3,504        15,331        58,258
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total non-interest expense.............      665,641       381,145       352,033       334,776       384,042
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Minority interest -- preferred stock
  dividends of subsidiary..................           --            --            --            --        11,433
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income before income tax expense (benefit),
  extraordinary items and cumulative effect
  of a change in accounting principle......      354,622       198,208       154,240       109,912        67,703
Income tax expense (benefit)...............      113,479        75,034        49,984        47,727       (53,138)
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income before extraordinary items and
  cumulative effect of a change in
  accounting principle.....................      241,143       123,174       104,256        62,185       120,841
Extraordinary items -- losses on early
  extinguishment of debt, net of tax
  benefits of $2,993 in 1998 and $895 in
  1997.....................................       (4,057)       (1,460)           --            --            --
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting
  principle for goodwill...................           --            --            --            --       (92,887)
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net income.................................  $   237,086   $   121,714   $   104,256   $    62,185   $    27,954
                                             ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
PER COMMON SHARE
Basic earnings:
  Income before extraordinary items and
    cumulative effect of a change in
    accounting principle...................  $      2.13   $      1.15   $      1.00   $      0.63   $      1.23
  Net income...............................         2.09          1.14          1.00          0.63          0.28
Diluted earnings:
  Income before extraordinary items and
    cumulative effect of a change in
    accounting principle...................         2.09          1.13          0.96          0.57          1.12
  Net income...............................         2.06          1.12          0.96          0.57          0.26
Cash dividends declared....................         0.19          0.12            --            --            --
Book value at December 31,(1)..............        12.42         11.30          9.76          9.03          8.43
Market value at December 31,...............        26.25         30.25         14.75         11.63          7.75
 
PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Return on average assets...................         1.11%         0.60%         0.52%         0.30%         0.15%
Return on average stockholders' equity.....        17.84         11.04         10.36          6.56          3.25
Net interest margin for the year...........         2.68          2.51          2.40          2.07          2.36
Non-interest income to total revenues......        49.90         23.12         15.71         15.43         17.32
Efficiency ratio...........................        54.59         51.98         51.83         57.11         57.28
</TABLE>
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   20
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AT OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1998          1997          1996          1995          1994
                                             -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
AT YEAR END
Total assets...............................  $22,320,850   $21,848,000   $18,870,108   $20,326,620   $19,647,937
Securities available for sale..............    3,329,444     4,992,304     2,589,572     4,070,865       530,714
Securities held to maturity................           --            --     4,363,971     5,085,736     8,609,897
Loans held for sale........................    3,884,886     1,841,862       115,325       139,370        16,621
Loans receivable...........................   12,748,068    12,984,507    10,738,057     9,830,313     9,351,622
Allowance for loan losses..................      105,081       104,718       106,495       128,295       170,383
Deposits...................................   13,651,460    13,847,275    12,856,739    12,572,203    12,811,269
Borrowed funds.............................    6,772,848     6,319,312     4,815,191     6,614,552     5,758,734
Stockholders' equity.......................    1,385,665     1,314,858     1,022,337       976,530       905,125
Loans serviced for others(2)...............   27,009,693    21,986,111    11,036,624     9,514,560     8,713,047
Common shares outstanding (in thousands)...      111,570       116,358       104,744        99,706        98,601
 
ASSET QUALITY
Non-performing assets......................  $    83,343   $   146,749   $   244,845   $   315,800   $   415,866
Non-performing assets to total assets......         0.37%         0.67%         1.30%         1.55%         2.12%
Non-accrual loans to loans receivable......         0.43          0.92          1.78          2.60          3.66
Allowance for loan losses to:
  Loans receivable.........................         0.82          0.81          0.99          1.31          1.82
  Non-accrual loans........................       190.67         88.01         55.58         50.29         49.84
 
CAPITAL RATIOS
Stockholders' equity to total assets.......         6.21%         6.02%         5.42%         4.80%         4.61%
Average stockholders' equity to average
  total assets.............................         6.21          5.46          5.05          4.62          4.57
The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB:
  Tangible and core........................         5.82          5.64          6.06          5.16          5.41
  Tier 1 risk-based........................         9.58         10.29         11.96         10.76          9.88
  Total risk-based.........................        10.37         11.17         13.08         12.01         11.14
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) For 1995 and 1994, the computation assumes that a warrant to acquire 8.4
    million shares of the Common Stock at $0.01 per share (the "Warrant") was
    exercised. For a further discussion of the Warrant, which was exercised in
    May 1996 by the FDIC, see Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
    Statements in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
(2) Excludes loans being subserviced by the Company.
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  General
 
     The Company's net income for 1998 was $237.1 million, an increase of 94.8%
from $121.7 million for 1997, which had increased 16.7% from $104.3 million for
1996. Diluted earnings per common share were $2.06 for 1998, as compared with
$1.12 for 1997 and $0.96 for 1996. Net income for 1998 and 1997 was reduced by
$4.1 million, or $0.03 per diluted common share, and $1.5 million, or $0.01 per
diluted common share, respectively, as a result of after-tax extraordinary
losses on the early extinguishment of debt. The Company's returns on average
stockholders' equity and average assets for 1998 were 17.84% and 1.11%,
respectively, up from 11.04% and 0.60%, respectively, for 1997 and 10.36% and
0.52%, respectively, for 1996.
 
     The $115.4 million increase in net income during 1998, as compared with
1997, was fueled by growth in non-interest income of $379.7 million, or 261%.
This growth was principally driven by the Company's
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   21
 
expansion of its mortgage banking operations, largely as a result of the NAMC
Acquisition in October 1997. Other factors contributing to the higher level of
non-interest income included an aggregate increase of $18.6 million in fees from
sales of consumer financial services and products, the recognition of net
securities gains of $21.9 million in 1998 as compared with net securities losses
of $17.8 million in 1997 (each of which was primarily associated with a balance
sheet restructuring initiative implemented in December 1997) and a gain of $9.6
million on the sale of the Bank's sole remaining Florida branch. The Company's
net income in 1998, as compared with 1997, also benefited from a $44.2 million
increase in net interest income, a reduction in the provision for loan losses of
$17.0 million and the effects of tax planning strategies. These factors were
partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense of $284.5 million, or
74.6%, which was largely associated with the Company's mortgage banking
operations but also reflects, albeit to a much lesser extent, a higher level of
expenses incurred by the Company in connection with its plan to prepare its
computer systems, software, applications, hardware and facility systems to
properly process dates beyond December 31, 1999 (the "Year 2000 Plan").
 
     Contributing to the $17.5 million improvement in net income for 1997, as
compared with 1996, were increases in net interest income, fee income, and gains
associated with mortgage banking activities, as well as the effect of a $26.3
million charge in 1996 to recapitalize the SAIF (the "SAIF Recapitalization
Assessment"). These factors were offset, in part, by an increase in
securities-related losses associated with balance sheet restructuring
initiatives, a higher provision for loan losses, increases in certain expenses
due primarily to business expansion efforts (including the NAMC Acquisition and
the acquisition, on April 30, 1997, of BFS Bankorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned
subsidiary, Bankers Federal Savings FSB) and the effect of $12.3 million of
income tax benefits recognized during 1996 in connection with the final
resolution of certain tax filing positions taken in prior years.
 
  Net Interest Income
 
     Net interest income amounted to $527.2 million for 1998, up $44.2 million,
or 9.1%, from 1997, largely due to a widening of the net interest margin to
2.68% in 1998 from 2.51% in 1997 and, to a lesser extent, as a result of a
$399.1 million increase in average interest-earning assets. The improvement in
the net interest margin, which occurred despite the unfavorable interest rate
yield curve during 1998, was principally driven by a reduction of 22 basis
points in the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities due, in large part,
to lower deposit costs. The higher net interest margin also reflects growth in
the yield on average interest-earning assets to 7.22% for 1998 from 7.18% for
1997. Contributing to the increase in the yield were favorable changes in the
asset mix, as discussed below, and higher yields on securities, the effects of
which were partially offset by a 28 basis point reduction in the yield on
average loans. The lower yield on loans principally reflects the effects of the
lower long-term interest rate environment during 1998, partially offset by sales
of certain relatively lower-yielding portfolio loans during the year.
 
     Net interest income for 1997, which amounted to $483.1 million, increased
$21.8 million, or 4.7% from 1996, primarily reflecting growth in the net
interest margin of 11 basis points. The higher net interest margin was
principally due to favorable changes in the mix of interest-earning assets, but
also reflects, to a lesser degree, the effect of sales of approximately $126
million of non-performing residential real estate assets in May 1997 (the "1997
NPA Sales"). The improvement in the net interest margin in 1997 was limited by
the flattening of the interest rate yield curve during the year.
 
     Part of the Company's strategy in recent years has been to emphasize loans
while reducing its reliance on MBS, which have historically provided lower
yields than the Company's loans. In connection therewith, during 1998 and 1997,
as compared with the respective prior years, the average balance of loans
increased $3.7 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, while the average balance
of MBS declined $3.0 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. For 1998, average
loans represented 80.8% of total average interest-earning assets, up from 63.0%
for 1997 and 53.9% for 1996. The percentage of average MBS to total average
interest-earning assets declined to 15.9% for 1998 from 32.1% for 1997 and 40.9%
for 1996. These changes reflect, in part, sales of MBS in connection with
balance sheet restructuring initiatives (see "Non-Interest Income -- Net Gains
(Losses) on Sales Activities.")
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   22
 
     The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, the Company's
consolidated average statement of financial condition, net interest income, the
average yield on interest-earning assets, and the average cost of
interest-bearing liabilities. Average balances are computed on a daily basis.
Non-accrual loans are included in average balances in the table below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1998                                 1997                            1996
                               ----------------------------------   ----------------------------------   ------------------------
                                                          AVERAGE                              AVERAGE
                                 AVERAGE                  YIELD/      AVERAGE                  YIELD/      AVERAGE
                                 BALANCE      INTEREST     COST       BALANCE      INTEREST     COST       BALANCE      INTEREST
                               -----------   ----------   -------   -----------   ----------   -------   -----------   ----------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                            <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>
ASSETS
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Loans:
  Residential real estate
    (1)......................  $12,495,654   $  874,402    7.00%    $ 9,165,665   $  660,505    7.21%    $ 7,771,197   $  558,248
  Commercial real estate.....    2,359,295      200,015    8.48       2,193,661      191,111    8.71       1,834,313      159,019
  Consumer...................      861,247       71,003    8.24         730,106       63,222    8.66         723,744       63,679
  Business...................      166,061       13,944    8.40          54,050        5,052    9.35          35,131        3,163
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
    Total loans..............   15,882,257    1,159,364    7.30      12,143,482      919,890    7.58      10,364,385      784,109
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
Securities:
  MBS........................    3,127,022      214,922    6.87       6,176,259      406,781    6.59       7,856,066      508,342
  Other......................      553,822       40,797    7.37         362,538       23,774    6.56         514,888       31,910
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
    Total securities.........    3,680,844      255,719    6.95       6,538,797      430,555    6.58       8,370,954      540,252
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
Money market investments.....      104,744        5,802    5.54         586,500       32,370    5.52         495,395       26,337
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
Total interest-earning
  assets.....................   19,667,845    1,420,885    7.22      19,268,779    1,382,815    7.18      19,230,734    1,350,698
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
Other assets.................    1,715,973                              923,409                              710,519
                               -----------                          -----------                          -----------
Total assets.................  $21,383,818                          $20,192,188                          $19,941,253
                               ===========                          ===========                          ===========
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
  Demand.....................  $ 1,824,434        8,797    0.48     $ 1,267,547        8,012    0.63     $ 1,093,311        8,254
  Savings....................    2,322,103       49,537    2.13       2,468,652       60,689    2.46       2,574,273       64,642
  Money market...............    2,163,046       83,420    3.86       1,953,931       72,723    3.72       2,100,392       80,904
  Time.......................    7,528,081      404,073    5.37       7,556,076      417,935    5.53       6,913,469      377,416
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
    Total deposits...........   13,837,664      545,827    3.94      13,246,206      559,359    4.22      12,681,445      531,216
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
Borrowed funds:
  Federal funds purchased and
    securities sold under
    agreements to
    repurchase...............    1,803,181       99,851    5.54       3,628,681      206,822    5.70       2,672,914      147,564
  FHLBNY advances............    3,501,529      202,296    5.78       1,539,079       91,321    5.93       3,081,743      179,338
  Other......................      562,847       45,678    8.12         483,202       42,251    8.74         364,648       31,285
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
Total borrowed funds.........    5,867,557      347,825    5.93       5,650,962      340,394    6.02       6,119,305      358,187
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
Total interest-bearing
  liabilities................   19,705,221      893,652    4.54      18,897,168      899,753    4.76      18,800,750      889,403
                               -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------             -----------   ----------
Other liabilities............      349,691                              192,941                              134,218
Stockholders' equity.........    1,328,906                            1,102,079                            1,006,285
                               -----------                          -----------                          -----------
Total liabilities and
  stockholders' equity.......  $21,383,818                          $20,192,188                          $19,941,253
                               ===========                          ===========                          ===========
Net interest income..........                $  527,233                           $  483,062                           $  461,295
                                             ==========                           ==========                           ==========
Interest rate spread.........                              2.68                                 2.42
Net interest margin..........                              2.68                                 2.51
 
<CAPTION>
                                1996
                               -------
                               AVERAGE
                               YIELD/
                                COST
                               -------
 
<S>                            <C>
ASSETS
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Loans:
  Residential real estate
    (1)......................   7.18%
  Commercial real estate.....   8.67
  Consumer...................   8.80
  Business...................   9.00
    Total loans..............   7.57
Securities:
  MBS........................   6.47
  Other......................   6.20
    Total securities.........   6.45
Money market investments.....   5.32
Total interest-earning
  assets.....................   7.02
Other assets.................
Total assets.................
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
  Demand.....................   0.75
  Savings....................   2.51
  Money market...............   3.85
  Time.......................   5.46
    Total deposits...........   4.19
Borrowed funds:
  Federal funds purchased and
    securities sold under
    agreements to
    repurchase...............   5.52
  FHLBNY advances............   5.82
  Other......................   8.58
Total borrowed funds.........   5.85
Total interest-bearing
  liabilities................   4.73
Other liabilities............
Stockholders' equity.........
Total liabilities and
  stockholders' equity.......
Net interest income..........
Interest rate spread.........   2.29
Net interest margin..........   2.40
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Includes loans held for sale.
 
     The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, the changes in
interest income and expense for each major component of interest-earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities and the amounts attributable to changes in
average balances (volume) and average interest rates (rate). The changes in
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   23
 
interest income and interest expense attributable to changes in both volume and
rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the
changes due to rate.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1998 VERSUS 1997                  1997 VERSUS 1996
                                       --------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                             INCREASE (DECREASE)                INCREASE (DECREASE)
                                       --------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                        DUE TO      DUE TO                 DUE TO     DUE TO
                                        VOLUME       RATE       TOTAL      VOLUME      RATE       TOTAL
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>
Interest income:
  Loans:
    Residential real estate(1).......  $ 233,534   $(19,637)  $ 213,897   $ 100,331   $ 1,926   $ 102,257
    Commercial real estate...........     14,144     (5,240)      8,904      31,229       863      32,092
    Consumer.........................     10,926     (3,145)      7,781         555    (1,012)       (457)
    Business.........................      9,455       (563)      8,892       1,736       153       1,889
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
      Total loans....................    268,059    (28,585)    239,474     133,851     1,930     135,781
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
  Securities:
    MBS..............................   (208,867)    17,008    (191,859)   (109,665)    8,104    (101,561)
      Other securities...............     13,798      3,225      17,023      (9,716)    1,580      (8,136)
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
      Total securities...............   (195,069)    20,233    (174,836)   (119,381)    9,684    (109,697)
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
  Money market investments...........    (26,685)       117     (26,568)      4,936     1,097       6,033
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
Total interest income................     46,305     (8,235)     38,070      19,406    12,711      32,117
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
Interest expense:
  Deposits:
    Demand...........................      2,978     (2,193)        785       1,208    (1,450)       (242)
    Savings..........................     (3,455)    (7,697)    (11,152)     (2,624)   (1,329)     (3,953)
    Money market.....................      7,994      2,703      10,697      (5,546)   (2,635)     (8,181)
    Time.............................     (1,543)   (12,319)    (13,862)     35,312     5,207      40,519
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
      Total deposits.................      5,974    (19,506)    (13,532)     28,350      (207)     28,143
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
  Borrowed funds:
    Federal funds purchased and
      securities sold under
      agreements to repurchase.......   (101,245)    (5,726)   (106,971)     53,620     5,638      59,258
    FHLBNY advances..................    113,440     (2,465)    110,975     (90,654)    2,637     (88,017)
    Other............................      6,616     (3,189)      3,427      10,269       697      10,966
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
      Total borrowed funds...........     18,811    (11,380)      7,431     (26,765)    8,972     (17,793)
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
Total interest expense...............     24,785    (30,886)     (6,101)      1,585     8,765      10,350
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   -------   ---------
Net interest income..................  $  21,520   $ 22,651   $  44,171   $  17,821   $ 3,946   $  21,767
                                       =========   ========   =========   =========   =======   =========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Includes loans held for sale.
 
  Provision for Loan Losses
 
     The Company's provision for loan losses, which is predicated upon the
Company's assessment of the adequacy of its allowance for loan losses (see
"Management of Credit Risk -- Allowance for Loan Losses") amounted to $32.0
million for 1998, as compared with $49.0 million for 1997 and $41.0 million for
1996. Included in the provision for loan losses for 1997 was a $14.0 million
special provision associated with the 1997 NPA Sales.
 
     Net loan charge-offs amounted to $31.6 million in 1998, $64.0 million in
1997 and $62.8 million in 1996. Net loan charge-offs during 1998 included
charge-offs of $9.1 million associated with a bulk sale in December 1998 of
approximately $53 million of non-accrual and subperforming loans, substantially
all of
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   24
 
which were residential real estate loans (the "1998 NPA Sale"). Net loan
charge-offs during 1997 included charge-offs of $35.8 million associated with
the 1997 NPA Sales.
 
  Non-Interest Income
 
     General.  The Company's non-interest income during 1998 was $525.0 million,
or 49.9% of total revenues (net interest income plus non-interest income). In
comparison, non-interest income was $145.3 million, or 23.1% of total revenues,
in 1997 and $86.0 million, or 15.7% of total revenues, in 1996. The year-to-year
increases in non-interest income were predominantly attributable to the
Company's expanded mortgage banking operations.
 
     Loan Servicing and Other Fees.  Loan servicing and other fees, which
includes revenues earned from loan servicing, loan production and certain other
loan-related activities, amounted to $199.5 million in 1998, an increase of
$125.5 million, or 169.5%, from 1997, which had increased $26.2 million, or
54.7%, from 1996. Of these increases, approximately $74 million and $13 million,
respectively, were associated with loan production fees, substantially as a
result of growth in residential real estate loan production. A higher average
balance of the Company's portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for others also
contributed significantly to the increases in loan servicing and other fees in
1998 and 1997, as compared with the respective prior years.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company's portfolio of mortgage loans serviced
for others, excluding loans being subserviced by the Company, amounted to $27.0
billion, up $5.0 billion, or 22.8%, from one-year earlier. This increase
reflects additions during 1998 of $25.0 billion, the effect of which was largely
offset by strategic bulk sales of $13.3 billion of mortgage loan servicing
rights (see "Net Gains (Losses) on Sales Activities" and "Non-Interest
Expense -- Amortization of Mortgage Servicing Assets"), coupled with runoff of
$6.7 billion. Excluding loans being subserviced, the weighted average interest
rate of the loans underlying the mortgage loans serviced for others portfolio
was 7.37% at December 31, 1998, down 51 basis points from year-end 1997. In
connection with its bulk sales of mortgage loan servicing rights, the Company
was subservicing $7.9 billion of loans at the end of 1998. The Company receives
fees for subservicing loans until the transfer of the servicing responsibility
to the purchasers of the servicing rights.
 
     Banking Service Fees.  Banking service fees totaled $41.4 million for 1998,
an increase of $9.6 million, or 30.3%, from 1997. During 1997, banking service
fees were $31.8 million, up 13.3% from $28.1 million in 1996. The growth in
banking service fees in 1998 and 1997, as compared with the respective prior
years, was reflective of changes in the Company's fee structure, coupled with
volume increases in certain underlying transactions due, in part, to an expanded
network of automated teller machines.
 
     Securities and Insurance Brokerage Fees.  Securities and insurance
brokerage fees for 1998 amounted to $32.7 million, up $9.0 million, or 37.9%, as
compared with 1997. This growth was largely driven by an $8.5 million increase
in insurance fees, principally due to the expansion of the Company's insurance
product line and the number of states in which the products are sold as a result
of the NAMC Acquisition (pursuant to which the Company also acquired NAMC's
insurance subsidiaries). In 1997, securities and insurance brokerage fees
totaled $23.7 million, an increase of $2.7 million as compared with 1996, which
was attributable to relatively equal growth in securities brokerage fees and
insurance fees.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   25
 
     Net Gains (Losses) on Sales Activities.  During 1998, the Company
recognized net gains on sales activities of $244.5 million, as compared with net
gains of $12.0 million in 1997 and net losses of $12.7 million in 1996. The
following table summarizes net gains (losses) on sales activities for the year
ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997        1996
                                                              --------    -------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
Net gains (losses) on:
  Sales of loans held for sale..............................  $217,271    $23,219    $  2,630
  Sales, calls and other than temporary impairment in value
     of securities Available for sale and held to
     maturity...............................................    21,855    (17,794)    (11,265)
  Sale of deposits..........................................     9,550         --          --
  Sales of mortgage servicing rights........................     1,986      6,888          --
  Other.....................................................    (6,211)      (277)     (4,081)
                                                              --------    -------    --------
Total net gains (losses) on sales activities................  $244,451    $12,036    $(12,716)
                                                              ========    =======    ========
</TABLE>
 
     Net gains on sales of loans held for sale increased $194.1 million in 1998
and $20.6 million in 1997 as compared with the respective prior years,
reflective of increased sales of mortgage loans into the secondary market.
During 1998, the Company sold $26.8 billion of mortgage loans into the secondary
market, up from $4.7 billion during 1997 and $1.1 billion during 1996. The
relatively high level of loan sales during 1998, while largely attributable to
the Company's expanded mortgage banking operations, also reflects the
significant loan refinancing activity that resulted, in large part, from the
relatively lower long-term interest rate environment during the year.
 
     The securities-related net gains during 1998 of $21.9 million were
substantially associated with sales of $1.9 billion of securities, including
virtually all of the $1.4 billion of MBS that had been designated for sale in
connection with the transfer of the Company's entire securities held to maturity
portfolio to its securities available for sale portfolio as part of a balance
sheet restructuring initiative implemented in December 1997. At that time, the
Company recognized a loss of $25.2 million associated with the write-down to
estimated fair value of those MBS designated for sale with unrealized losses
(which contributed substantially to the securities-related net losses of $17.8
million in 1997), but subsequent movements in interest rates resulted in higher
than initially anticipated sales prices. The securities-related net losses
during 1996 were substantially associated with sales of $2.0 billion of MBS in
connection with a balance sheet restructuring initiative implemented in December
1995 and the recognition of other than temporary impairment in value on certain
MBS (see "Management of Credit Risk -- MBS").
 
     During each of the first, third and fourth quarters of 1998 and the fourth
quarter of 1997, the Company consummated a bulk sale of mortgage loan servicing
rights (see "Amortization of Mortgage Servicing Assets"). These sales, the net
gains on which amounted to $2.0 million in 1998 and $6.9 million in 1997, were
associated with the Company's mortgage banking risk management activities and
were intended to reduce the impact of a declining long-term interest rate
environment on the value of the Company's mortgage servicing assets. The Company
did not consummate any bulk sales of mortgage loan servicing rights during 1996.
 
     In August 1998, the Bank sold its sole remaining Florida branch and
recognized a gain of $9.6 million. At the time of sale, this branch had deposits
of $207.2 million.
 
     The net losses of $6.2 million in 1998 and $4.1 million in 1996 reflected
in the above table under the caption "Other" were largely associated with the
termination of certain derivative financial instrument agreements and losses on
the write-down of certain non-interest earning assets, respectively.
 
     Other.  Other non-interest income was $6.9 million in 1998, as compared
with $3.7 million in 1997 and $1.7 million in 1996, which included $1.0 million
associated with the settlement of certain litigation. The higher levels of other
non-interest income in 1998 and 1997, as compared with the respective prior
years, were largely associated with the Company's investment of $150.0 million
during the third quarter of 1997 in a bank-owned life insurance program. In
general, under this program, the Company purchases,
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   26
 
owns, and is the beneficiary of insurance policies on the lives of certain
employees who consent to being covered under the program in order to help defray
certain costs associated with the Company's employee benefit plans.
 
  Non-Interest Expense
 
     General.  Non-interest expense was $665.6 million in 1998, up $284.5
million, or 74.6%, from 1997. This increase was largely the result of the full
year effect of the NAMC Acquisition, which was accounted for under the purchase
method of accounting, coupled with the Company's continued expansion of its
mortgage banking operations during 1998 in furtherance of its strategy in this
area and in response to the relatively high level of loan demand during the
year.
 
     During 1997, non-interest expense amounted to $381.1 million, as compared
with $352.0 million in 1996. The $29.1 million increase was principally
associated with the NAMC Acquisition, the effect of which was partially offset
by the $26.3 million SAIF Recapitalization Assessment and certain non-recurring
personnel expenses recognized in 1996, as well as legislation which reduced the
Bank's federal deposit insurance premiums.
 
     General and Administrative ("G&A") Expense.  Virtually all components of
G&A expense increased in 1998 from 1997, largely as a result of the NAMC
Acquisition.
 
     Compensation and employee benefits expense amounted to $270.1 million for
1998, as compared with $157.9 million for 1997 and $139.4 million for 1996. The
higher expense levels in 1998 and 1997 were largely reflective of the Company's
expansion of its mortgage banking operations, but also reflect, among other
factors, higher levels of commissions and incentives and normal merit increases.
With respect to 1997 as compared with 1996, the impact of such factors was
partially limited by charges of $5.6 million recognized during 1996 in
connection with the retirement, on December 31, 1996, of the Company's former
Chief Executive Officer and severance benefits incurred during 1996 in
connection with the relocation of the headquarters of the Company's mortgage
banking operations from Uniondale, New York to Tampa, Florida. At December 31,
1998, the Company had 7,123 full-time equivalent employees, up from 6,000
one-year earlier and 2,872 at year-end 1996.
 
     Occupancy and equipment expense was $92.5 million in 1998, up $28.9
million, or 45.4%, from 1997, which had increased $10.9 million, or 20.7%, as
compared with 1996. These increases were principally associated with the growth
in the Company's mortgage banking operations, particularly the NAMC Acquisition,
but also reflect, among other factors, the effect of technology-related
expenditures.
 
     Other G&A expense increased $93.6 million, or 80.9%, in 1998 and $14.9
million, or 14.8%, in 1997, as compared with the respective prior years, largely
due to the Company's business expansion efforts. The following table provides
details of other G&A expense for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998        1997        1996
                                                             --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Data processing and communications.........................  $ 43,782    $ 27,292    $ 20,344
Professional services......................................    22,107      13,179      14,770
Marketing and promotional..................................    20,785      15,831      14,202
Postage and messenger services.............................    16,846       8,781       7,013
Year 2000 consulting.......................................    16,197       1,286          --
Stationery, printing and supplies..........................    13,366       7,881       6,927
Amortization of goodwill...................................    11,487       4,501       1,177
FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments............     4,075       3,943       8,625
Other......................................................    60,680      32,995      27,717
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Total other G&A expense....................................  $209,325    $115,689    $100,775
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   27
 
     Amortization of Mortgage Servicing Assets.  Amortization of mortgage
servicing assets amounted to $92.3 million in 1998, an increase of $62.5 million
from 1997. This increase was largely attributable to a higher level of mortgage
servicing assets but, to a lesser extent, also reflects the impact of
accelerated loan prepayments as a result of the relatively lower long-term
interest rate environment during 1998. Despite the interest rate environment
during 1998, the Company was not required to recognize impairment of its
mortgage servicing assets during the year. Amortization of mortgage servicing
assets had increased to $29.8 million for 1997 from $19.4 million for 1996,
substantially due to the NAMC Acquisition.
 
     The Company's mortgage servicing assets (including related derivative
financial instruments hedging such assets) had a carrying value of $692.5
million at the end of 1998, as compared with $341.9 million at the end of 1997
and $127.7 million at the end of 1996. At December 31, 1998, the estimated fair
value of the Company's mortgage servicing assets was $724.4 million.
 
     In a declining long-term interest rate environment, actual or expected
prepayments of the loans underlying the Company's mortgage servicing assets
portfolio may increase, which would have an adverse impact on the value of such
assets. In connection therewith, the Company uses certain derivative financial
instruments to hedge its mortgage servicing assets (see "Asset/Liability
Management -- Derivative Financial Instruments"). In addition, in an effort to
reduce the prepayment risk associated with its mortgage servicing assets
portfolio, the Company consummated three bulk sales totaling $13.3 billion of
mortgage loan servicing rights during 1998 and a bulk sale of $3.0 billion of
mortgage loan servicing rights during the fourth quarter of 1997. As a result of
these bulk sales, the carrying value of mortgage servicing assets (excluding the
effect of derivative financial instruments hedging such assets) was reduced by
approximately $278 million during 1998 and $57 million during 1997.
 
     Other Real Estate Owned ("ORE") Expense, Net.  The following table
summarizes ORE expense, net, for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998      1997      1996
                                                              ------    ------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
Operating expense, net of rental income.....................  $2,358    $3,922    $ 6,979
Provision for losses(1).....................................     665     1,514      4,799
Net gains on sales..........................................  (1,512)   (1,095)    (1,706)
                                                              ------    ------    -------
Total ORE expense, net......................................  $1,511    $4,341    $10,072
                                                              ======    ======    =======
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The provision for 1997 includes $0.6 million associated with the 1997 NPA
    Sales.
 
     Contributing to the decline in ORE expense, net, in 1997, as compared with
1996, were the sales of approximately $13 million of residential ORE in
connection with the 1997 NPA Sales.
 
     SAIF Recapitalization Assessment.  The FDIC implemented portions of the
Funds Act in a final regulation that became effective in the fourth quarter of
1996. The FDIC regulation mandated the SAIF Recapitalization Assessment of
$0.657 per $100 of SAIF-insured deposits as of March 31, 1995 in order to
recapitalize the SAIF and bring it to its statutorily-required level of $1.25 of
reserves for each $100 of insured deposits. However, the Funds Act provided for
certain adjustments for purposes of computing the SAIF Recapitalization
Assessment, including a 20% reduction for certain BIF-member institutions having
SAIF-insured deposits, such as the Bank. The Bank's SAIF Recapitalization
Assessment of $26.3 million was expensed during 1996.
 
     Restructuring and Related Expense.  The Company incurred restructuring and
related expense of $9.9 million during 1997 in connection with the NAMC
Acquisition and $3.5 million during 1996 in connection with the Anchor Merger.
No such expense was incurred during 1998.
 
  Income Tax Expense
 
     Income tax expense for 1998 was $113.5 million, as compared with $75.0
million for 1997 and $50.0 million for 1996. The year-to-year increases reflect
higher pre-tax income and, with respect to 1997 as
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   28
 
compared with 1996, the impact of $12.3 million of tax benefits realized during
1996 as a result of the final resolution of certain federal, state and local tax
filing positions taken in prior years. The Company's effective income tax rate
was 32.0% in 1998, as compared with 37.9% in 1997 and 32.4% in 1996. The
effective income tax rate in 1998 was favorably affected by the restructuring of
assets within corporate entities. The Company believes that its effective income
tax rate will increase in 1999.
 
  Extraordinary Items
 
     During 1998 and 1997, the Company recognized after-tax extraordinary losses
of $4.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively, on the early extinguishment of
$157.2 million and $55.6 million, respectively, of long-term debt (see
"Financial Condition -- Borrowed Funds").
 
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
 
  General
 
     The Company manages its operations in a manner to focus on two strategic
objectives: fulfilling its role as a banking institution for both individuals
and businesses and as a national provider of residential mortgage products and
services. Accordingly, the Company aligns its various business objectives in
support of these goals. As described in Item 1, "Business," the Company has four
business segments.
 
     The Company views its segments' performance on an operating earnings basis,
which represent net income adjusted for the effects of certain non-recurring or
unusual items. Such items, after tax, aggregated $20.0 million, ($35.4) million
and ($16.5) million for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively (see Note 25 of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, "Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data").
 
     The following table summarizes operating earnings results for the Company's
business segments as derived from the internal profitability reporting system
used by management to monitor and manage the financial performance of the
Company for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998        1997        1996
                                                             --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Retail Banking.............................................  $120,220    $106,968    $ 89,707
Commercial Banking.........................................    37,373      32,973      21,380
Mortgage Banking...........................................    79,417      17,854         240
Investment Portfolio.......................................    19,238      19,849      13,923
                                                             --------    --------    --------
  Total reportable segments................................   256,248     177,644     125,250
Intersegment eliminations (1)..............................   (39,191)    (20,561)     (4,540)
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Total operating earnings...................................  $217,057    $157,083    $120,710
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Intersegment transactions, the most significant of which are described in
    the text below, have been eliminated in consolidation. In addition, this
    line includes the Company's funding center, which reflects the effects of
    intersegment match-funding of all assets and liabilities, and transacts
    external borrowings on behalf of the Company.
 
  Retail Banking
 
     Retail Banking's profit for 1998 totaled $120.2 million, an increase of
12.4% from $107.0 million in 1997, which had increased 19.2% from $89.7 million
in 1996. In recent years, the Company has sought to grow its Retail Banking
business with particular focus on the retention and selective growth of its
retail deposit base and expanded consumer lending activities.
 
     Average retail deposits (which does not include escrow deposits associated
with mortgage servicing activities) amounted to $12.4 billion in 1998, as
compared with $12.7 billion in 1997 and $12.3 billion in 1996. The decline from
1997 to 1998 was primarily attributable to the sale of the Company's sole
remaining Florida branch and reductions in relatively more costly time deposits.
Retail banking fees
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   29
 
increased annually over this time frame, contributing to the profit growth. The
Company also generates fee income by providing additional financial services,
including securities and insurance brokerage services.
 
     The average portfolio of consumer loans, the largest component of which is
home equity loans, increased to approximately $861 million in 1998 from $730
million in 1997 and $724 million in 1996. The growth in 1998, which occurred
despite significant run-off related to the mortgage refinance boom of 1998, was
due primarily to management's expanded focus on this business, and such was
assisted in part by the NAMC Acquisition, which has provided a nationwide
distribution capability.
 
     In addition, the average balance of the Company's residential real estate
loans receivable portfolio increased in size by over $900 million in each of
1998 and 1997, as compared with the respective prior year period. Substantially
all of these loans are serviced by the Company's Mortgage Banking segment for an
internal fee, which is eliminated in consolidation.
 
  Commercial Banking
 
     Commercial Banking's profit totaled $37.4 million in 1998, a 13.3% increase
from 1997. This segment's profit for 1997 of $33.0 million represented an
increase of 54.2% from $21.4 million in 1996. During these years, the Company
has both increased its commercial real estate lending activities and developed a
business banking group, which operates principally through its branch
distribution network. As a result, the aggregate average balance of commercial
real estate and business loans outstanding increased by over $275 million in
1998 and $375 million in 1997, as compared with the corresponding prior year
period. Average Commercial Banking-related deposits increased by over $50
million per year in each of 1998 and 1997, as compared with the respective prior
year, averaging $254 million in 1998, with growth attributable to both areas
within this segment. Virtually all such deposits are relatively lower costing
deposit products.
 
  Mortgage Banking
 
     Mortgage Banking's profit increased to $79.4 million in 1998 from $17.9
million in 1997 and $0.2 million in 1996. The Company believes the NAMC
Acquisition in October 1997 provided it with the scale necessary in both loan
production and servicing to compete effectively in the mortgage banking business
nationwide. In addition, the record mortgage market during 1998 enabled the
Company to leverage its new capability, generating record loan production and
developing a sizeable and more geographically diverse loan servicing portfolio.
The fact that NAMC's operations were included for the full year 1998, coupled
with the strength of the mortgage market in 1998, were the primary reasons for
the significantly increased profitability of this segment year-to-year. In
addition, for internal purposes, this segment recognizes gains on sales of
portfolio loans to the Retail Banking segment and is credited with recurring fee
income for servicing these loans. Such intersegment income is eliminated in
consolidation.
 
  Investment Portfolio
 
     Historically, the Company maintained a significant proportion of its assets
in MBS and other investments. Commencing in late 1995, management took steps to
reduce the relative size of this portfolio, investing instead in its various
business activities. These steps included the transfer, in 1997, of all
securities out of its held to maturity portfolio and into its available for sale
portfolio and sales of certain relatively lower-yielding securities. As a
result, the average securities balance in 1998 was approximately half that of
1996, and the relative contribution of this segment to the Company's earnings
has been reduced significantly. For 1998, profit from the Investment Portfolio
segment was $19.2 million, representing only 7.5% of the Company's total
reportable segments' profit, compared with $19.8 million in 1997 and $13.9
million in 1996, each of which represented approximately 11% of the total
reportable segments' profit.
 
     For further financial information on the Company's business segments, see
Note 25 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, "Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   30
 
YEAR 2000 ISSUE
 
     The Company acknowledges the challenges posed worldwide due to the current
inability of certain computer systems to properly recognize the date change from
December 31, 1999 to January 1, 2000. Failure to adequately meet these
challenges could have a material adverse effect on the operations of a financial
institution, such as the Company. The Company has adopted its Year 2000 Plan to
prepare its computer systems, software, applications, hardware and facility
systems to properly process dates beyond December 31, 1999. The Year 2000 Plan
requires modifications to be made to certain of the Company's existing systems
and, in other cases, conversions to new systems or software.
 
     In accordance with guidelines established by the Federal Financial
Institutions Examinations Council and the OTS, the Company has completed both
the assessment and analysis phase and the remediation phase of its Year 2000
Plan with respect to its mission-critical systems. The Company has substantially
completed the testing phase of the Year 2000 Plan, including user acceptance,
unit, and interface testing, with respect to its internal mission-critical
systems. The Company has commenced external interface testing with
mission-critical and other material third parties and currently anticipates that
such testing will be substantially completed by June 30, 1999.
 
     Further, the Company has established remediation contingency plans and
business resumption contingency plans for its mission-critical systems. The
Company's remediation contingency plans focus on mitigating the risks associated
with the failure to remediate its mission-critical systems prior to the year
2000 and the business resumption contingency plans focus on mitigating the
operational risks to the Company and its customers should the Company's core
business processes fail, regardless of whether its mission-critical systems are
remediated by the year 2000.
 
     The Company has developed a campaign designed to educate and reassure its
customers regarding the impact of the year 2000 issue and the readiness of the
Company to face the challenges posed by the approach of the new millennium. As
part of this process, the Company is preparing a training program to provide
employees with comprehensive information about the Company's efforts so that
they can answer questions posed by individual customers and others.
 
     In addition, the Company is involved in ongoing communications with its
significant third-party contractors, such as vendors and service providers, for
the purpose of evaluating their readiness to meet the challenges of the year
2000 and the extent to which the Company may be affected by the remediation
efforts connected with their systems, software, and applications. The Company
cannot guarantee that the computer systems of such third-parties will be
remediated on a timely basis or that the failure of any such party to remediate,
or a remediation that is incompatible with the Company's systems, would not have
a material adverse effect on the Company.
 
     The estimated total pre-tax cost of the Year 2000 Plan is approximately $20
million, of which $17.5 million has been incurred through December 31, 1998. The
estimated total cost substantially reflects consulting fees associated with
software modification, project management and programming, as well as ancillary
items, but does not include such items as the cost of Company personnel involved
in the Year 2000 Plan or capital expenditures that would have been made to
systems regardless of the issues associated with the impending year 2000.
 
     The preceding discussion includes forward-looking statements that involve
inherent risks and uncertainties. A number of factors could cause the actual
impact of the year 2000 issue to differ materially from Company estimates. Those
factors include, but are not limited to, uncertainties in the cost of
remediation of hardware and software, inaccurate or incomplete testing results,
and the ineffective remediation of computer codes of internal mission-critical
systems or external system interfaces. The Company cannot guarantee that its
efforts will be accomplished in a timely manner or that the failure thereof will
not have a material adverse effect on the Company. Failure of the Company or its
significant third-party contractors to effectively remedy year 2000 issues could
cause disruption of the Company's operations resulting in increased operating
costs and other adverse effects. In addition, to the extent
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   31
 
significant customers' financial positions are weakened as a result of year 2000
issues, credit quality could be adversely impacted.
 
ASSET/LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
 
  General
 
     The Company's asset/liability management is governed by policies that are
reviewed and approved annually by the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company
and the Bank, which oversee the development and execution of risk management
strategies in furtherance of these polices. The Asset/ Liability Management
Committee, which is comprised of members of the Company's senior management,
monitors the Company's interest rate risk position and related strategies.
 
  Market Risk
 
     In general, market risk is the sensitivity of income to variations in
interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, and other
relevant market rates or prices, such as prices of equities. The Company's
market rate sensitive instruments include interest-earning assets,
interest-bearing liabilities, and derivative financial instruments.
 
     During 1998, the Company used, to a limited degree, market rate sensitive
instruments for trading purposes.
 
     The Company enters into market rate sensitive instruments in connection
with its various business operations, particularly its mortgage banking
activities. Loans originated, and the related commitments to originate loans
that will be sold, represent market risk that is realized in a short period of
time, generally two to three months.
 
     The Company's primary source of market risk exposure arises from changes in
United States interest rates and the effects thereof on mortgage prepayment and
closing behavior, as well as depositors' choices ("interest rate risk"). Changes
in these interest rates will result in changes in the Company's earnings and the
market value of its assets and liabilities. The Company does not have any
material exposure to foreign exchange rate risk or commodity price risk.
Movements in equity prices may have an indirect, but limited, effect on certain
of the Company's business activities or the value of credit sensitive loans and
securities.
 
  Interest Rate Risk Management
 
     The Company manages its interest rate risk through strategies designed to
maintain acceptable levels of interest rate exposure throughout a range of
interest rate environments. These strategies are intended not only to protect
the Company from significant long-term declines in net interest income as a
result of certain changes in the interest rate environment, but also to mitigate
the negative effect of certain interest rate changes upon the Company's mortgage
banking operating results. The Company seeks to contain its interest rate risk
within a band that it believes is manageable and prudent given its capital and
income generating capacity. As a component of its interest rate risk management
process, the Company employs various derivative financial instruments.
 
     The Company's sensitivity to interest rates is driven primarily by the
mismatch between the term to maturity or repricing of its interest-earning
assets and that of its interest-bearing liabilities. Historically, the Company's
interest-bearing liabilities have repriced or matured, on average, sooner than
its interest-earning assets.
 
     The Company is also exposed to interest rate risk arising from the "option
risk" embedded in many of the Company's interest-earning assets. For example,
mortgages and the mortgages underlying MBS may contain prepayment options,
interim and lifetime interest rate caps and other such features affected by
changes in interest rates. Prepayment option risk affects mortgage-related
assets in both rising and falling interest rate environments as the financial
incentive to refinance a mortgage loan is directly related to the level of the
existing interest rate on the loan relative to current market interest rates.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   32
 
     Extension risk on mortgage-related assets is the risk that the duration of
such assets may increase as a result of declining prepayments due to rising
interest rates. Certain mortgage-related assets are more sensitive to changes in
interest rates than others, resulting in a higher risk profile. Because the
Company's interest-bearing liabilities are not similarly affected, the gap
between the duration of the Company's interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities generally increases as interest rates rise. In
addition, in a rising interest rate environment, adjustable-rate assets may
reach interim or lifetime interest rate caps, thereby limiting the amount of
their upward adjustment, which effectively lengthens the duration of such
assets.
 
     Lower interest rate environments may also present interest rate risk
exposure. In general, lower interest rate environments tend to accelerate loan
prepayment rates, thus reducing the duration of mortgage-related assets and
accelerating the amortization of any premiums paid in the acquisition of these
assets. The amortization of any premiums over a shorter than expected term
causes yields on the related assets to decline from anticipated levels. In
addition, unanticipated accelerated prepayment rates increase the likelihood of
potential losses of net future servicing revenues associated with the Company's
mortgage servicing assets.
 
     The Company is also exposed to interest rate risk resulting from certain
changes in the shape of the yield curve (particularly a flattening or
inversion -- also called "yield curve twist risk" -- of the yield curve) and to
differing indices upon which the yield on the Company's interest-earning assets
and the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities are based ("basis risk").
 
     As further described below, in evaluating and managing its interest rate
risk, the Company employs simulation models to help assess its interest rate
risk exposure and the impact of alternate interest rate scenarios, which
consider the effects of adjustable-rate loan indices, periodic and lifetime
interest rate adjustment caps, estimated loan prepayments, anticipated deposit
retention rates, and other dynamics of the Company's portfolios of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
 
  Derivative Financial Instruments
 
     The Company currently uses a variety of derivative financial instruments to
assist in managing its interest rate risk exposures and, on a very limited
basis, for trading purposes. While the Company's use of derivative financial
instruments in managing its interest rate exposures has served to mitigate the
unfavorable effects that changes in interest rates may have on its results of
operations, the Company continues to be subject to interest rate risk.
 
     Interest Rate Risk-Management Instruments.  The Company's assets have
historically repriced or matured at a longer term than the liabilities used to
fund those assets. Consequently, the Company uses derivative financial
instruments in its efforts to reduce the repricing risk.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company used four major classes of derivative
financial instruments to manage interest rate risk: (i) interest rate swaps,
where the Company pays a fixed rate and receives a floating rate; (ii) interest
rate caps, where the Company receives the excess, if any, of a designated
floating rate, all of which were tied to the weekly average yield of the
one-year constant maturity Treasury index, over a specified rate (the "Cap
Strike Rate"); (iii) interest rate swaptions, where, in exchange for the payment
of a premium, the Company has the right to enter into interest rate swaps at a
future date; and (iv) interest rate futures in money market instruments.
 
     Interest rate swaps are used to modify specific fixed-rate assets and
adjustable-rate borrowings and thereby improve the stability of the Company's
net interest margin. Interest rate caps are used to hedge the periodic and
lifetime rate caps embedded in specific adjustable-rate loans and securities.
Interest rate swaptions are used to hedge the repricing risk on certain assets
with high prepayment risk. Interest rate futures are used to hedge the repricing
risk of certain short-term borrowed funds.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   33
 
     The following table sets forth the characteristics of derivative financial
instruments used by the Company at December 31, 1998 for interest rate
risk-management purposes, segregated by the activities that they hedge (dollars
in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                                 ESTIMATED            RATE
                                                    NOTIONAL       FAIR       ---------------------
                                                     AMOUNT        VALUE      PAYABLE    RECEIVABLE
                                                   ----------    ---------    -------    ----------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Interest rate swaps hedging:
  Securities available for sale..................  $  239,370    $ (2,416)     5.64%        5.58%
  Loans receivable...............................   1,475,418     (53,469)     6.33         5.59
  Borrowed funds.................................     250,000      (1,222)     5.38         5.56
Interest rate caps hedging:
  Securities available for sale..................     107,422          --        --(1)        --(1)
  Loans receivable...............................     101,570          --        --(1)        --(1)
Interest rate swaptions hedging loans
  receivable.....................................      40,000          --        --(2)        --(2)
Interest rate futures hedging borrowed funds.....     300,000          --        --           --
                                                   ----------    --------
Total............................................  $2,513,780    $(57,107)
                                                   ==========    ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The weighted average Cap Strike Rate was 8.00%.
 
(2) The weighted average strike rate was 6.75%.
 
     The use of derivative financial instruments for interest rate
risk-management purposes resulted in decreases in net interest income during
1998, 1997 and 1996 of $19.6 million, $17.6 million and $17.2 million,
respectively.
 
     Mortgage Banking Risk-Management Instruments.  At December 31, 1998, the
Company used three major classes of derivative financial instruments to protect
against the impact of substantial declines in long-term interest rates and the
consequent increase in mortgage prepayment rates: (i) interest rate swaps, where
the Company receives a fixed rate and pays a floating rate, although, in certain
cases, the Company pays a floating rate for a set period of time; (ii) interest
rate floors, where the Company receives the difference, if any, between a
designated average long-term interest rate (generally the constant maturity
Treasury or swap indices) and a specified strike rate (the "Floor Strike Rate");
and (iii) interest rate caps, where the Company receives the excess, if any, of
a designated floating rate over a specified rate. The designated floating rates
at December 31, 1998 were all tied to the one-month London Interbank Offered
Rate ("LIBOR").
 
     Two major classes of derivative financial instruments were used by the
Company at December 31, 1998 to hedge the risk in its loans held for sale and
related commitment pipeline. To the extent that the Company estimates that it
will have loans to sell, the Company sells loans into the forward MBS market.
Such short sales are similar in composition as to term and coupon with the loans
held in, or expected to be funded into, the loans held for sale portfolio. In
addition, because the amount of loans that the Company will fund, as compared
with the total amount of loans that it has committed to fund, is uncertain, the
Company purchased put options on MBS.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   34
 
     The following table sets forth the characteristics of derivative financial
instruments used by the Company at December 31, 1998 in connection with its
mortgage banking activities, segregated by the activities that they hedge
(dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                                 ESTIMATED            RATE
                                                    NOTIONAL       FAIR       ---------------------
                                                     AMOUNT        VALUE      PAYABLE    RECEIVABLE
                                                   ----------    ---------    -------    ----------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Interest rate swaps hedging mortgage servicing
  assets.........................................  $  700,000     $26,598      5.71%        6.02%
Forward starting interest rate swaps hedging
  mortgage servicing assets......................     100,000       5,979         --(1)        6.38
Interest rate floors hedging mortgage servicing
  assets.........................................   2,402,768      49,054        --(2)           --(2)
Interest rate caps hedging mortgage servicing
  assets.........................................     400,000      16,411        --(3)           --(3)
Forward contracts hedging loans held for sale....   4,426,940      (9,976)       --           --
Put options on MBS forward contracts hedging
  loans held for sale............................     143,000         211        --           --
                                                   ----------     -------
Total............................................  $8,172,708     $88,277
                                                   ==========     =======
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The variable-rate payable will be tied to one-month LIBOR.
 
(2) The weighted average Floor Strike Rate was 5.27%.
 
(3) The weighted average Cap Strike Rate was 6.09%.
 
     Trading Instruments.  At December 31, 1998, the derivative financial
instruments used by the Company for trading purposes consisted of interest rate
caps with a notional amount of $165.0 million (the estimated fair value of these
interest rate caps at year-end 1998 was not material). These interest rate caps
had a weighted average strike rate of 6.91% at the end of 1998.
 
     For additional information concerning the Company's derivative financial
instruments, see Notes 1 and 23 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in
Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
  Asset/Liability Repricing
 
     The measurement of differences (or "gaps") between the Company's
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities that mature or reprice
within a period of time is one indication of the Company's sensitivity to
changes in interest rates. A negative gap generally indicates that, in a period
of rising interest rates, deposit and borrowing costs will increase more rapidly
than the yield on loans and securities and, therefore, reduce the Company's net
interest margin and net interest income. The opposite effect will generally
occur in a declining interest rate environment. Although the Company has a large
portfolio of adjustable-rate assets, the protection afforded by such assets in
the event of substantial rises in interest rates for extended time periods is
limited due to interest rate reset delays, periodic and lifetime interest rate
caps, payment caps and the fact that indices used to reprice a portion of the
Company's adjustable-rate assets lag changes in market rates. Moreover, in
declining interest rate environments or certain shifts in the shape of the yield
curve, these assets may prepay at significantly faster rates than otherwise
anticipated. It should also be noted that the Company's gap measurement reflects
broad judgmental assumptions with regard to repricing intervals for certain
assets and liabilities.
 
     The following table reflects the repricing of the Company's
interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and related derivative
financial instruments at December 31, 1998. The amount of each asset, liability
or derivative financial instrument is included in the table at the earlier of
the next repricing date or maturity. Prepayment assumptions for loans and MBS
used in preparing the table are based upon industry standards as well as the
Company's experience and estimates. Non-accrual loans have been included in the
"Over One Through Three Years" category. Demand deposits, money market deposits
and
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   35
 
savings accounts are allocated to the various repricing intervals in the table
based on the Company's experience and estimates.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   OVER ONE
                                                                   THROUGH      OVER
                                                       ONE YEAR     THREE      THREE
                                                       OR LESS      YEARS      YEARS      TOTAL
                                                       --------    --------    ------    -------
                                                                 (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans held for sale................................  $ 3,885      $   --     $   --    $ 3,885
  Loans receivable...................................    5,717       3,614      3,417     12,748
  MBS................................................    1,747         354        863      2,964
  Other..............................................       88           6        673        767
                                                       -------      ------     ------    -------
     Total interest-earning assets...................   11,437       3,974      4,953     20,364
                                                       -------      ------     ------    -------
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Deposits...........................................    7,139       2,926      3,586     13,651
  Borrowed funds.....................................    6,329         100        344      6,773
                                                       -------      ------     ------    -------
     Total interest-bearing liabilities..............   13,468       3,026      3,930     20,424
                                                       -------      ------     ------    -------
Periodic gap before impact of derivative financial
  instruments........................................   (2,031)        948      1,023        (60)
Impact of derivative financial instruments...........    1,685        (811)      (874)        --
                                                       -------      ------     ------    -------
Periodic gap.........................................  $  (346)     $  137     $  149    $   (60)
                                                       =======      ======     ======    =======
Cumulative gap.......................................  $  (346)     $ (209)    $  (60)
                                                       =======      ======     ======
Cumulative gap as a percentage of total assets.......     (1.6)%      (0.9)%     (0.3)%
</TABLE>
 
     The Company also utilizes complex simulation models to perform a
sensitivity analysis by which it estimates the potential change in its net
interest income over selected time periods resulting from hypothetical changes
in interest rates. This analysis evaluates the interest rate sensitivity of all
of the Company's interest-earning assets, interest-bearing liabilities and
derivative financial instruments by measuring the impact of changing rates on
12-month projected interest income and interest expense. The Company estimates
that, over a 12-month period, its net interest income would increase by
approximately 3% and be virtually unchanged in the event of an instantaneous and
sustained 100 basis point increase and decrease in interest rates, respectively.
 
     This analysis requires the Company to make certain assumptions regarding
prepayments of loans and securities, reinvestment of cash flow, deposit
retention, availability of external funding, and the spread between market rates
on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company relies
upon industry data, as well as its own experience, in developing the estimates
required for this interest rate sensitivity analysis.
 
     The Company has developed policies addressing limits on changes in 12-month
projected net interest income for specific instantaneous and sustained shocks in
interest rates. The Company also utilizes market value of portfolio equity and
duration of equity analyses in the management of its interest rate risk.
 
MANAGEMENT OF CREDIT RISK
 
  General
 
     The Company's credit risk arises from the possibility that borrowers,
issuers, or counterparties will not perform in accordance with contractual
terms. The Company has a process of credit risk controls and management
procedures by which it monitors and manages its level of credit risk.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   36
 
  Non-Performing Assets
 
     The Company's non-performing assets, which consist of non-accrual loans and
ORE, net, amounted to $83.3 million at December 31, 1998, down $63.4 million, or
43.2%, from $146.7 million at year-end 1997. Non-accrual loans are all loans 90
days or more delinquent, as well as loans less than 90 days past due for which
the full collectability of contractual principal or interest payments is
doubtful. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, any accrued but unpaid
interest income on the loan is reversed and future interest income on the loan
is recognized only if actually received by the Company and full collection of
principal is not in doubt. Loans are generally returned to accrual status when
principal and interest payments are current, full collectability of principal
and interest is reasonably assured, and a consistent record of performance has
been demonstrated. Loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR") that
have demonstrated a sufficient payment history to warrant return to performing
status are not included within non-accrual loans (see "Loans Modified in a
TDR").
 
     The Company generally has pursued a loan-by-loan/property-by-property
disposition strategy with respect to its non-performing assets, while also
considering the appropriateness of alternate disposition strategies, including
bulk sales of non-performing assets. As part of the 1998 NPA Sale, the Company
sold approximately $48 million of non-performing residential real estate loans.
The Company had sold approximately $126 million of non-performing residential
real estate assets in the 1997 NPA Sales.
 
     The following table presents the components of the Company's non-performing
assets at December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1998        1997        1996        1995        1994
                                       -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                    <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Non-accrual loans:
  Residential real estate:
     Permanent.......................  $37,261    $ 90,488    $163,156    $206,230    $214,222
     Construction....................      510         510         635         840       1,130
                                       -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
       Total residential real
          estate.....................   37,771      90,998     163,791     207,070     215,352
                                       -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
  Commercial real estate:
     Permanent.......................   11,833      21,601      17,375      34,618     106,778
     Construction....................      159         159       3,672       4,427       3,965
                                       -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
       Total commercial real
          estate.....................   11,992      21,760      21,047      39,045     110,743
                                       -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
  Consumer...........................    5,292       5,719       6,645       8,263      13,860
  Business...........................       56         511         107         741       1,909
                                       -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
       Total non-accrual loans.......   55,111     118,988     191,590     255,119     341,864
                                       -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
ORE, net:
  Residential real estate............   15,170      20,228      36,182      38,799      43,881
  Commercial real estate.............   14,505       9,255      20,367      24,952      37,368
  Allowance for losses...............   (1,443)     (1,722)     (3,294)     (3,070)     (7,247)
                                       -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
       Total ORE, net................   28,232      27,761      53,255      60,681      74,002
                                       -------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Total non-performing assets..........  $83,343    $146,749    $244,845    $315,800    $415,866
                                       =======    ========    ========    ========    ========
Non-performing assets to total
  assets.............................     0.37%       0.67%       1.30%       1.55%       2.12%
Non-accrual loans to loans
  receivable.........................     0.43        0.92        1.78        2.60        3.66
</TABLE>
 
     The Company continues to expand its lending activities and product mix. The
Company intends to continue to monitor closely the effects of these efforts on
the overall risk profile of its loans receivable portfolio, which the Company
expects will continue to change over time.
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   37
 
     The level of loans delinquent less than 90 days may, to some degree, be an
indicator of future levels of non-performing assets. The following table sets
forth, at December 31, 1998, such delinquent loans of the Company, net of those
already in non-performing status (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DELINQUENCY PERIOD
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                              30 - 59    60 - 89
                                                               DAYS       DAYS       TOTAL
                                                              -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Residential real estate.....................................  $40,848    $17,770    $58,618
Commercial real estate......................................      947          3        950
Consumer....................................................    4,137      1,670      5,807
Business....................................................       76         25        101
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Total.......................................................  $46,008    $19,468    $65,476
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
  Loans Modified in a TDR
 
     When borrowers encounter financial hardship but are able to demonstrate to
the Company's satisfaction an ability and willingness to resume regular monthly
payments, the Company may provide them with an opportunity to restructure the
terms of their loans. These arrangements, which are negotiated individually,
generally provide for interest rates that are lower than those initially
contracted for, but which may be higher or lower than current market interest
rates for loans with comparable risk, and may, in some instances, include a
reduction in the principal amount of the loan. The Company evaluates the costs
associated with any particular restructuring arrangement and may enter into such
an arrangement if it believes it is economically beneficial for the Company to
do so.
 
     The following table sets forth the Company's loans that have been modified
in a TDR, excluding those classified as non-accrual loans, at December 31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1998       1997        1996        1995        1994
                                        -------    -------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Residential real estate...............  $ 6,159    $37,532    $ 42,684    $ 43,090    $ 21,409
Commercial real estate................    6,039     46,677     170,323     159,097     167,205
                                        -------    -------    --------    --------    --------
Total loans modified in a TDR.........  $12,198    $84,209    $213,007    $202,187    $188,614
                                        =======    =======    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
  Allowance for Loan Losses
 
     The Company's allowance for loan losses, which amounted to $105.1 million
at December 31, 1998, is intended to be maintained at a level sufficient to
absorb all estimable and probable losses inherent in the loans receivable
portfolio. In determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses
and, accordingly, the level of the provision for loan losses, the Company
reviews its loans receivable portfolio on at least a quarterly basis, taking
into account its impaired loans, the size, composition and risk profile of the
portfolio, delinquency levels, historical loss experience, cure rates on
delinquent loans, economic conditions and other pertinent factors, such as
assumptions and projections of future conditions. While the Company believes
that the allowance for loan losses is adequate, additions to the allowance for
loan losses may be necessary in the event of future adverse changes in economic
and other conditions that the Company is unable to predict.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   38
 
     The following table sets forth the activity in the Company's allowance for
loan losses for the year ended December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1998        1997        1996        1995        1994
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance at beginning of year........  $104,718    $106,495    $128,295    $170,383    $157,515
Provision for loan losses(1)........    32,000      49,000      41,000      39,650      55,799
Merger adjustment...................        --          --          --          --        (928)
Acquired in acquisitions............        --      13,249          --          --      32,579
Loan charge-offs:
  Residential real estate(2)........   (34,175)    (61,235)    (52,191)    (46,131)    (43,910)
  Commercial real estate............    (2,956)     (5,984)    (13,244)    (37,759)    (35,327)
  Consumer..........................    (2,891)     (4,161)     (5,371)     (8,172)     (5,314)
  Business..........................       (45)       (228)       (490)        (26)       (233)
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
     Total loan charge-offs.........   (40,067)    (71,608)    (71,296)    (92,088)    (84,784)
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Loan recoveries:
  Residential real estate...........     3,465       3,652       5,093       5,220       5,895
  Commercial real estate............     3,292       2,006         977       1,552         676
  Consumer..........................     1,629       1,833       2,292       2,482       3,433
  Business..........................        44          91         134       1,096         198
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
     Total loan recoveries..........     8,430       7,582       8,496      10,350      10,202
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
          Net loan charge-offs......   (31,637)    (64,026)    (62,800)    (81,738)    (74,582)
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Balance at end of year..............  $105,081    $104,718    $106,495    $128,295    $170,383
                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
Net loan charge-offs during the year
  to average loans receivable
  outstanding during the year.......      0.24%       0.55%       0.61%       0.86%       0.87%
Allowance for loan losses to loans
  receivable at December 31.........      0.82        0.81        0.99        1.31        1.82
Allowance for loan losses to
  non-accrual loans at December
  31................................    190.67       88.01       55.58       50.29       49.84
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The provision for loan losses for 1997 included $14.0 million associated
    with the 1997 NPA Sales.
 
(2) Loan charge-offs for 1998 and 1997 included $9.1 million associated with the
    1998 NPA Sale and $35.8 million associated with the 1997 NPA Sales,
    respectively.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   39
 
     The following table sets forth, at December 31 for the years indicated, the
Company's allocation of the allowance for loan losses by category of loans
receivable and the percentage of each category of loans receivable to total
loans receivable (dollars in thousands).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        1998        1997        1996        1995        1994
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Allocation of allowance for loan
  losses(1):
  Residential real estate...........  $ 47,509    $ 49,494    $ 59,228    $ 68,177    $ 73,562
  Commercial real estate............    42,430      47,394      39,872      51,138      84,350
  Consumer..........................     5,262       4,724       5,652       6,881       3,691
  Business..........................     3,880       1,606       1,743       2,099       2,029
  Unallocated.......................     6,000       1,500          --          --       6,751
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Total allowance for loan losses.....  $105,081    $104,718    $106,495    $128,295    $170,383
                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
Loans receivable category to total
  loans receivable:
  Residential real estate...........      70.0%       75.8%       75.2%       73.0%       71.5%
  Commercial real estate............      20.1        17.4        17.6        18.9        19.9
  Consumer..........................       7.6         6.0         6.8         7.7         8.3
  Business..........................       2.3         0.8         0.4         0.4         0.3
                                      --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
Total...............................     100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
                                      ========    ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses, as well the
    portions allocated to the listed loan categories, are available to absorb
    losses for any of the listed loan categories.
 
     The Company has developed models and other analytic tools to assist in the
assessment of estimable and probable losses inherent in both the non-performing
and performing residential real estate loan portfolios. The Company periodically
reviews and refines these models, analyzing the continuing validity of the
assumptions used, comparing actual experience to that projected in the models
and modifying those assumptions as may, in the Company's judgment, be
appropriate. The Company also regularly analyzes economic trends and underlying
portfolio trends, such as changes in geographic and property type mix and loan
seasoning. The results of these reviews and analyses, which may yield a range of
values, are evaluated in determining the need during any period for additions to
the allowance for loan losses for residential real estate loans. However, it
should be noted that these various models and analyses depend upon a large
number of estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to future economic
and market conditions and borrower behavior, that are subject to change, and it
is entirely likely that future events will vary in some respects from those
predicted by any particular model or analysis.
 
     The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses for the Company's commercial
real estate loan portfolio is based in part on a loan-by-loan analysis that
includes a risk-rating system. The Company's Asset Quality Review Department
("AQRD") provides an independent review of the analyses performed by management
with respect to commercial real estate loans, including the respective risk
ratings assigned to such loans. Pursuant to the Company's policy, the AQRD
conducts an annual review of all commercial real estate loans that have been
assigned certain risk ratings, with the balance of the portfolio reviewed on a
test basis.
 
  MBS
 
     Of the $3.0 billion carrying value of the Company's MBS portfolio at
December 31, 1998, $2.0 billion were issued by entities other than FHLMC, GNMA
and FNMA. These privately-issued MBS have generally been underwritten by large
investment banking firms, with the timely payment of principal and interest on
these securities supported ("credit enhanced") in varying degrees by either
insurance issued by a financial guarantee insurer, letters of credit or
subordination techniques. Privately-issued MBS are subject to certain
credit-related risks normally not associated with MBS issued by FHLMC, GNMA and
                                       38
<PAGE>   40
 
FNMA, including the limited loss protection generally provided by the various
forms of credit enhancements, as losses in excess of certain levels are not
protected. Furthermore, the credit enhancement itself is subject to the
creditworthiness of the provider. Thus, in the event that a provider of a credit
enhancement does not fulfill its obligations, the MBS holder could be subject to
risk of loss similar to a purchaser of a whole loan pool. While substantially
all of the privately-issued MBS held by the Company at December 31, 1998 were
rated "AA" or better by one or more of the nationally recognized securities
rating agencies, no assurance can be given that such ratings will be maintained.
 
     During 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Company recognized losses of $0.6 million,
$1.5 million and $4.7 million, respectively, associated with other than
temporary impairment in value of certain privately-issued MBS, the carrying
value of which amounted to approximately $58 million at year-end 1998. These
losses were necessitated by the depletion of the underlying credit enhancements
as a result of losses incurred on the loans underlying the securities, coupled
with the Company's projections of estimated future losses on the securities.
 
     The following table sets forth, by issuer, the aggregate amortized cost and
estimated fair value of the Company's privately-issued MBS that exceeded 10% of
stockholders' equity at December 31, 1998 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AMORTIZED    ESTIMATED
ISSUER                                                          COST       FAIR VALUE
- ------                                                        ---------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Residential Funding Mortgage Securities, Inc. ..............  $213,069      $205,289
Structured Asset Securities Corporation.....................   196,444       195,808
</TABLE>
 
  Derivative Financial Instruments
 
     The level of credit risk associated with derivative financial instruments
depends on a variety of factors, including the estimated fair value of the
instrument, the collateral maintained, the use of master netting arrangements
and the ability of the counterparty to comply with its contractual obligations.
In the event of default by a counterparty, the Company would be subject to an
economic loss that corresponds to the cost to replace the agreement. There were
no past due amounts related to the Company's derivative financial instruments at
December 31, 1998 or 1997.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
  General
 
     The Company's total assets amounted to $22.3 billion at December 31, 1998,
as compared with $21.8 billion at the end of 1997. The most significant factor
contributing to the growth in total assets was an increase in loans held for
sale, the effect of which was largely offset by a reduction in securities
available for sale.
 
  Securities
 
     Securities available for sale declined to $3.3 billion, or 16.3% of total
interest-earning assets, at December 31, 1998 from $5.0 billion, or 24.6% of
total interest-earning assets, at year-end 1997. Contributing to this decline
were the sales of substantially all of the $1.4 billion of MBS that had been
designated for sale in connection with the balance sheet restructuring
initiative implemented in December 1997. In total, during 1998, the Company sold
$1.9 billion of securities, purchased $1.7 billion of securities, and received
principal payments on securities of $1.5 billion. At December 31, 1998, 89.0% of
the securities available for sale portfolio consisted of MBS, down from 98.2% at
the end of 1997.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   41
 
     The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Company's
securities available for sale and securities held to maturity at December 31 for
the years indicated (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SECURITIES
                                                                                       HELD TO
                                                SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE          MATURITY
                                            --------------------------------------    ----------
                                               1998          1997          1996          1996
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
MBS:
  Pass-through securities:
     Privately-issued.....................  $1,775,264    $2,851,007    $1,228,264    $2,520,013
     U.S. government agencies.............   1,008,921       598,711     1,273,425        44,711
  Collateralized mortgage obligations:
     Privately-issued.....................     179,484     1,336,690            --     1,670,983
     U.S. government agencies.............          --       115,356            --       124,501
  Interest-only...........................         628         1,129         1,291            --
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
       Total MBS..........................   2,964,297     4,902,893     2,502,980     4,360,208
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Other debt securities:
  U. S. government and agencies...........       3,525         8,638        17,969            --
  State and municipal.....................      12,834        36,291        43,307            --
  Domestic corporate......................     343,095        35,359        15,328            --
  Other...................................         500           500            --         3,763
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
       Total other debt securities........     359,954        80,788        76,604         3,763
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Equity securities.........................       5,193         8,623         9,988            --
                                            ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Total.....................................  $3,329,444    $4,992,304    $2,589,572    $4,363,971
                                            ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company's securities available for sale portfolio
had gross unrealized gains of $25.8 million and gross unrealized losses of $31.5
million. These gross unrealized gains and losses reflect normal market
conditions and vary, either positively or negatively, based primarily on changes
in general levels of market interest rates relative to the yields on the
portfolios.
 
  Loans
 
     In connection with its mortgage banking activities, the Company maintains a
portfolio of loans held for sale into the secondary market. At December 31,
1998, loans held for sale amounted to $3.9 billion, up from $1.8 billion at the
end of 1997.
 
     The Company's loans receivable (exclusive of the allowance for loan losses)
declined slightly to $12.7 billion at December 31, 1998 from $13.0 billion at
year-end 1997. This decline was attributable to a reduction in residential real
estate loans receivable, the effect of which was partially offset by growth in
the Company's commercial real estate, consumer and business loans receivable. In
the aggregate, commercial real estate, consumer and business loans receivable
represented 30.0% of total loans receivable at December 31, 1998, up from 24.2%
one-year earlier, reflecting the results of the Company's strategy to increase
the percentage of such loans to total loans receivable.
 
     Residential real estate loans receivable amounted to $8.9 billion at the
end of 1998, a 9.4% decline from $9.8 billion at the end of 1997. In 1998, the
Company produced $2.7 billion of loans for this portfolio, which substantially
offset principal repayments during the year. In connection with the Company's
balance sheet restructuring activities, approximately $780 million of relatively
lower-yielding loans were transferred to loans held for sale in the first
quarter of 1998 and sold during the second and third quarters of 1998.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   42
 
     Commercial real estate loans receivable increased $304.7 million, or 13.5%,
during 1998 and amounted to $2.6 billion at December 31, 1998. At that date,
this portfolio consisted primarily of loans secured by multifamily properties
(57%), shopping centers (19%) and office buildings (11%).
 
     Consumer loans receivable amounted to $973.2 million at December 31, 1998,
an increase of $199.4 million, or 25.8%, from the end of 1997. This increase was
largely attributable to growth in home equity loans, the Company's primary focus
in this lending area. During 1998, the Company began offering its home equity
loans through NAMC's loan production network, which contributed to an increase
in home equity loan principal balances during 1998 of $220.8 million, or 35.8%.
At December 31, 1998, home equity loans represented approximately 88% of the
consumer loans receivable portfolio, up from approximately 82% at December 31,
1997.
 
     The Company's business loans receivable increased to $287.3 million at
year-end 1998 from $99.1 million at the end of 1997. This increase reflects the
Company's heightened focus in this area as well as the diversification of loan
products offered, including the introduction during 1998 of lease financing.
 
     The following table summarizes the Company's loans receivable (exclusive of
the allowance for loan losses) at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1998          1997          1996          1995         1994
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                 <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>
Residential real estate:
  Permanent.......................  $ 8,862,369   $ 9,779,559   $ 8,016,699   $7,139,862   $6,659,935
  Construction....................        1,647         2,453         3,697        1,948        1,989
  Net deferred yield
     adjustments..................       55,801        66,581        54,509       45,002       19,774
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
       Total residential real
          estate..................    8,919,817     9,848,593     8,074,905    7,186,812    6,681,698
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
Commercial real estate:
  Permanent.......................    2,487,230     2,214,620     1,856,563    1,813,344    1,834,114
  Construction....................       92,937        57,152        33,046       42,584       40,592
  Net deferred yield
     adjustments..................      (12,417)       (8,749)       (3,876)      (5,030)     (11,192)
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
       Total commercial real
          estate..................    2,567,750     2,263,023     1,885,733    1,850,898    1,863,514
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
Consumer:
  Home equity.....................      837,867       617,041       527,442      520,589      531,008
  Secured by deposit accounts.....       39,900        40,992        39,684       40,578       40,309
  Manufactured home...............       32,053        44,432        60,965       78,319       98,354
  Automobile......................        4,443         6,298        43,661       53,947       30,104
  Other...........................       38,126        46,400        51,923       59,854       73,042
  Net deferred yield
     adjustments..................       20,841        18,654        10,606        4,127        1,792
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
       Total consumer.............      973,230       773,817       734,281      757,414      774,609
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
Business:
  Principal balance...............      287,463        99,110        43,138       35,189       31,817
  Net deferred yield
     adjustments..................         (192)          (36)           --           --          (16)
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
       Total business.............      287,271        99,074        43,138       35,189       31,801
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------   ----------
Total loans receivable............  $12,748,068   $12,984,507   $10,738,057   $9,830,313   $9,351,622
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   43
 
     The following table presents the contractual maturities of the principal
balances of the Company's real estate construction loans receivable and business
loans receivable (excluding lease financing receivables) at December 31, 1998
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY
                                                    ---------------------------------------------
                                                                  OVER ONE
                                                       ONE        THROUGH      OVER
                                                     YEAR OR        FIVE       FIVE
                                                       LESS        YEARS       YEARS      TOTAL
                                                    ----------    --------    -------    --------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>
Residential real estate construction:
  Fixed-rate......................................   $  1,647     $    --     $    --    $  1,647
Commercial real estate construction:
  Adjustable-rate.................................   $ 35,598     $44,402          --    $ 80,000
  Fixed-rate......................................     12,929           8          --      12,937
                                                     --------     -------     -------    --------
Total commercial real estate construction.........   $ 48,527     $44,410     $    --    $ 92,937
                                                     ========     =======     =======    ========
Business:
  Adjustable-rate.................................   $ 69,339     $46,802     $ 9,939    $126,080
  Fixed-rate......................................     67,778      24,473       6,017      98,268
                                                     --------     -------     -------    --------
Total business....................................   $137,117     $71,275     $15,956    $224,348
                                                     ========     =======     =======    ========
</TABLE>
 
     Loan production, which includes originations and purchases for portfolio
and for sale in the secondary market, amounted to $32.7 billion for 1998,
representing an increase of $22.9 billion as compared with 1997. While this
increase was substantially associated with growth in residential real estate
loan production to $30.5 billion for 1998 from $8.6 billion for 1997, the
Company also experienced growth in commercial real estate loan production of
$588.4 million, or 109.0%, consumer loan production of $238.3 million, or 48.1%,
and business loan production of $231.6 million, or 184.4%.
 
     The increase in residential real estate loan production in 1998, as
compared with 1997, reflects the Company's expansion of its mortgage banking
activities, largely due to the NAMC Acquisition, as well as a relatively high
level of loan refinancings, which resulted principally from the lower long-term
interest rate environment during 1998 as compared with 1997. Of the total
residential real estate loan production during 1998, approximately 56% were
refinanced loans. The relatively lower long-term interest rate environment
during 1998 also resulted in significant production of fixed-rate residential
real estate loans. Fixed-rate residential real estate loan production,
substantially all of which is sold by the Company into the secondary market,
represented approximately 90% of total residential real estate loan production
during 1998.
 
     The following table summarizes the Company's loan production for the year
ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1998           1997
                                                              -----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Residential real estate.....................................  $30,463,666    $8,636,386
Commercial real estate......................................    1,128,291       539,850
Consumer:
  Home equity...............................................      573,132       337,795
  Other consumer............................................      160,228       157,253
                                                              -----------    ----------
          Total consumer....................................      733,360       495,048
                                                              -----------    ----------
Business....................................................      357,162       125,601
                                                              -----------    ----------
Total loan production.......................................  $32,682,479    $9,796,885
                                                              ===========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   44
 
  Deposits
 
     Total deposits amounted to $13.7 billion at year-end 1998, down $195.8
million from December 31, 1997. In August 1998, the Bank sold its remaining
Florida branch which, at the time of sale, had deposits of $207.2 million.
During 1998, time deposits declined $1.1 billion, reflecting the Company's
strategy to decrease the percentage of such deposits to total deposits. The
effect of this decline was largely offset by an overall $0.9 billion increase in
non-interest bearing and relatively lower-costing deposit products.
 
     The following table sets forth a summary of the Company's deposits at
December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1998                         1997
                                             -------------------------    -------------------------
                                                            PERCENTAGE                   PERCENTAGE
                                               AMOUNT        OF TOTAL       AMOUNT        OF TOTAL
                                             -----------    ----------    -----------    ----------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Demand.....................................  $ 1,976,122       14.5%      $ 1,572,797       11.4%
Savings....................................    2,291,782       16.8         2,431,812       17.6
Money market...............................    2,634,312       19.3         1,971,081       14.2
Time.......................................    6,749,244       49.4         7,871,585       56.8
                                             -----------      -----       -----------      -----
Total deposits.............................  $13,651,460      100.0%      $13,847,275      100.0%
                                             ===========      =====       ===========      =====
</TABLE>
 
  Borrowed Funds
 
     The following table sets forth a summary of the Company's borrowed funds at
December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1998                        1997
                                               ------------------------    ------------------------
                                                             PERCENTAGE                  PERCENTAGE
                                                 AMOUNT       OF TOTAL       AMOUNT       OF TOTAL
                                               ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Federal funds purchased and securities sold
  under agreements to repurchase.............  $2,245,218       33.2%      $2,975,774       47.1%
FHLBNY advances..............................   4,077,115       60.2        2,786,751       44.1
Senior notes.................................     198,906        2.9          142,475        2.3
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in
  Dime Bancorp, Inc.'s junior subordinated
  deferrable interest debentures.............     162,005        2.4          196,137        3.1
Other........................................      89,604        1.3          218,175        3.4
                                               ----------      -----       ----------      -----
Total borrowed funds.........................  $6,772,848      100.0%      $6,319,312      100.0%
                                               ==========      =====       ==========      =====
</TABLE>
 
     In July 1998, the Holding Company redeemed the remaining $44.4 million of
its outstanding 8.9375% senior notes due July 2003, which resulted in a pre-tax
extraordinary loss of $1.9 million. (During 1997, the Holding Company had
purchased $55.6 million of such senior notes and, in connection therewith,
recognized a pre-tax extraordinary loss of $2.4 million.) In addition, all of
the Bank's $78.0 million of Collateralized Real Yield Securities were repaid, at
the option of the holders thereof, in August 1998, which resulted in a pre-tax
extraordinary loss of $0.6 million. Further, in September 1998, the Holding
Company purchased $34.8 million of the then-outstanding $200.0 million of
guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in its 9.33% junior subordinated
deferrable interest debentures, which resulted in a pre-tax extraordinary loss
of $4.6 million.
 
     During September 1998, the Holding Company, in a private offering, issued
$100.0 million of senior notes due March 1999 with a stated interest rate of
6.12%.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Holding Company had an effective shelf
registration in place pursuant to which it could issue, from time to time,
debentures, notes or other unsecured evidences of indebtedness. These debt
securities, which may be unsubordinated or subordinated to certain other
obligations of the
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   45
 
Holding Company, may be offered separately or together in one or more series, up
to an aggregate amount of $300.0 million. No securities had been issued pursuant
to this shelf registration as of year-end 1998.
 
  Stockholders' Equity
 
     At December 31, 1998, stockholders' equity amounted to $1.4 billion, or
6.21% of total assets. In comparison, stockholders' equity at year-end 1997
amounted to $1.3 billion, or 6.02% of total assets. The growth in stockholders'
equity during the year was limited principally by the effect of treasury stock
purchases and dividends declared on the Common Stock. Book value per common
share of $12.42 at December 31, 1998 increased 9.9% from $11.30 one-year
earlier.
 
     During 1998, the Holding Company repurchased 6.4 million shares of Common
Stock at a cost of $178.0 million. At December 31, 1998, the Holding Company had
one Common Stock repurchase program in effect. Under this program, which was
announced in September 1998, the Holding Company is authorized to repurchase up
to approximately 5.6 million shares of its outstanding Common Stock. During
1998, 0.3 million shares of Common Stock were acquired under this program. No
time limit was established to complete this program.
 
     Dividends declared and paid on the Common Stock for 1998 amounted to $21.6
million, or $0.19 per share, up from $12.9 million, or $0.12 per share, for
1997. The Holding Company's Common Stock dividend payout ratio was 9.1% for
1998, as compared with 10.5% for 1997.
 
LIQUIDITY
 
     The Company's liquidity management process focuses on ensuring that
sufficient funds exist to meet withdrawals from deposit accounts, loan funding
commitments, the repayment of borrowed funds, and other financial obligations
and expenditures, as well as ensuring the Bank's compliance with regulatory
liquidity requirements. The liquidity position of the Company, which is
monitored on a daily basis, is managed pursuant to established policies and
guidelines.
 
     The Company's sources of liquidity include principal repayments on loans
and MBS, borrowings, deposits, sales of loans in connection with mortgage
banking activities, sales of securities available for sale, and net cash
provided by operations. Additionally, the Company has access to the capital
markets for issuing debt or equity securities, as well as access to the discount
window of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, if necessary, for the purpose of
borrowing to meet temporary liquidity needs, although it has not utilized this
funding source in the past.
 
     Excluding funds raised through the capital markets, the primary source of
funds of the Holding Company, on an unconsolidated basis, has been dividends
from the Bank, whose ability to pay dividends is subject to regulations of the
OTS (see "Regulation and Supervision -- Restrictions on Dividends and Capital
Distributions" in Item 1, "Business").
 
     Under existing OTS regulations, the Bank must maintain, for each calendar
quarter, an average daily balance of liquid assets (as defined) equal to at
least 4.0% of either (i) its liquidity base (the Bank's net withdrawable
accounts plus short-term borrowings) at the end of the preceding calendar
quarter or (ii) the average daily balance of its liquidity base during the
preceding quarter. For the fourth quarter of 1998, the Bank's liquidity ratio
was 15.9%.
 
REGULATORY CAPITAL
 
     Pursuant to OTS regulations, the Bank is required to maintain tangible
capital of at least 1.50% of adjusted total assets, core capital of at least
3.00% of adjusted total assets, and total risk-based capital of at least 8.00%
of risk-weighted assets. The Bank exceeded these capital requirements at
December 31, 1998.
 
     Under the PCA regulations adopted by the OTS pursuant to FDICIA, an
institution is considered well capitalized, the highest of five categories, if
it has a leverage ratio of at least 5.00%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
(core capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 6.00%, and a total risk-based
capital
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   46
 
ratio of at least 10.00%, and it is not subject to an order, written agreement,
capital directive, or PCA directive to meet and maintain a specific capital
level for any capital measure. At December 31, 1998, the Bank met the published
standards for a well capitalized designation under these regulations.
 
     The following table sets forth the Bank's regulatory capital position at
December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1998                   1997
                                                     -------------------    -------------------
                                                       AMOUNT      RATIO      AMOUNT      RATIO
                                                     ----------    -----    ----------    -----
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>
Tangible and core capital..........................  $1,282,010     5.82%   $1,216,417     5.64%
Tier 1 risk-based capital..........................   1,282,010     9.58     1,216,417    10.29
Total risk-based capital...........................   1,387,091    10.37     1,321,135    11.17
</TABLE>
 
     The declines in the Bank's risk-based capital and Tier 1 risk-based capital
ratios during 1998 reflect an increase in risk-based assets to $13.4 billion at
December 31, 1998 from $11.8 billion at the end of 1997. Contributing to the
higher level of risk-based assets was a change in the mix of the Bank's assets.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
     On December 16, 1998, the Holding Company announced that it had entered
into a definitive agreement to acquire Lakeview Financial Corp. ("Lakeview"),
headquartered in West Paterson, New Jersey. Lakeview is the holding company for
Lakeview Savings Bank, which operates eleven offices in northern New Jersey. On
a consolidated basis at October 31, 1998, Lakeview had assets of approximately
$573 million and deposits of approximately $454 million. Under the terms of the
agreement, holders of Lakeview's common stock may elect to receive either 0.9 of
a share of Common Stock or $24.26 in cash for each outstanding share of Lakeview
common stock, subject to a requirement that, in the aggregate, 65% of Lakeview's
outstanding shares of common stock will be exchanged for Common Stock and the
remaining shares will be exchanged for cash. This transaction, which is expected
to close during the second quarter of 1999, remains subject to regulatory
approvals and the approval of Lakeview's shareholders.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
 
     In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 133, "Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," which establishes accounting and
reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. SFAS No.
133 requires that an entity recognize all derivative instruments as either
assets or liabilities in statements of financial position and measure those
instruments at fair value. SFAS No. 133 is effective for fiscal years beginning
after June 15, 1999. Earlier adoption of SFAS No. 133 is encouraged, but is
permitted only as of the beginning of any fiscal quarter that begins after its
issuance. SFAS No. 133 may not be applied retroactively to financial statements
of prior periods. The Company intends to adopt SFAS No. 133 on January 1, 2000.
The Company has not completed its evaluation of the effect that the adoption of
SFAS No. 133 will have upon its financial condition and results of operations.
 
     In October 1998, the FASB issued SFAS No. 134, "Accounting for
Mortgage-Backed Securities Retained After the Securitization of Mortgage Loans
Held for Sale by a Mortgage Banking Enterprise." SFAS No. 134, which amends SFAS
No. 65, "Accounting for Certain Mortgage Banking Activities," requires that,
after the securitization of a mortgage loan held for sale, any retained MBS
should be classified in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 115, "Accounting
for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." However, SFAS No. 134
requires that a mortgage banking enterprise classify as trading any retained MBS
that it commits to sell before or during the securitization process. SFAS No.
134 is effective for the first fiscal quarter beginning after December 15, 1998.
The Company does not believe that SFAS No. 134, when adopted, will materially
impact its financial condition or results of operations.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   47
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
     Information required by this Item is contained in Item 7, "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Asset/Liability Management," incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PAGE
                                                                ----
<S>                                                             <C>
Report of Independent Auditors..............................    F-1
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition..............    F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income...........................    F-3
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
  Equity....................................................    F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.......................    F-5
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.............    F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................    F-7
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
     None.
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
     The following table sets forth the name, age, and position of each
executive officer of the Company as of March 1, 1999 and the year in which such
person joined the Company:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     WITH THE
                                                                                     COMPANY
NAME                     AGE         POSITIONS AND OFFICES WITH THE COMPANY           SINCE
- ----                     ---    -------------------------------------------------    --------
<S>                      <C>    <C>                                                  <C>
Lawrence J. Toal.......  61     Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer,
                                  President, and Chief Operating Officer               1991
Gene C. Brooks.........  49     Director of the Office of the Secretary and
                                Senior Legal Advisor                                   1995
Anthony R. Burriesci...  51     Chief Financial Officer                                1997
D. James Daras.........  45     Treasurer and Asset/Liability Executive                1990
James E. Kelly.........  47     General Counsel                                        1987
Fred B. Koons..........  54     Chief Executive Officer, Mortgage Banking and
                                Director                                               1996
Carlos R. Munoz........  63     Chief Credit & Risk Management Officer                 1995
Peyton R. Patterson....  42     General Manager, Consumer Financial Services           1996
</TABLE>
 
     Mr. Daras has been employed by the Company in the positions stated above
for more than five years. The principal occupation for at least the last five
years of each other executive officer who is not a member of the Board is set
forth below:
 
     Mr. Brooks, who joined Anchor Savings in July 1987, served as Vice
President and General Counsel of Anchor Bancorp from its formation until the
Anchor Merger and as Secretary of Anchor Bancorp from March 1993 until the
Anchor Merger. He was General Counsel of the Company from April 1995 to January
1998, at which time he assumed his present position.
 
     Mr. Burriesci joined the Company in July 1997 as Chief Financial Officer.
From 1990 until he joined the Company, he held various finance-related positions
with First Fidelity Bancorporation, the most recent
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   48
 
of which was Executive Vice President and Corporate Controller, until it was
acquired by First Union Corporation in 1996, where he served as Executive Vice
President-Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer-Northern
Region.
 
     Mr. Kelly has served in various legal and business positions with the
Company since joining the Bank in January 1987, including as assistant to the
President from February 1992 to March 1995 and thereafter as Deputy General
Counsel until he assumed his present position in January 1998.
 
     Mr. Munoz joined the Company in April 1995 as Chief Credit Officer. Prior
to joining the Company, he served in various positions with Citibank, N.A.,
where he was most recently Senior Vice President and a member of the Credit
Policy Committee. In that position, he had been responsible at various times for
credit management and oversight of part or all of Citibank's worldwide consumer
banking activities, as well as Private Banking and Global Finance in Latin
America.
 
     Ms. Patterson joined the Company in May 1996 as General Manager, Consumer
Lending and assumed her present position in June 1997. From 1989 until she
joined the Company, Ms. Patterson held several positions with Chemical Bank,
including most recently as General Manager of its Consumer Asset Group, until
the merger of that institution with Chase Manhattan Bank in 1996, when she
became the Director of Marketing for its National Consumer Services Division.
 
     Information required by this Item regarding members of the Board is
contained in the Holding Company's definitive Proxy Statement for its 1999
Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement"), which is expected to be
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") within 120
days from December 31, 1998, incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     Information required by this Item is contained in the Proxy Statement,
incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     Information required by this Item is contained in the Proxy Statement,
incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     Information required by this Item is contained in the Proxy Statement,
incorporated herein by reference.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
(a)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
     See Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
 
(a)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     All financial statement schedules for the Holding Company and its
subsidiaries have been included in the consolidated financial statements or the
related notes or they are either inapplicable or not required.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   49
 
(a)(3) EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                      IDENTIFICATION OF EXHIBIT
- -------                     -------------------------
<S>        <C>
2.1        Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 15, 1998,
           by and between Lakeview Financial Corp. and the Holding
           Company (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the
           Proxy Statement -- Prospectus included in the Holding
           Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed with the
           Commission on March 19, 1999 (No. 333-74673)).
3(i)       Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (incorporated
           by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Holding Company's
           Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March
           31, 1998, filed with the Commission on May 15, 1998
           (Commission file No. 1-13094)).
3(ii)      By-laws of the Holding Company (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 3 to the Holding Company's Quarterly Report on Form
           10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997, filed with the
           Commission on August 14, 1997 (Commission file No.
           1-13094)).
4.1        Stockholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of October
           20, 1995, between the Holding Company and the First National
           Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference
           to Exhibit (1) of the Registration Statement on Form 8-A of
           the Holding Company filed with the Commission on November 3,
           1995).
4.2        None of the outstanding instruments defining the rights of
           holders of long-term debt of the Holding Company and its
           consolidated subsidiaries represent long-term debt in excess
           of 10% of the total assets of the Holding Company and its
           subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Holding Company
           hereby agrees to furnish to the Commission, upon request, a
           copy of any such instrument.
10.1*      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1998, between
           the Bank and Lawrence J. Toal (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.1 to the Holding Company's Annual Report on Form
           10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, filed with
           the Commission on March 31, 1998 (the "1997 10-K")
           (Commission file No. 1-13094)).
10.2*      Agreement providing for joint and several liability of the
           Holding Company, dated as of January 30, 1998, between the
           Holding Company and Lawrence J. Toal (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the 1997 10-K).
10.3*      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1998, between
           the Bank and Anthony R. Burriesci (incorporated by reference
           to Exhibit 10.3 to the 1997 10-K).
10.4*      Agreement providing for joint and several liability of the
           Holding Company, dated as of January 30, 1998, between the
           Holding Company and Anthony R. Burriesci (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the 1997 10-K).
10.5*      Letter Agreement regarding initial employment terms, dated
           as of July 1, 1997 (the "Burriesci Letter Agreement"),
           between the Bank and Anthony R. Burriesci (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the 1997 10-K).
10.6*      Amendment of the Burriesci Letter Agreement, effective as of
           July 24, 1997, between the Bank and Anthony R. Burriesci
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the 1997
           10-K).
10.7*      Employment Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1998, between
           the Bank and Fred B. Koons.
10.8*      Letter Agreement regarding initial employment terms, dated
           as of December 6, 1996 (the "Koons Letter Agreement"),
           between the Bank and Fred B. Koons (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Holding Company's Annual
           Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
           1996, filed with the Commission on March 31, 1997 (the "1996
           10-K") (Commission file No. 1-13094)).
10.9*      Amendment of the Koons Letter Agreement, effective as of May
           12, 1997, between the Bank and Fred B. Koons (incorporated
           by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the 1997 10-K).
</TABLE>
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   50
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                      IDENTIFICATION OF EXHIBIT
- -------                     -------------------------
<S>        <C>
10.10*     Amendment of the Koons Letter Agreement, effective as of
           July 24, 1997, between the Bank and Fred B. Koons
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the 1997
           10-K).
10.11*     Employment Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1998, between
           the Bank and D. James Daras (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.11 to the 1997 10-K).
10.12*     Employment Agreement, dated as of January 30, 1998, between
           the Bank and Carlos R. Munoz (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.12 to the 1997 10-K).
10.13*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as amended by an
           amendment effective April 27, 1994 (the "Stock Incentive
           Plan") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
           Holding Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed
           with the Commission on January 18, 1995 (No. 33-88552)).
10.14*     Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the Stock
           Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14
           to the 1997 10-K).
10.15*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and
           restated effective February 29, 1996 (the "1991 Stock
           Incentive Plan") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1
           to the Holding Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8,
           filed with the Commission on May 24, 1996 (No. 333-04477)).
10.16*     Amendment, effective as of October 1, 1996, to the 1991
           Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           10.9 to the 1996 10-K).
10.17*     Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the 1991 Stock
           Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17
           to the 1997 10-K).
10.18*     Amendment, effective as of March 27, 1998, to the 1991 Stock
           Incentive Plan.
10.19*     Amendment, effective June 25, 1998, to the 1991 Stock
           Incentive Plan.
10.20*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan for Outside
           Directors (the "Outside Directors Plan"), as amended
           effective April 27, 1994 (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 4.1 to the Holding Company's Registration Statement
           on Form S-8, filed with the Commission on January 18, 1995
           (No. 33-88560)).
10.21*     Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the Outside
           Directors Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19
           to the 1997 10-K).
10.22*     The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB Deferred Compensation
           Plan, as amended by the First Amendment through the Fourth
           Amendment thereof (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           10.14 to the Holding Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K
           for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994, filed with the
           Commission on March 31, 1995 (Commission file No. 1-13094)).
10.23*     Deferred Compensation Plan for Board Members of The Dime
           Savings Bank of New York, FSB, as amended and restated
           effective as of July 24, 1997 (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.21 to the 1997 10-K).
10.24*     Benefit Restoration Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of New
           York, FSB, amended and restated effective as of October 1,
           1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the 1996
           10-K).
10.25*     Retainer Continuation Plan for Independent Directors of The
           Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB (the "Retainer
           Continuation Plan") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           10.24 to the Bank's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
           fiscal year ended December 31, 1993, filed with the
           Commission on September 16, 1994 as Exhibit A to the Holding
           Company's Report on Form 8-K dated that date (Commission
           file No. 1-13094)).
10.26*     Amendment, effective as of January 13, 1995, to the Retainer
           Continuation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           10.13 to the 1995 10-K).
</TABLE>
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   51
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                      IDENTIFICATION OF EXHIBIT
- -------                     -------------------------
<S>        <C>
10.27*     Amendment, effective as of December 31, 1996, to the
           Retainer Continuation Plan (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.17 to the 1996 10-K).
10.28*     Amendment, effective March 1, 1997, to the Retainer
           Continuation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           10.18 to the 1996 10-K).
10.29*     Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the Retainer
           Continuation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           10.27 to the 1997 10-K).
10.30*     Key Executive Life Insurance/Death Benefit Plan of The Dime
           Savings Bank of New York, FSB, amended and restated
           effective as of July 24, 1997 (the "Key Life Plan")
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the 1997
           10-K).
10.31*     Amendment, effective November 20, 1997, to the Key Life Plan
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the 1997
           10-K).
10.32*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1990 Stock Option Plan (formerly Anchor
           Bancorp, Inc. 1990 Stock Option Plan), as amended effective
           as of January 13, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
           4.1 to the Holding Company's Registration Statement on Form
           S-8, filed with the Commission on January 18, 1995 (No.
           33-88554)).
10.33*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan (formerly Anchor
           Bancorp, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan), as amended effective
           as of January 13, 1995 (the "1992 Stock Option Plan")
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Holding
           Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the
           Commission on January 18, 1995 (No. 33-88556)).
10.34*     Amendment, effective June 1, 1996, to the 1992 Stock Option
           Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the 1996
           10-K).
10.35*     Amendment, effective September 19, 1997, to the 1992 Stock
           Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to
           the 1997 10-K).
10.36*     Amendment, effective as of March 27, 1998, to the 1992 Stock
           Option Plan.
10.37*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
           (the "SERP"), amended and restated effective as of December
           2, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the
           1997 10-K).
10.38*     Amendment, effective January 29, 1998, to the SERP
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the 1997
           10-K).
10.39*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan, as
           amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the 1997
           10-K).
10.40*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for
           Directors (the "Director Deferred Compensation Plan"), as
           amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997
           (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the 1997
           10-K).
10.41*     Amendment, effective March 26, 1998, to the Director
           Deferred Compensation Plan.
10.42*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. Officer Incentive Plan (the "Officer
           Incentive Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of
           July 24, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to
           the 1997 10-K).
10.43*     Amendment, effective as of January 1, 1998, to the Officer
           Incentive Plan.
10.44*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. Senior Officer Incentive Plan, effective
           April 30, 1998.
10.45*     Anchor Savings Bank FSB Supplemental Executive Retirement
           Plan, assumed by the Bank (incorporated by reference to
           Exhibit 10.11 to the Anchor Bancorp Annual Report on Form
           10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1992 (Commission
           file No. 33-37720)).
10.46*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside
           Directors, as amended and restated effective March 27, 1998.
</TABLE>
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   52
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                      IDENTIFICATION OF EXHIBIT
- -------                     -------------------------
<S>        <C>
10.47*     Dime Bancorp, Inc. Incentive Stock Option Plan (formerly
           North American Mortgage Company Incentive Stock Option
           Plan), effective as of October 15, 1997 (incorporated by
           reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Holding Company's Amendment
           No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 on Form S-8,
           filed with the Commission on October 15, 1997 (No.
           333-35565)).
12         Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
21         List of Subsidiaries.
23         Consent of KPMG LLP.
24         Powers of Attorney.
27         Financial Data Schedule (filed electronically).
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
* Management Contract or Compensatory Plan or Arrangement.
 
(b) REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
     During the three-month period ended December 31, 1998, the Holding Company
filed with the Commission one Current Report on Form 8-K, dated December 16,
1998, which reported that, on December 15, 1998, the Holding Company had entered
into a definitive agreement to acquire Lakeview.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   53
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
                                          DIME BANCORP, INC.
 
                                          By:     /s/ LAWRENCE J. TOAL
                                            ------------------------------------
                                              Lawrence J. Toal
                                              Chairman of the Board, Chief
                                              Executive Officer,
                                              President, and Chief Operating
                                              Officer
 
                                              March 31, 1999
                                              --------------
                                              Date
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
report has been signed below on March 31, 1999 by the following persons on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                            CAPACITY
                      ---------                                            --------
<S>                                                      <C>
/s/ LAWRENCE J. TOAL                                     Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer, President, and Chief Operating
Lawrence J. Toal                                         Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Derrick D. Cephas
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Frederick C. Chen
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
J. Barclay Collins II
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Richard W. Dalrymple
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
James F. Fulton
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Fred B. Koons
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Virginia M. Kopp
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
James M. Large, Jr.
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
John Morning
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Margaret Osmer-McQuade
</TABLE>
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   54
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                            CAPACITY
                      ---------                                            --------
<S>                                                      <C>
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Sally Hernandez-Pinero
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Dr. Paul A. Qualben
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Eugene G. Schulz, Jr.
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Howard Smith
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Dr. Norman R. Smith
 
*                                                        Director
- -----------------------------------------------------
Ira T. Wender
 
              /s/ ANTHONY R. BURRIESCI                   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
- -----------------------------------------------------    Officer)
                Anthony R. Burriesci
 
                 /s/ JOHN F. KENNEDY                     Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
- -----------------------------------------------------
                   John F. Kennedy
 
             * By: /s/ LAWRENCE J. TOAL
   -----------------------------------------------
                  Lawrence J. Toal
                  Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   55
 
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Dime Bancorp, Inc.:
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial
condition of Dime Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (Dime) as of December 31, 1998
and 1997, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in
stockholders' equity, cash flows and comprehensive income for each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of Dime's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dime
Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
January 21, 1999
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   56
 
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------
                                                                 1998           1997
                                                              -----------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks.....................................  $   279,490    $   295,369
Money market investments....................................       78,287        157,158
Securities available for sale...............................    3,329,444      4,992,304
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock....................      324,106        303,287
Loans held for sale.........................................    3,884,886      1,841,862
Loans receivable, net:
  Residential real estate loans.............................    8,919,817      9,848,593
  Commercial real estate loans..............................    2,567,750      2,263,023
  Consumer loans............................................      973,230        773,817
  Business loans............................................      287,271         99,074
  Allowance for loan losses.................................     (105,081)      (104,718)
                                                              -----------    -----------
     Total loans receivable, net............................   12,642,987     12,879,789
                                                              -----------    -----------
Accrued interest receivable.................................       97,124        106,829
Premises and equipment, net.................................      170,879        150,805
Mortgage servicing assets...................................      692,473        341,906
Other assets................................................      821,174        778,691
                                                              -----------    -----------
Total assets................................................  $22,320,850    $21,848,000
                                                              ===========    ===========
LIABILITIES
Deposits....................................................  $13,651,460    $13,847,275
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements
  to repurchase.............................................    2,245,218      2,975,774
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances.................    4,077,115      2,786,751
Senior notes................................................      198,906        142,475
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in Dime Bancorp,
  Inc.'s junior subordinated deferrable interest
  debentures................................................      162,005        196,137
Other borrowed funds........................................       89,604        218,175
Other liabilities...........................................      510,877        366,555
                                                              -----------    -----------
     Total liabilities......................................   20,935,185     20,533,142
                                                              -----------    -----------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share (authorized shares,
  350,000,000 in 1998 and 200,000,000 in 1997; shares
  issued, 120,252,459 in 1998 and 120,256,459 in 1997)......        1,203          1,203
Additional paid-in capital..................................    1,165,251      1,158,221
Retained earnings...........................................      463,907        261,201
Treasury stock, at cost (8,682,858 shares in 1998 and
  3,898,132 shares in 1997).................................     (233,965)       (95,221)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss........................       (3,285)        (9,534)
Unearned compensation.......................................       (7,446)        (1,012)
                                                              -----------    -----------
     Total stockholders' equity.............................    1,385,665      1,314,858
                                                              -----------    -----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..................  $22,320,850    $21,848,000
                                                              ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   57
 
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------------------------
                                                            1998          1997          1996
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
INTEREST INCOME
Residential real estate loans..........................  $  874,402    $  660,505    $  558,248
Commercial real estate loans...........................     200,015       191,111       159,019
Consumer loans.........................................      71,003        63,222        63,679
Business loans.........................................      13,944         5,052         3,163
Mortgage-backed securities.............................     214,922       406,781       508,342
Other securities.......................................      40,797        23,774        31,910
Money market investments...............................       5,802        32,370        26,337
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
     Total interest income.............................   1,420,885     1,382,815     1,350,698
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits...............................................     545,827       559,359       531,216
Borrowed funds.........................................     347,825       340,394       358,187
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
     Total interest expense............................     893,652       899,753       889,403
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
     Net interest income...............................     527,233       483,062       461,295
Provision for loan losses..............................      32,000        49,000        41,000
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
     Net interest income after provision for loan
       losses..........................................     495,233       434,062       420,295
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
NON-INTEREST INCOME
Loan servicing and other fees..........................     199,504        74,038        47,863
Banking service fees...................................      41,428        31,796        28,056
Securities and insurance brokerage fees................      32,736        23,737        21,064
Net gains (losses) on sales activities.................     244,451        12,036       (12,716)
Other..................................................       6,911         3,684         1,711
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
     Total non-interest income.........................     525,030       145,291        85,978
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
General and administrative expense:
  Compensation and employee benefits...................     270,062       157,851       139,358
  Occupancy and equipment..............................      92,452        63,582        52,662
  Other................................................     209,325       115,689       100,775
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
     Total general and administrative expense..........     571,839       337,122       292,795
Amortization of mortgage servicing assets..............      92,291        29,751        19,382
Other real estate owned expense, net...................       1,511         4,341        10,072
Savings Association Insurance Fund recapitalization
  assessment...........................................          --            --        26,280
Restructuring and related expense......................          --         9,931         3,504
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
     Total non-interest expense........................     665,641       381,145       352,033
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
Income before income tax expense and extraordinary
  items................................................     354,622       198,208       154,240
Income tax expense.....................................     113,479        75,034        49,984
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
Income before extraordinary items......................     241,143       123,174       104,256
Extraordinary items -- losses on early extinguishment
  of debt, net of tax benefits of $2,993 in 1998 and
  $895 in 1997.........................................      (4,057)       (1,460)           --
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
Net income.............................................  $  237,086    $  121,714    $  104,256
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
PER COMMON SHARE
Basic earnings:
  Income before extraordinary items....................  $     2.13    $     1.15    $     1.00
  Extraordinary items..................................       (0.04)        (0.01)           --
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Net income...........................................  $     2.09    $     1.14    $     1.00
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
Diluted earnings:
  Income before extraordinary items....................  $     2.09    $     1.13    $     0.96
  Extraordinary items..................................       (0.03)        (0.01)           --
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Net income...........................................  $     2.06    $     1.12    $     0.96
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
Cash dividends declared................................  $     0.19    $     0.12    $       --
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   58
 
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------------------------
                                                            1998          1997          1996
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
COMMON STOCK
Balance at beginning of year...........................  $    1,203    $    1,083    $      997
Common stock issued in connection with acquisition.....          --           120            --
Common stock issued upon exercise of stock warrant.....          --            --            84
Common stock issued under employee benefit plans,
  net..................................................          --            --             2
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Balance at end of year...............................       1,203         1,203         1,083
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
Balance at beginning of year...........................   1,158,221       914,386       915,210
Common and treasury stock issued in connection with
  acquisition..........................................          --       220,659            --
Common and treasury stock issued under employee benefit
  plans, net...........................................         (45)       (4,235)        1,089
Fair value adjustment on stock options issued in
  connection with acquisition..........................          --        21,389            --
Other..................................................       7,075         6,022        (1,913)
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Balance at end of year...............................   1,165,251     1,158,221       914,386
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
RETAINED EARNINGS
Balance at beginning of year...........................     261,201       158,956        65,981
Net income.............................................     237,086       121,714       104,256
Cash dividends declared on common stock................     (21,550)      (12,892)           --
Treasury stock issued under employee benefit plans,
  net..................................................     (12,830)       (6,577)      (11,281)
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Balance at end of year...............................     463,907       261,201       158,956
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
TREASURY STOCK, AT COST
Balance at beginning of year...........................     (95,221)      (51,498)           --
Treasury stock purchased...............................    (177,970)     (200,354)      (70,456)
Treasury stock issued in connection with acquisition...          --       130,326            --
Treasury stock issued under employee benefit plans,
  net..................................................      39,226        26,305        18,958
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Balance at end of year...............................    (233,965)      (95,221)      (51,498)
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
Balance at beginning of year...........................      (9,534)           22        (5,468)
Other comprehensive income (loss)......................       6,249        (9,556)        5,490
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Balance at end of year...............................      (3,285)       (9,534)           22
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
UNEARNED COMPENSATION
Balance at beginning of year...........................      (1,012)         (612)         (190)
Restricted stock activity, net.........................      (9,250)       (1,126)         (545)
Amortization of unearned compensation, net.............       2,816           726           123
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Balance at end of year...............................      (7,446)       (1,012)         (612)
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
Total stockholders' equity.............................  $1,385,665    $1,314,858    $1,022,337
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   59
 
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ---------------------------------------
                                                                 1998          1997          1996
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income..................................................  $   237,086   $   121,714   $   104,256
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used)
  provided by operating activities:
  Provisions for loan and other real estate owned losses....       32,665        50,514        45,799
  Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net.............      177,680        85,967        76,577
  Provision for deferred income tax expense.................       53,406        64,270        35,666
  Net securities (gains) losses.............................      (21,855)       17,794        11,265
  Losses on early extinguishment of debt....................        7,050         2,355            --
  Gain on sale of deposits..................................       (9,550)           --            --
  Net (increase) decrease in loans held for sale............   (2,343,136)     (760,523)       24,045
  Other, net................................................     (384,867)       (1,712)       (9,316)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
    Net cash (used) provided by operating activities........   (2,251,521)     (419,621)      288,292
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of securities available for sale..................   (1,723,719)   (1,196,330)   (1,722,633)
Purchases of securities held to maturity....................           --       (80,411)     (238,674)
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale........    1,922,949     1,720,817     2,290,279
Proceeds from repayments of securities available for sale
  and held to maturity......................................    1,491,072     1,505,518     1,842,349
Net (purchases) redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank of New
  York stock................................................      (20,819)      (31,111)       52,446
Loans receivable originated and purchased, net of principal
  payments..................................................     (264,105)   (1,843,796)   (1,034,096)
Proceeds from sales of loans................................      702,253        82,369        13,510
Acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired.....           --       (41,234)       (1,284)
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned..............       19,855        58,315        50,681
Net purchases of premises and equipment.....................      (48,415)      (29,011)      (12,775)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
    Net cash provided by investing activities...............    2,079,071       145,126     1,239,803
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase in deposits....................................       11,125       292,887       284,536
Net cash paid upon sale of deposits.........................     (197,624)           --            --
Net increase (decrease) in borrowings with original
  maturities of three months or less........................      402,623       126,164    (1,382,173)
Proceeds from other borrowings..............................      799,818     1,492,632     1,111,804
Repayments of other borrowings..............................     (755,823)   (1,174,045)   (1,529,043)
Proceeds from issuance of common and treasury stock.........       17,101        14,332         8,311
Purchases of treasury stock.................................     (177,970)     (200,354)      (70,456)
Cash dividends paid on common stock.........................      (21,550)      (12,892)           --
Other.......................................................           --         3,781        (1,913)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
    Net cash provided (used) by financing activities........       77,700       542,505    (1,578,934)
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents........      (94,750)      268,010       (50,839)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..............      452,527       184,517       235,356
                                                              -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year....................  $   357,777   $   452,527   $   184,517
                                                              ===========   ===========   ===========
Supplemental cash flow information:
  Interest payments on deposits and borrowed funds..........  $   903,619   $   883,423   $   891,102
  Income tax payments (refunds), net........................       22,869          (381)         (847)
Supplemental non-cash investing information:
  Loans receivable transferred to other real estate owned...       18,917        17,996        39,216
  Loans held for sale transferred to loans receivable.......      779,719            --            --
  Loans receivable transferred to loans held for sale.......      296,608            --            --
  Securities held to maturity transferred to securities
    available for sale......................................           --     3,587,063            --
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   60
 
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             --------------------------------
                                                               1998        1997        1996
                                                             --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Net income.................................................  $237,086    $121,714    $104,256
Other comprehensive income (loss):
  Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for
     sale:
     Unrealized holding gain (loss) arising during the
       year, net of tax expense (benefit) of $12,699 in
       1998, $(12,629) in 1997 and $179 in 1996............    18,825     (20,600)        141
     Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) losses
       included in net income, net of tax expense (benefit)
       of $9,279 in 1998, $(6,769) in 1997 and $(3,946) in
       1996................................................   (12,576)     11,044       5,349
                                                             --------    --------    --------
       Other comprehensive income (loss)...................     6,249      (9,556)      5,490
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Comprehensive income.......................................  $243,335    $112,158    $109,746
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   61
 
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Dime Bancorp, Inc. (the "Holding Company") is a unitary savings and loan
holding company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1994. The
principal subsidiary of the Holding Company is The Dime Savings Bank of New
York, FSB (the "Bank"). The accounting policies applied by the Holding Company
and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") conform with generally
accepted accounting principles and prevailing practices within the financial
services industry.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company operated 90 banking branches located in
the greater New York City metropolitan area and conducted its mortgage banking
operations nationwide through offices located in 43 states.
 
     The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated
statement of financial condition and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
 
     The following is a description of the Company's significant accounting
policies.
 
  Basis of Presentation
 
     The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Holding Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned, after
the elimination of all significant intercompany balances and transactions.
Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform with the
current year presentation.
 
  Securities
 
     Securities that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to
maturity are classified as held to maturity and are carried at amortized cost.
Securities purchased for the objective of selling them in the near term and
mortgage-backed securities ("MBS") held for sale in connection with mortgage
banking activities are classified as trading securities and are carried at
estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses recognized in operations.
The Company did not maintain a securities held to maturity portfolio or trading
securities portfolio at December 31, 1998 or 1997. Securities not otherwise
classified as held to maturity or trading are classified as available for sale
and are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses, net of
the related income tax effect, reported in a separate component of stockholders'
equity.
 
     The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities is
recognized in income using the interest method over the lives of the securities,
adjusted, in the case of MBS, for actual prepayments. Gains and losses on sales
of securities are recognized using the specific identification method.
 
     The carrying value of a security is reduced through a write-down charged to
income in the event the Company determines that an other than temporary
impairment in value has occurred.
 
  Loans
 
     Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market value, as
determined on an aggregate basis. Net unrealized losses are recognized in a
valuation allowance by charges to income. Premiums, discounts and certain
origination fees and costs on loans held for sale are deferred and recognized as
a component of the gain or loss on sale. Gains and losses on sales of loans held
for sale are recognized at the settlement dates and are determined by the
difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loans.
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   62
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Loans receivable are generally carried at unpaid principal balances
adjusted for unamortized premiums, unearned discounts and deferred loan
origination fees and costs, which are recognized as yield adjustments over the
lives of the loans using the interest method.
 
     Loans are placed on non-accrual status upon becoming 90 days contractually
past due as to principal or interest, or at an earlier date if the full
collectability of principal or interest is doubtful. Interest income previously
accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on non-accrual status is
reversed against interest income. Cash receipts on a non-accrual loan are
applied to principal and interest in accordance with its contractual terms
unless full payment of principal is not expected, in which case cash receipts,
whether designated as principal or interest, are applied as a reduction of the
carrying value of the loan. A non-accrual loan is generally returned to accrual
status when principal and interest payments are current, full collectability of
principal and interest is reasonably assured and a consistent record of
performance has been demonstrated.
 
     A loan is deemed a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR") by the Company when
modifications of a concessionary nature are made to the loan's original
contractual terms due to a deterioration in the borrower's financial condition.
 
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No.
114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan," as amended, the Company
considers a loan falling within its scope impaired when, based upon current
information and events, it is probable that it will be unable to collect all
amounts due, both principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of
the loan agreement. SFAS No. 114 does not apply to loans held for sale or those
large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans that are collectively
evaluated for impairment. Loans reviewed by the Company for impairment are
limited to residential real estate loans receivable modified in a TDR since
January 1, 1995, business loans receivable, and commercial real estate loans
receivable. Specific factors used in the impaired loan identification process
include, but are not limited to, delinquency status, loan-to-value ratio, the
condition of the underlying collateral, credit history, and debt coverage. At a
minimum, loans reviewed for impairment by the Company are classified as impaired
when delinquent more than six months. Impaired loans are principally measured
using the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's
effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral for collateral
dependent loans. For impaired loans on non-accrual status, cash receipts are
applied, and interest income recognized, pursuant to the discussion above for
non-accrual loans. For all other impaired loans, cash receipts are applied to
principal and interest in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan and
interest income is recognized on the accrual basis.
 
  Allowance for Loan Losses
 
     The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level the Company believes
is sufficient to provide for losses inherent in its loans receivable portfolio.
The allowance for loan losses is increased by loss provisions charged to
operations and decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries). In determining the
appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, the Company reviews its
loans receivable portfolio on at least a quarterly basis, taking into account
its impaired loans, the size, composition and risk profile of the portfolio,
delinquency levels, historical loss experience, cure rates on delinquent loans,
economic conditions and other pertinent factors, such as assumptions and
projections of future conditions.
 
  Premises and Equipment
 
     Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation
and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized
using the straight-line method over the lesser of the terms of their respective
leases or estimated useful lives.
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   63
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Mortgage Servicing Assets
 
     The Company recognizes, as separate assets, the rights to service mortgage
loans, whether those rights are acquired through loan purchase or loan
origination activities. The initial recognition of originated mortgage servicing
assets is predicated upon an allocation of the total cost of the related loans
between the loans and the loan servicing rights based on their relative
estimated fair values. Purchased mortgage servicing assets are recorded at cost.
Mortgage servicing assets are amortized in proportion to and over the period of
estimated net servicing income.
 
     On a quarterly basis, mortgage servicing assets are assessed for impairment
based upon their estimated fair value. For purposes of such assessments, the
Company stratifies its mortgage servicing assets by underlying loan type (i.e.,
adjustable-rate, fixed-rate and balloon) and interest rate. Impairment of
mortgage servicing assets is recognized through a valuation allowance for each
impaired stratum with the individual allowances adjusted in subsequent periods
to reflect changes in the measurement of impairment. The estimated fair value of
each strata is determined through a discounted cash flow analysis of future cash
flows incorporating numerous assumptions including servicing income, servicing
costs, market discount rates, prepayment speeds, and default rates.
 
  Other Real Estate Owned ("ORE")
 
     ORE, which consists of real estate acquired in satisfaction of loans, is
carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less estimated selling
costs. Write-downs required at time of acquisition are charged to the allowance
for loan losses. Subsequent to acquisition, the Company maintains an allowance
for actual and potential future declines in value.
 
  Goodwill
 
     Goodwill is generally amortized using the straight-line method over periods
ranging from 15 to 25 years. Goodwill is reviewed for possible impairment when
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be
recoverable.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future
tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax
assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date. If necessary, deferred tax assets are
reduced to the amount that, based on available evidence, will more than likely
be realized.
 
  Earnings Per Common Share
 
     Basic earnings per common share have been computed by dividing net income
by the weighted average number of shares of the Holding Company's common stock
("Common Stock") outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common
share have been computed by dividing net income by the sum of the weighted
average number of shares of Common Stock and dilutive Common Stock equivalents
outstanding (using the treasury stock method) during the period.
 
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
     For purposes of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash and cash
equivalents include cash and due from banks and money market investments.
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   64
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Cash flows associated with derivative financial instruments used by the
Company for risk-management purposes are classified in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows in the same category as the cash flows
from the asset or liability being hedged.
 
  Derivative Financial Instruments
 
     Risk-Management Instruments.  The Company uses a variety of derivative
financial instruments as part of its interest rate risk-management strategy and
to manage certain risks associated with its mortgage banking activities.
Derivative financial instruments used for these purposes must be designated as a
hedge at their inception and must remain effective as a hedge throughout their
contractual terms. If the effectiveness of the derivative financial instrument
as a hedge is not maintained, the instrument is accounted for as a trading
instrument. Derivative financial instruments used by the Company for risk-
management purposes principally include interest rate swaps, interest rate caps,
interest rate floors, interest rate futures, forward contracts and options.
 
     For those derivative financial instruments used to modify the interest rate
characteristics of designated interest-earning assets or interest-bearing
liabilities, net amounts payable or receivable on the instruments are accrued as
an adjustment to interest income or interest expense of the designated assets or
liabilities. The estimated fair values of such derivative financial instruments
are not reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements unless
designated to securities available for sale, in which case the derivative
financial instruments are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains
and losses, net of related income taxes, reported in a separate component of
stockholders' equity.
 
     For forward contracts and options used in connection with the Company's
mortgage banking activities, realized gains and losses are recognized in
operations in the period settlement occurs. Unrealized gains and losses on such
derivative financial instruments are included in the computation of the lower of
cost or market valuation of loans held for sale.
 
     Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments used to
hedge mortgage servicing assets are considered in the determination of the
estimated fair value of such assets.
 
     Premiums paid on derivative financial instruments used for risk-management
purposes are deferred as a component of the carrying value of the designated
assets or liabilities and amortized against income over the terms of the
contracts.
 
     In the event of the early termination of a derivative financial instrument
contract used for risk-management purposes, any resulting gain or loss is
deferred, as an adjustment of the carrying value of the designated assets or
liabilities, and recognized in operations over the shorter of the remaining life
of the designated assets or liabilities or the derivative financial instrument
agreement. If the designated assets or liabilities are subsequently sold or
otherwise disposed of, any remaining deferred gains or losses are recognized in
operations.
 
     If the balance of a hedged asset or liability declines below the notional
value of the related derivative financial instrument, the Company may
redesignate, at fair value, the derivative financial instrument to other assets
or liabilities or discontinue hedge accounting with respect to the portion of
the notional amount that exceeds the balance. When hedge accounting is
discontinued, derivative financial instruments are accounted for as trading
instruments.
 
     Trading Instruments.  The Company, to a limited degree, also uses
derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. Realized and unrealized
gains and losses on these instruments are recognized in operations. The fair
value of trading derivative financial instruments in gain positions is reported
in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in "Other assets," whereas
the fair value of such instruments in loss positions is reported in "Other
liabilities."
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   65
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Comprehensive Income
 
     Effective as of January 1, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income," which establishes standards for reporting and
displaying comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general
purpose financial statements. Comprehensive income, which includes net income
and other comprehensive income, is defined as the change in equity during a
period from all transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner
sources.
 
NOTE 2 -- ACQUISITIONS
 
     On October 15, 1997, prior to its opening for business, North American
Mortgage Company ("NAMC"), a mortgage banking company headquartered in Santa
Rosa, California, was acquired by the Company (the "NAMC Acquisition"). At the
date of acquisition, NAMC serviced approximately $12 billion of loans for others
and operated in 30 states. NAMC, subsequent to the acquisition, is operating
under that name as a subsidiary of the Bank. In connection with the NAMC
Acquisition, each share of NAMC's common stock outstanding immediately prior to
the closing of the NAMC Acquisition was converted into 1.37 shares of Common
Stock (the "NAMC Exchange Ratio"), and each outstanding option issued by NAMC to
acquire NAMC's common stock was converted, after giving effect to the NAMC
Exchange Ratio, into an option to purchase Common Stock. As a result, the
Holding Company issued 19,437,741 shares of Common Stock (of which 7,479,664
were issued from treasury) and options to purchase 1,862,087 shares of Common
Stock at an average exercise price of $14.18 per share. The purchase price of
NAMC was approximately $351 million based on an assigned price per share of the
Common Stock of $18.06. The NAMC Acquisition was accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, its impact is only reflected in the
Company's consolidated financial statements beginning on October 15, 1997.
Goodwill arising from the NAMC Acquisition is being amortized on a straight-line
basis over 25 years.
 
     The allocation of the purchase price of NAMC included a restructuring
liability of $10.0 million for personnel-related costs, primarily severance
benefits, of which $4.7 million and $5.3 million were paid during 1998 and 1997,
respectively. In addition, the allocation of the purchase price of NAMC included
a restructuring liability for transaction fees and other costs in the amount of
$9.6 million, including a $2.5 million liability recognized during 1998. The
balance in this restructuring liability was $1.1 million at the end of 1998.
Cash payments and non-cash reductions charged to this restructuring liability
amounted to $2.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively, in 1998 and $4.0
million and $0.5 million, respectively, in 1997.
 
     In connection with the NAMC Acquisition, the Company incurred expenses
during 1997 of $9.9 million associated with its employees and operations. Such
expenses are reflected in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income
under the caption "Restructuring and related expense."
 
     After the close of business on April 30, 1997, the Company acquired BFS
Bankorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bankers Federal Savings FSB
(collectively, the "BFS Acquisition") for $93.3 million in cash. At that time,
BFS Bankorp, Inc. was liquidated and Bankers Federal Savings FSB was merged with
and into the Bank. The purchase price of the BFS Acquisition was funded from the
normal cash flows of the Company. Goodwill arising from the BFS Acquisition is
being amortized over 15 years using the straight-line method. In connection with
the BFS Acquisition, the Company acquired loans receivable, net, of $574.5
million and assumed deposits in five New York City branches of $447.1 million.
As this acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting,
its impact is only reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements
beginning on May 1, 1997.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   66
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Summaries of the NAMC Acquisition and the BFS Acquisition are as follows
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NAMC             BFS
                                                              ACQUISITION(1)    ACQUISITION
                                                              --------------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>
Issuance of Common Stock....................................    $  215,999       $     --
Issuance of treasury stock..................................       135,106             --
Fair value of stock options issued..........................        21,389             --
Fair value of assets acquired, excluding cash and cash
  equivalents received......................................     1,498,931        625,543
Cash and cash equivalents received..........................        45,231          7,796
Cash paid...................................................            11         93,325
Fair value of liabilities assumed...........................     1,360,463        581,595
Goodwill....................................................       188,806         41,581
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Includes adjustments during 1998 which resulted in a decrease of $0.1
    million in the fair value of assets acquired, excluding cash and cash
    equivalents received, an increase of $2.8 million in the fair value of
    liabilities assumed and an increase of $2.9 million in goodwill.
 
     On December 16, 1998, the Holding Company announced that it had entered
into a definitive agreement to acquire Lakeview Financial Corp. ("Lakeview"),
headquartered in West Paterson, New Jersey. Lakeview is the holding company for
Lakeview Savings Bank, which operates eleven offices in northern New Jersey. On
a consolidated basis at October 31, 1998, Lakeview had assets of approximately
$573 million and deposits of approximately $454 million. Under the terms of the
agreement, holders of Lakeview's common stock may elect to receive either 0.9 of
a share of Common Stock or $24.26 in cash for each outstanding share of Lakeview
common stock, subject to a requirement that, in the aggregate, 65% of Lakeview's
outstanding shares of common stock will be exchanged for Common Stock and the
remaining shares will be exchanged for cash. This transaction, which is expected
to close during the second quarter of 1999, remains subject to regulatory
approvals and the approval of Lakeview's shareholders.
 
NOTE 3 -- CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Cash and cash equivalents were comprised of the following at December 31
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Cash and due from banks.....................................  $279,490    $295,369
Money market investments:
  Federal funds sold........................................    45,000     150,000
  Securities purchased under agreements to resell...........        --       2,063
  Other.....................................................    33,287       5,095
                                                              --------    --------
     Total money market investments.........................    78,287     157,158
                                                              --------    --------
Total cash and cash equivalents.............................  $357,777    $452,527
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     Federal Reserve Board regulations require the Bank to maintain specified
minimum reserve balances against certain deposits. These reserves, which may
consist of vault cash and non-interest earning deposits at the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York, were $39.1 million and $36.7 million for the calculation
periods including December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
 
     It is the Company's policy to take possession of securities purchased under
agreements to resell. The average balance of securities purchased under
agreements to resell during 1998 and 1997 was $0.5 million
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   67
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
and $34.5 million, respectively. The maximum month-end balance of securities
purchased under agreements to resell was $2.1 million during 1998 and $284.3
million during 1997.
 
NOTE 4 -- SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
 
     The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for
sale, as well as related gross unrealized gains and losses, are summarized as
follows at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1998                                          1997
                           -------------------------------------------   -------------------------------------------
                                        GROSS UNREALIZED                              GROSS UNREALIZED
                           AMORTIZED    -----------------   ESTIMATED    AMORTIZED    -----------------   ESTIMATED
                              COST       GAINS    LOSSES    FAIR VALUE      COST       GAINS    LOSSES    FAIR VALUE
                           ----------   -------   -------   ----------   ----------   -------   -------   ----------
<S>                        <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>
MBS:
  Pass-through
    securities:
    Privately-issued.....  $1,795,369   $ 4,876   $24,981   $1,775,264   $2,875,982   $ 8,617   $33,592   $2,851,007
    U. S. government
      agencies...........   1,002,850     8,500     2,429    1,008,921      589,571     9,811       671      598,711
  Collateralized mortgage
    obligations:
    Privately-issued.....     179,407       748       671      179,484    1,335,225     2,581     1,116    1,336,690
    U. S. government
      agencies...........          --        --        --           --      115,212       144        --      115,356
  Interest-only..........       1,286        --       658          628        1,555        --       426        1,129
                           ----------   -------   -------   ----------   ----------   -------   -------   ----------
      Total MBS..........   2,978,912    14,124    28,739    2,964,297    4,917,545    21,153    35,805    4,902,893
                           ----------   -------   -------   ----------   ----------   -------   -------   ----------
Other debt securities:
  U. S. government and
    agencies.............       3,492        33        --        3,525        8,552        86        --        8,638
  State and municipal....      13,036       180       382       12,834       36,997       112       818       36,291
  Domestic corporate.....     333,683    11,279     1,867      343,095       34,844       575        60       35,359
  Other..................         500        --        --          500          500        --        --          500
                           ----------   -------   -------   ----------   ----------   -------   -------   ----------
      Total other debt
         securities......     350,711    11,492     2,249      359,954       80,893       773       878       80,788
                           ----------   -------   -------   ----------   ----------   -------   -------   ----------
Equity securities........       5,529       219       555        5,193        9,243       133       753        8,623
                           ----------   -------   -------   ----------   ----------   -------   -------   ----------
Total securities
  available for sale.....  $3,335,152   $25,835   $31,543   $3,329,444   $5,007,681   $22,059   $37,436   $4,992,304
                           ==========   =======   =======   ==========   ==========   =======   =======   ==========
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1998, $2.2 billion of securities available for sale were
pledged as collateral for borrowed funds and other purposes.
 
     During December 1997, the Company, primarily as a result of a reassessment
of its asset/liability management strategy, transferred its entire portfolio of
securities held to maturity to its portfolio of securities available for sale.
At the date of transfer, the securities held to maturity portfolio had an
amortized cost of $3.6 billion and net unrealized pre-tax losses of
approximately $51 million. In connection with a decision made at the time of
transfer to sell $1.4 billion of the transferred securities, the Company, during
December 1997, wrote-down those securities with unrealized losses to estimated
fair value and recognized a pre-tax loss of $25.2 million. Substantially all of
the securities designated for sale were sold during 1998.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   68
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Information concerning sales of securities available for sale is summarized
below for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1998          1997          1996
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Proceeds from sales....................................  $1,922,949    $1,720,817    $2,290,279
Gross realized gains...................................      22,981        20,800         8,589
Gross realized losses..................................       1,010        11,890        15,554
</TABLE>
 
     The following table sets forth, at December 31, 1998, the amortized cost,
estimated fair value and weighted average yield of debt securities available for
sale by period to contractual maturity (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       WEIGHTED
                                                           AMORTIZED     ESTIMATED      AVERAGE
                                                              COST       FAIR VALUE    YIELD(1)
                                                           ----------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>           <C>
MBS:
  Due in one year or less................................  $      102    $      102      7.28%
  Due after one through five years.......................       7,179         7,322      6.78
  Due after five through ten years.......................      74,307        74,331      6.86
  Due after ten years....................................   2,897,324     2,882,542      6.86
                                                           ----------    ----------
     Total MBS...........................................   2,978,912     2,964,297      6.86
                                                           ----------    ----------
Other debt securities:
  Due in one year or less................................       4,788         4,788      6.04
  Due after one through five years.......................       8,089         8,132      7.88
  Due after five through ten years.......................      11,242        10,516      7.69
  Due after ten years....................................     326,592       336,518      7.59
                                                           ----------    ----------
     Total other debt securities.........................     350,711       359,954      7.58
                                                           ----------    ----------
Total debt securities available for sale.................  $3,329,623    $3,324,251      6.94
                                                           ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The weighted average yield is based on amortized cost.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   69
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5 -- LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET
 
     A summary of loans receivable, net, is as follows at December 31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1998           1997
                                                              -----------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Residential real estate:
  Permanent.................................................  $ 8,862,369    $ 9,779,559
  Construction (net of loans in process of $360 in 1998 and
     $725 in 1997)..........................................        1,647          2,453
  Net deferred yield adjustments............................       55,801         66,581
                                                              -----------    -----------
     Total residential real estate..........................    8,919,817      9,848,593
                                                              -----------    -----------
Commercial real estate:
  Permanent (net of loans in process of $18,337 in 1998 and
     $2,000 in 1997)........................................    2,487,230      2,214,620
  Construction (net of loans in process of $115,219 in 1998
     and $65,087 in 1997)...................................       92,937         57,152
  Net deferred yield adjustments............................      (12,417)        (8,749)
                                                              -----------    -----------
     Total commercial real estate...........................    2,567,750      2,263,023
                                                              -----------    -----------
Consumer:
  Home equity...............................................      837,867        617,041
  Secured by deposit accounts...............................       39,900         40,992
  Manufactured home.........................................       32,053         44,432
  Other.....................................................       42,569         52,698
  Net deferred yield adjustments............................       20,841         18,654
                                                              -----------    -----------
     Total consumer.........................................      973,230        773,817
                                                              -----------    -----------
Business:
  Principal balance.........................................      287,463         99,110
  Net deferred yield adjustments............................         (192)           (36)
                                                              -----------    -----------
     Total business.........................................      287,271         99,074
                                                              -----------    -----------
Allowance for loan losses...................................     (105,081)      (104,718)
                                                              -----------    -----------
Total loans receivable, net.................................  $12,642,987    $12,879,789
                                                              ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
     Loans receivable totaling $6.4 billion were pledged as collateral for
borrowed funds at December 31, 1998.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company's residential real estate loans
receivable were principally concentrated in the states of New York (30.3%),
Connecticut (12.4%), New Jersey (6.9%), California (6.6%) and Illinois (6.4%).
At that date, the Company's commercial real estate loans receivable were largely
concentrated in the states of New York (77.0%) and New Jersey (9.2%). Home
equity loans at the end of 1998 were primarily concentrated in the states of New
York (51.7%), California (10.9%) and New Jersey (9.7%). Business loans at
year-end 1998 were largely concentrated in the states of New York (56.6%), New
Jersey (9.9%) and Maryland (6.7%).
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   70
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Activity in the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows for the
year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998        1997        1996
                                                             --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance at beginning of year...............................  $104,718    $106,495    $128,295
Provision for loan losses(1)...............................    32,000      49,000      41,000
Allowance acquired in the BFS Acquisition..................        --      13,249          --
Loan charge-offs(1)(2).....................................   (40,067)    (71,608)    (71,296)
Loan recoveries............................................     8,430       7,582       8,496
                                                             --------    --------    --------
  Net loan charge-offs.....................................   (31,637)    (64,026)    (62,800)
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Balance at end of year.....................................  $105,081    $104,718    $106,495
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The provision for loan losses and loan charge-offs for 1997 included $14.0
    million and $35.8 million, respectively, associated with bulk sales of
    approximately $113 million of non-accrual residential real estate loans
    receivable in May 1997.
 
(2) Loan charge-offs for 1998 included $9.1 million associated with a bulk sale
    of approximately $53 million of non-accrual and subperforming loans in
    December 1998, substantially all of which were residential real estate
    loans.
 
NOTE 6 -- NON-PERFORMING ASSETS, LOANS MODIFIED IN A TDR, AND IMPAIRED LOANS
 
     Non-performing assets were comprised of the following at December 31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998        1997
                                                              -------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Non-accrual loans:
  Residential real estate...................................  $37,771    $ 90,998
  Commercial real estate....................................   11,992      21,760
  Consumer..................................................    5,292       5,719
  Business..................................................       56         511
                                                              -------    --------
     Total non-accrual loans................................   55,111     118,988
                                                              -------    --------
ORE, net:
  Residential real estate...................................   15,170      20,228
  Commercial real estate....................................   14,505       9,255
  Allowance for losses......................................   (1,443)     (1,722)
                                                              -------    --------
     Total ORE, net.........................................   28,232      27,761
                                                              -------    --------
Total non-performing assets.................................  $83,343    $146,749
                                                              =======    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   71
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Activity in the allowance for losses on ORE is summarized as follows for
the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998       1997       1996
                                                              -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of year................................  $ 1,722    $ 3,294    $ 3,070
Provision for losses........................................      665      1,514      4,799
Charge-offs.................................................   (1,252)    (4,272)    (5,572)
Recoveries..................................................      308      1,186        997
                                                              -------    -------    -------
  Net charge-offs...........................................     (944)    (3,086)    (4,575)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Balance at end of year......................................  $ 1,443    $ 1,722    $ 3,294
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
     The following table sets forth loans that have been modified in a TDR,
excluding those classified as non-accrual loans, at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998       1997
                                                              -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Residential real estate.....................................  $ 6,159    $37,532
Commercial real estate......................................    6,039     46,677
                                                              -------    -------
Total loans modified in a TDR...............................  $12,198    $84,209
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
     The amount of interest income that would have been recorded on non-accrual
loans and loans modified in a TDR, if such loans had been current in accordance
with their original terms, was $5.9 million, $18.7 million and $34.1 million for
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The amount of interest income that was
recorded on these loans was $2.9 million, $11.5 million and $18.9 million for
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
     The following table sets forth information regarding the Company's impaired
loans at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1998                                  1997
                                      -----------------------------------   -----------------------------------
                                                    RELATED                               RELATED
                                                   ALLOWANCE                             ALLOWANCE
                                       RECORDED    FOR LOAN       NET        RECORDED    FOR LOAN       NET
                                      INVESTMENT    LOSSES     INVESTMENT   INVESTMENT    LOSSES     INVESTMENT
                                      ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ----------
<S>                                   <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Residential real estate:
  With a related allowance..........   $   619      $   (39)    $   580      $ 2,403      $  (150)    $ 2,253
  Without a related allowance.......     3,287           --       3,287        4,835           --       4,835
                                       -------      -------     -------      -------      -------     -------
     Total residential real
       estate.......................     3,906          (39)      3,867        7,238         (150)      7,088
                                       -------      -------     -------      -------      -------     -------
Commercial real estate:
  With a related allowance..........    13,861       (1,437)     12,424       26,275       (2,739)     23,536
  Without a related allowance.......        --           --          --        1,585           --       1,585
                                       -------      -------     -------      -------      -------     -------
     Total commercial real estate...    13,861       (1,437)     12,424       27,860       (2,739)     25,121
                                       -------      -------     -------      -------      -------     -------
Business:
  With a related allowance..........        56          (45)         11          511         (220)        291
                                       -------      -------     -------      -------      -------     -------
Total impaired loans................   $17,823      $(1,521)    $16,302      $35,609      $(3,109)    $32,500
                                       =======      =======     =======      =======      =======     =======
</TABLE>
 
     The Company's average recorded investment in impaired loans for 1998, 1997
and 1996 was $28.1 million, $46.7 million and $76.8 million, respectively.
Interest income recognized on such loans for 1998, 1997 and 1996 amounted to
$1.3 million, $4.2 million and $3.9 million, respectively.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   72
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7 -- PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
     Premises and equipment, net, consisted of the following at December 31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998         1997
                                                              ---------    ---------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Cost:
  Land......................................................  $  12,263    $  12,368
  Buildings.................................................     87,251       84,950
  Leasehold improvements....................................     66,153       54,250
  Furniture, fixtures and equipment.........................    143,075      126,489
                                                              ---------    ---------
     Total cost.............................................    308,742      278,057
Accumulated depreciation and amortization...................   (137,863)    (127,252)
                                                              ---------    ---------
Total premises and equipment, net...........................  $ 170,879    $ 150,805
                                                              =========    =========
</TABLE>
 
     Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment charged to expense
amounted to $28.3 million, $20.2 million and $16.7 million for 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.
 
NOTE 8 -- LOAN SERVICING
 
     Mortgage loans serviced by the Company for others are not included in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The balance of such
loans amounted to $34.9 billion, $25.0 billion and $11.0 billion at December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The balances at December 31, 1998 and 1997
include $7.9 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, of loans being subserviced
by the Company in connection with sales of loan servicing rights.
 
     A summary of activity in mortgage servicing assets is summarized in the
table below for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998         1997        1996
                                                            ---------    --------    --------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>         <C>
Balance at beginning of year..............................  $ 341,906    $127,745    $ 99,145
Originations and purchases................................    694,789      97,587      47,982
Acquired in the NAMC Acquisition..........................      2,160     180,897          --
Sales.....................................................   (277,871)    (56,539)         --
Amortization(1)...........................................    (92,291)    (29,751)    (19,382)
Hedging activities, net...................................     23,780      21,967          --
                                                            ---------    --------    --------
Balance at end of year....................................  $ 692,473    $341,906    $127,745
                                                            =========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Includes amortization associated with derivative financial instruments
    hedging mortgage servicing assets.
 
     The estimated fair value of the Company's mortgage servicing assets at
December 31, 1998 was $724.4 million.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   73
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 9 -- DEPOSITS
 
     Deposits were comprised of the following at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1998           1997
                                                              -----------    -----------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Demand......................................................  $ 1,976,122    $ 1,572,797
Savings.....................................................    2,291,782      2,431,812
Money market................................................    2,634,312      1,971,081
Time(1).....................................................    6,749,244      7,871,585
                                                              -----------    -----------
Total deposits..............................................  $13,651,460    $13,847,275
                                                              ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Includes brokered deposits of $238.5 million at December 31, 1998 and $193.0
    million at December 31, 1997.
 
     Scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 1998 are set forth in
the table which follows (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            WEIGHTED
                                                                            AVERAGE
                                                                            INTEREST
                                                                AMOUNT        RATE
                                                              ----------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Maturing in:
  1999......................................................  $5,750,852     5.02%
  2000......................................................     732,823      5.44
  2001......................................................     129,488      5.48
  2002......................................................      48,039      5.28
  2003......................................................      77,004      5.48
  Thereafter................................................      11,038      5.64
                                                              ----------
Total time deposits.........................................  $6,749,244      5.08
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The following table sets forth the scheduled maturities of time deposits
with balances of $100,000 or more at December 31, 1998 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AMOUNT
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Maturing in:
  Three months or less......................................  $352,440
  Over three through six months.............................   260,137
  Over six months through one year..........................   263,797
  Over one year.............................................    96,975
                                                              --------
Total.......................................................  $973,349
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1997, time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more
amounted to $1.0 billion.
 
     In August 1998, the Bank sold its sole remaining Florida branch, which had
deposits of $207.2 million at the time of sale.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   74
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10 -- FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO
           REPURCHASE
 
     Information concerning federal funds purchased and securities sold under
agreements to repurchase is summarized in the table below at or for the year
ended December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1998          1997          1996
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Federal funds purchased:
  Balance at year end:
     Principal balance.................................  $  475,000    $       --    $       --
     Deferred hedging-related interest rate
       adjustments.....................................         (20)           --            --
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Balance at year end..................................  $  474,980    $       --    $       --
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
  Average balance during the year......................  $  219,050    $       --    $       55
  Maximum month-end balance during the year............     805,000            --            --
  Weighted average interest rate at year end...........        5.26%           --%           --%
  Weighted average interest rate during the year.......        5.20            --          5.34
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
  Balance at year end:
     Principal balance.................................  $1,770,238    $2,980,781    $3,557,145
     Deferred hedging-related interest rate
       adjustments.....................................          --        (5,007)       (6,911)
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
  Balance at year end..................................  $1,770,238    $2,975,774    $3,550,234
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
  Average balance during the year......................  $1,584,131    $3,628,681    $2,672,859
  Maximum month-end balance during the year............   2,694,808     4,265,905     3,629,357
  Weighted average interest rate at year end...........        5.35%         5.85%         5.64%
  Weighted average interest rate during the year.......        5.58          5.70          5.52
  MBS pledged as collateral at year end:
     Carrying value....................................  $1,870,846    $3,119,359    $3,797,628
     Estimated fair value..............................   1,870,846     3,119,359     3,744,227
</TABLE>
 
     The federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to
repurchase outstanding at December 31, 1998 matured in January 1999.
 
     Accrued interest payable on securities sold under agreements to repurchase,
which is included under the caption "Other liabilities" in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, amounted to $4.8 million, $21.0
million and $15.2 million at December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
     The MBS pledged as collateral for securities sold under agreements to
repurchase were delivered to the broker-dealers who arranged the transactions.
The broker-dealers may have loaned these MBS to other parties in the normal
course of their operations and agreed to resell to the Company the identical MBS
sold.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   75
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 11 -- FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF NEW YORK ("FHLBNY") ADVANCES
 
     Information concerning short-term FHLBNY advances is summarized in the
table below at or for the year ended December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1998          1997          1996
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Balance at year end....................................  $3,647,330    $2,136,675    $  355,000
Average balance during the year........................   3,004,269       916,737     2,730,853
Maximum month-end balance during the year..............   3,899,375     2,187,527     4,512,355
Weighted average interest rate at year end.............        5.80%         5.96%         5.74%
Weighted average interest rate during the year.........        5.67          5.79          5.82
</TABLE>
 
     Of the $3.6 billion of short-term FHLBNY advances outstanding at December
31, 1998, $3.2 billion matures in January 1999, $300.0 million matures in July
1999 and $150.0 million matures in August 1999.
 
     Long-term FHLBNY advances consisted of the following at December 31
(dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Adjustable-rate advances due 1998 to 2000; stated interest
  rates of 5.21% to 5.61% (1998) and 6.16% to 6.30%
  (1997)....................................................  $200,000    $555,000
Fixed-rate advances due 1998 to 2011; net unamortized
  premiums of $105 (1998) and $298 (1997); stated interest
  rates of 5.73% to 7.44% (1998) and 5.76% to 7.44% (1997);
  effective interest rates of 5.73% to 7.19% (1998) and
  5.76% to 7.19% (1997).....................................   229,785      95,076
                                                              --------    --------
Total long-term FHLBNY advances.............................  $429,785    $650,076
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     The weighted average effective interest rate on long-term FHLBNY advances
was 5.85% at December 31, 1998 and 6.30% at December 31, 1997. Scheduled
principal repayments of long-term FHLBNY advances for the five years subsequent
to December 31, 1998 were $125.1 million in 1999, $160.1 million in 2000, $10.2
million in 2001, $20.1 million in 2002, and $10.1 million in 2003.
 
     At December 31, 1998, FHLBNY advances were collateralized by the Bank's
investment in FHLBNY stock and by certain MBS and residential real estate loans
receivable.
 
NOTE 12 -- SENIOR NOTES
 
     Senior notes, which are unsecured obligations of the Holding Company and
are not subordinated to any other indebtedness of the Holding Company, were
comprised of the following at December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998        1997
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Short-term:
  Due March 1999; unamortized discount of $71; 6.12% stated
     interest rate; 6.49% effective interest rate...........  $ 99,929    $     --
Long-term:
  Due July 2003; unamortized discount of $776; 8.9375%
     stated interest rate; 9.34% effective interest rate....        --      43,594
  Due November 2005; unamortized discount of $1,023 (1998)
     and $1,119 (1997); 10.50% stated interest rate; 10.71%
     effective interest rate................................    98,977      98,881
                                                              --------    --------
Total senior notes..........................................  $198,906    $142,475
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   76
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The 6.12% senior notes due March 1999 (the "6.12% Senior Notes") were
issued in September 1998 and are not redeemable prior to their maturity.
Interest on the 6.12% Senior Notes is payable at maturity. The average balance
of the 6.12% Senior Notes during 1998 was $30.9 million.
 
     In July 1998, the Holding Company, at its option, redeemed the remaining
$44.4 million of its outstanding 8.9375% senior notes due July 2003 (the
"8.9375% Senior Notes"). In November 1997, the Holding Company had purchased
$55.6 million of such senior notes. In connection with these transactions,
after-tax extraordinary losses of $1.1 million and $1.5 million were recognized
during 1998 and 1997, respectively. The 8.9375% Senior Notes had been issued in
1993 and interest thereon was payable semi-annually.
 
     The 10.50% senior notes due November 2005 (the "10.50% Senior Notes"),
interest on which is payable quarterly, were issued in 1994. Effective November
15, 1998, the 10.50% Senior Notes became redeemable, at the option of the
Holding Company, in whole or in part at specified redemption prices.
 
NOTE 13 -- GUARANTEED PREFERRED BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN DIME BANCORP, INC.'S
           JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES ("TRUST PREFERRED
           SECURITIES")
 
     On May 6, 1997, Dime Capital Trust I ("Dime Capital"), a Delaware statutory
business trust that was formed by the Holding Company, issued $200.0 million
aggregate liquidation amount of 9.33% Capital Securities, Series A (the "Series
A Capital Securities"), representing preferred beneficial interests in Dime
Capital, in an underwritten public offering and $6.2 million aggregate
liquidation amount of common beneficial interests represented by its common
securities to the Holding Company (the "Dime Capital Common Securities," and
together with the Series A Capital Securities, the "Dime Capital Securities").
In connection therewith, Dime Capital purchased $206.2 million aggregate
principal amount of 9.33% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures,
Series A, due May 6, 2027 (the "Series A Subordinated Debentures") issued by the
Holding Company, which amount is equal to the aggregate liquidation amount of
the Dime Capital Securities. Dime Capital is wholly-owned by the Holding Company
and exists for the sole purpose of issuing the Dime Capital Securities and
investing the proceeds thereof in the Series A Subordinated Debentures. The
Series A Subordinated Debentures, which are, and will be, the sole assets of
Dime Capital, are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and
future senior indebtedness of the Holding Company. The Holding Company, through:
(i) a guarantee agreement, between the Holding Company and The Chase Manhattan
Bank ("Chase"), as trustee; (ii) a trust agreement, among the Holding Company,
as depositor, Chase, as property trustee, Chase Manhattan Bank Delaware, as
Delaware trustee, certain employees or officers of the Holding Company, as
administrative trustees, and the holders from time to time of the Dime Capital
Securities; (iii) an expense agreement, between the Holding Company and Dime
Capital; (iv) the Series A Subordinated Debentures; and (v) an indenture
regarding the Series A Subordinated Debentures, between the Holding Company and
Chase, as trustee, when taken in the aggregate, has fully and unconditionally
guaranteed all of Dime Capital's obligations under the Series A Capital
Securities. The Series A Capital Securities are subject to mandatory redemption,
in whole or in part, upon the repayment of the Series A Subordinated Debentures
at their stated maturity or earlier redemption. Distributions on the Series A
Capital Securities are payable semi-annually and are reflected in the Company's
Consolidated Statements of Income under the caption "Interest expense on
borrowed funds."
 
     The carrying value and outstanding principal amount of the Trust Preferred
Securities was $162.0 million and $165.2 million, respectively, at December 31,
1998 and $196.1 million and $200.0 million, respectively, at December 31, 1997.
In September 1998, the Holding Company purchased $34.8 million of the
outstanding Series A Capital Securities, which resulted in an after-tax
extraordinary loss of $2.7 million. The Trust Preferred Securities have an
effective interest rate of 9.53%.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   77
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 14 -- OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
 
     Information concerning short-term Treasury tax and loan notes included in
other borrowed funds is summarized in the table below at or for the year ended
December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997      1996
                                                              --------    ------    ------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>       <C>
Balance at year end.........................................  $  9,474    $3,943    $3,443
Average balance during the year.............................    64,798     2,898     1,357
Maximum month-end balance during the year...................   620,000     6,063     6,173
Interest rate at year end...................................      4.14%     5.25%     5.12%
Weighted average interest rate during the year..............      5.25      5.35      5.50
</TABLE>
 
     Long-term debt of the Company included in other borrowed funds consisted of
the following at December 31 (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998        1997
                                                              -------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Medium term notes:
  Due 1998; unamortized discount of $18; stated interest
     rates of 5.78% to 5.84%; effective interest rates of
     5.90%..................................................  $    --    $ 24,982
  Due 2000; unamortized premiums of $31 (1998) and $47
     (1997); stated interest rates of 6.27% to 6.53%;
     effective interest rates of 6.24%......................   25,031      25,047
  Due 2003; unamortized premiums of $952 (1998) and $1,123
     (1997); stated interest rates of 7.29% to 7.34%;
     effective interest rates of 6.39%......................   26,952      27,123
                                                              -------    --------
     Total medium term notes................................   51,983      77,152
                                                              -------    --------
Bonds, preferred stocks and loans transferred in put
  transactions due 1998 to 2016; stated interest rates of
  4.08% to 8.40%............................................   20,182      44,159
Collateralized Real Yield Securities due 2008; unamortized
  discount of $561; stated interest rate of 5.17%; effective
  interest rate of 5.27%....................................       --      77,439
Other.......................................................    7,965      15,482
                                                              -------    --------
Total other long-term debt..................................  $80,130    $214,232
                                                              =======    ========
</TABLE>
 
     The weighted average effective interest rate on the long-term debt included
in the above table was 6.68% at December 31, 1998 and 6.08% at December 31,
1997. The scheduled principal payments due on the long-term debt included in the
above table for the five years subsequent to December 31, 1998 were $0.6 million
in 1999, $26.4 million in 2000, $0.7 million in 2001, $1.6 million in 2002, and
$26.8 million in 2003.
 
     The medium term notes, all of which were assumed in connection with the
NAMC Acquisition, are unsecured. The terms of these notes provide for
semi-annual fixed-rate interest payments and a single principal payment at
maturity.
 
     From 1983 to 1985, the Bank had entered into various borrowing agreements
under which it transferred certain tax-exempt bonds, preferred stocks and
tax-exempt loans to certain unit investment trusts and others, accompanied by
put options. During the terms of the agreements, the holders are entitled to
return the assets to the Bank under various circumstances at specified prices.
The underlying bonds, preferred stocks and loans transferred in the put
transactions had carrying values of $8.6 million, $3.3 million and $8.4 million,
respectively, at December 31, 1998. At that date, these borrowing agreements
were further collateralized by designated MBS.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   78
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Collateralized Real Yield Securities, which were issued in August 1988
and were obligations of the Bank, were repaid, at the option of the holders
thereof, in August 1998. Upon their repayment, a $0.3 million after-tax
extraordinary loss was recognized. Interest on these borrowings was payable
quarterly at a rate reset quarterly based on the sum of 3.00% plus the
percentage change, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Consumers
during the preceding twelve-month period.
 
NOTE 15 -- STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
  Preferred Stock
 
     At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Holding Company was authorized to issue,
in one or more series, 40 million shares of preferred stock with a par value of
$0.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). The powers, designations, preferences
and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, but not limited
to, the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, the dividend rights,
redemption rights, liquidation preferences, voting rights and conversion rights
of any series is determined by the board of directors of the Holding Company
(the "Board"). As of December 31, 1998, no shares of the Preferred Stock have
ever been issued.
 
  Common and Treasury Stock
 
     In April 1998, the stockholders of the Holding Company authorized an
increase in the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to 350 million from
200 million. At December 31, 1998, 13.2 million shares of Common Stock were
reserved for future issuance under the Company's stock-based employee benefit
plans.
 
     The following table sets forth the Holding Company's common share activity
during the years indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    COMMON SHARES
                                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                                       HELD IN
                                                         ISSUED        TREASURY     OUTSTANDING
                                                       -----------    ----------    -----------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>           <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995.........................   99,705,731            --     99,705,731
Purchased for treasury...............................           --    (5,025,900)    (5,025,900)
Issued in connection with exercise of stock
  warrant............................................    8,407,500            --      8,407,500
Issued in connection with employee benefit plans,
  net................................................      148,985     1,507,603      1,656,588
                                                       -----------    ----------    -----------
  Balance at December 31, 1996.......................  108,262,216    (3,518,297)   104,743,919
Purchased for treasury...............................           --    (9,287,100)    (9,287,100)
Issued in connection with the NAMC Acquisition.......   11,958,077     7,479,664     19,437,741
Issued in connection with employee benefit plans,
  net................................................       36,166     1,427,601      1,463,767
                                                       -----------    ----------    -----------
  Balance at December 31, 1997.......................  120,256,459    (3,898,132)   116,358,327
Purchased for treasury...............................           --    (6,371,800)    (6,371,800)
Issued in connection with employee benefit plans,
  net................................................       (4,000)    1,587,074      1,583,074
                                                       -----------    ----------    -----------
Balance at December 31, 1998.........................  120,252,459    (8,682,858)   111,569,601
                                                       ===========    ==========    ===========
</TABLE>
 
     In May 1996, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") exercised
its warrant to acquire 8,407,500 shares of Common Stock at $0.01 per share (the
"FDIC Warrant") and sold the underlying shares in a secondary public offering.
This warrant had been issued originally in July 1993 in accordance with the
terms of an agreement between Anchor Bancorp, Inc. ("Anchor Bancorp") and the
FDIC. (On January 13, 1995, Anchor Bancorp and its wholly-owned savings bank
subsidiary, Anchor Savings Bank FSB ( "Anchor Savings" and, together with Anchor
Bancorp, "Anchor") merged with and into the
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   79
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Holding Company and the Bank, respectively, which were the surviving entities.
These mergers are collectively referred to as the "Anchor Merger.")) Pursuant to
this agreement, Anchor Bancorp exchanged $157.0 million of its Class A
cumulative preferred stock for $71.0 million of its newly-issued 8.9375% Senior
Notes and a warrant to acquire, at an exercise price of $0.01 per share,
4,750,000 shares of Anchor Bancorp's common stock (which was converted to a
warrant to acquire 8,407,500 shares of Common Stock at $0.01 per share upon
consummation of the Anchor Merger). In this exchange, the FDIC also relinquished
its claim to $47.2 million of accumulated but undeclared and unpaid dividends
with respect to the Class A cumulative preferred stock.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Holding Company had one Common Stock repurchase
program in effect. Under this program, which was announced in September 1998,
the Holding Company is authorized to repurchase up to approximately 5.6 million
shares of its outstanding Common Stock. During 1998, 335,000 shares of Common
Stock were acquired under this program.
 
  Dividend Restrictions
 
     The Holding Company's ability to pay dividends on the Common Stock is
limited by restrictions imposed by Delaware law. In general, dividends may be
paid out of the Holding Company's surplus, as defined by Delaware law, or in the
absence of such surplus, out of its net profits for the current and/or
immediately preceding fiscal year.
 
     The funding of any future dividend payments on the Common Stock by the
Holding Company may be dependent on dividends it receives from the Bank. The
ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Holding Company is subject to
federal regulations.
 
     Generally, the Bank may not make a capital distribution, which includes
cash dividends, at any time when, after such distribution, its regulatory
capital would be below the regulatory capital requirements of the Office of
Thrift Supervision ("OTS") or below the standards established by the prompt
corrective action ("PCA") provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") for an institution to be deemed
adequately capitalized.
 
     Under OTS regulations, a savings institution that exceeds its fully
phased-in capital requirements, both before and after a proposed distribution,
and that has not been advised by the OTS that it is in need of more than normal
supervision, may, after prior notice to, but without the approval of the OTS,
make capital distributions during a calendar year up to the higher of (i) 100%
of its net income to date during the calendar year plus the amount that would
reduce by one-half its surplus capital ratio (the percentage by which an
institution's ratio of total capital to assets exceeds the ratio of its fully
phased-in capital requirement to assets) at the beginning of the calendar year
or (ii) 75% of its net income over the most recent four-quarter period.
 
  Stockholder Protection Rights Plan
 
     In October 1995, the Board adopted a Stockholder Protection Rights Plan
(the "Rights Plan"). Under the Rights Plan, which expires in November 2005, the
Board declared a dividend of one right on each outstanding share of Common
Stock, which was paid on November 6, 1995 to stockholders of record on that date
(the "Rights"). Until it is announced that a person or group has acquired 20% or
more of the outstanding Common Stock (an "Acquiring Person") or has commenced a
tender offer that could result in their owning 20% or more of Common Stock, the
Rights will be evidenced solely by the Holding Company's common stock
certificates, will automatically trade with the Common Stock and will not be
exercisable. Following any such announcement, separate Rights would be
distributed, with each Right entitling its owner to purchase participating
preferred stock of the Holding Company having economic and voting terms similar
to those of one share of Common Stock for an exercise price of $50.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   80
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Upon announcement that any person or group has become an Acquiring Person
and unless the Board acts to redeem the Rights, then ten business days
thereafter (or such earlier or later date, not beyond 30 days, as the Board may
decide) (the "Flip-in Date"), each Right (other than Rights beneficially owned
by any Acquiring Person or transferee thereof, which become void) will entitle
the holder to purchase, for the $50 exercise price, a number of shares of Common
Stock having a market value of $100. In addition, if, after an Acquiring Person
gains control of the Board, the Holding Company is involved in a merger or sells
more than 50% of its assets or assets generating more than 50% of its operating
income or cash flow, or has entered into an agreement to do any of the foregoing
(or an Acquiring Person is to receive different treatment than all other
stockholders), each Right will entitle its holder to purchase, for the $50
exercise price, a number of shares of common stock of the Acquiring Person
having a market value of $100. If any person or group acquires between 20% and
50% of the outstanding Common Stock the Board may, at its option, exchange one
share of such Common Stock for each Right. The Rights may also be redeemed by
the Board for $0.01 per Right prior to the Flip-in Date.
 
NOTE 16 -- REGULATORY CAPITAL
 
     The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered
by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements
can initiate certain mandatory -- and possibly additional
discretionary -- actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct
material effect on the Bank's and the Company's consolidated financial
statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for
PCA, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative
measures of the Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items
as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank's regulatory
capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by
regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
 
     Quantitative measures established by regulation by the OTS to ensure
capital adequacy (the "Capital Adequacy Regulations") require the Bank to
maintain, as set forth in the table below, specified minimum amounts of and
ratios of tangible and core ("tier 1") capital to adjusted total assets and of
total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets. Management believes
that, as of December 31, 1998, the Bank was in compliance with the Capital
Adequacy Regulations.
 
     Pursuant to FDICIA, the OTS adopted PCA regulations (the "PCA Regulations")
which established five capital categories: "well capitalized," "adequately
capitalized," "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized," and
"critically undercapitalized." To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank
must maintain the minimum capital ratios set forth in the table below. As of
December 31, 1998, the most recent notification from the OTS categorized the
Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for PCA. There are no
conditions or events since that notification that the Bank believes have changed
its category.
 
     The following table summarizes, at December 31 for the years shown, the
Bank's actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios, as well as its minimum
capital requirements under the Capital Adequacy Regulations and under the PCA
Regulations for it to be deemed well capitalized (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1998                   1997
                                                     -------------------    -------------------
                                                       AMOUNT      RATIO      AMOUNT      RATIO
                                                     ----------    -----    ----------    -----
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>
Actual regulatory capital:
  Tangible and core capital........................  $1,282,010     5.82%   $1,216,417     5.64%
  Tier 1 risk-based capital........................   1,282,010     9.58     1,216,417    10.29
  Total risk-based capital.........................   1,387,091    10.37     1,321,135    11.17
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   81
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1998                   1997
                                                     -------------------    -------------------
                                                       AMOUNT      RATIO      AMOUNT      RATIO
                                                     ----------    -----    ----------    -----
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>      <C>           <C>
Minimum capital requirements pursuant to the:
  Capital Adequacy Regulations:
     Tangible capital..............................     330,622     1.50       323,447     1.50
     Core capital..................................     661,243     3.00       646,893     3.00
     Total risk-based capital......................   1,070,282     8.00       946,114     8.00
  PCA Regulations to be deemed well capitalized:
     Core capital..................................   1,102,072     5.00     1,078,155     5.00
     Tier 1 risk-based capital.....................     802,711     6.00       709,585     6.00
     Total risk-based capital......................   1,337,852    10.00     1,182,642    10.00
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 17 -- NET GAINS (LOSSES) ON SALES ACTIVITIES
 
     Net gains (losses) on sales activities were comprised of the following for
the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998        1997        1996
                                                             --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Net gains (losses) on:
  Sales of loans held for sale.............................  $217,271    $ 23,219    $  2,630
  Sales, calls and other than temporary impairment in value
     of securities available for sale and held to
     maturity..............................................    21,855     (17,794)    (11,265)
  Sale of deposits.........................................     9,550          --          --
  Sales of mortgage servicing rights.......................     1,986       6,888          --
  Other....................................................    (6,211)       (277)     (4,081)
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Total net gains (losses) on sales activities...............  $244,451    $ 12,036    $(12,716)
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 18 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
  Pension and Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Plans
 
     The Company currently maintains a non-contributory, qualified, defined
benefit pension plan (the "Qualified Pension Plan") covering, except as noted,
substantially all salaried employees of the Company who meet certain age and
length of service requirements. The Qualified Pension Plan assets primarily
consist of equity and debt securities. NAMC personnel are generally covered by a
plan maintained by NAMC (see "Other Plans"). The Company also maintains various
non-contributory, non-qualified, defined benefit pension plans (the
"Non-Qualified Pension Plans"). Benefits under these plans have not been
prefunded by the Company.
 
     In addition, the Company currently sponsors unfunded postretirement health
care and life insurance plans covering, except as noted, substantially all
salaried employees of the Company who meet certain age and length of service
requirements. Employees of NAMC, with certain exceptions, are not covered under
these plans. In general, the Company's postretirement health care plan requires
contributions from participants. Benefits under the Company's postretirement
life insurance plan are provided to participants on a non-contributory basis.
 
     Effective January 1, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 132, "Employers'
Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits." SFAS No. 132
standardizes the disclosure requirements for pensions and other postretirement
benefits to the extent practicable, requires additional information on changes
in the benefit obligations and fair values of plan assets that will facilitate
financial analysis, and
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   82
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
eliminates certain disclosures no longer deemed useful. The following
disclosures have been prepared in accordance with SFAS No. 132.
 
     The following table provides details of the changes in the benefit
obligation and fair value of plan assets for the above plans for each of the
years shown and a reconciliation, at the end of each year shown, of the funded
status of the plans with the net amount recognized in the consolidated statement
of financial condition (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998                    1997
                                                  --------------------    --------------------
                                                  PENSION      OTHER      PENSION      OTHER
                                                  BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS
                                                  --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Change in benefit obligation during the year:
  Benefit obligation at beginning of year.......  $170,722    $ 52,646    $155,711    $ 47,860
  Service cost..................................     5,989         653       4,785         462
  Interest cost.................................    11,392       3,552      11,271       3,630
  Plan participants' contributions..............        --         199          --         175
  Acquisition...................................        --          --         283         780
  Actuarial loss................................       923         341      11,473       2,491
  Benefits paid.................................   (13,215)     (2,690)    (12,801)     (2,752)
                                                  --------    --------    --------    --------
     Benefit obligation at end of year..........   175,811      54,701     170,722      52,646
                                                  --------    --------    --------    --------
Change in fair value of plan assets during the
  year:
  Fair value of plan assets at beginning of
     year.......................................   154,117          --     142,841          --
  Actual return on plan assets..................    16,472          --      21,193          --
  Acquisition...................................        --          --       3,312          --
  Employer contributions........................     1,078       2,491         918       2,577
  Plan participants' contributions..............        --         199          --         175
  Benefits paid.................................   (13,215)     (2,690)    (12,802)     (2,752)
  Administrative expenses paid..................    (1,216)         --      (1,345)         --
                                                  --------    --------    --------    --------
     Fair value of plan assets at end of year...   157,236          --     154,117          --
                                                  --------    --------    --------    --------
Funded status at end of year....................   (18,575)    (54,701)    (16,605)    (52,646)
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)..............    11,117        (346)     11,033        (687)
Unrecognized transition (asset) obligation......    (2,220)     26,861      (3,065)     28,771
Unrecognized prior service cost.................     4,420          --       5,277          --
                                                  --------    --------    --------    --------
Net amount recognized at end of year............  $ (5,258)   $(28,186)   $ (3,360)   $(24,562)
                                                  ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     The components of the net amounts recognized in the Company's Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition in connection with its pension plans and
postretirement health care and life insurance plans were as follows at December
31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998                    1997
                                                  --------------------    --------------------
                                                  PENSION      OTHER      PENSION      OTHER
                                                  BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS
                                                  --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Prepaid benefit cost............................  $ 10,626    $     --    $ 10,154    $     --
Accrued benefit liability.......................   (19,452)    (28,186)    (17,902)    (24,562)
Intangible asset................................     3,568          --       4,388          --
                                                  --------    --------    --------    --------
Net amount recognized...........................  $ (5,258)   $(28,186)   $ (3,360)   $(24,562)
                                                  ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   83
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Weighted average assumptions used by the Company in accounting for its
pension plans and postretirement health care and life insurance plans were as
follows at December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1998                    1997
                                                          --------------------    --------------------
                                                          PENSION      OTHER      PENSION      OTHER
                                                          BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS
                                                          --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Discount rate...........................................    7.00%       7.00%       7.00%       7.00%
Rate of compensation increase...........................    4.00        4.00        4.00        4.00
Expected return on plan assets..........................   10.00          --       10.00          --
</TABLE>
 
     Net periodic expense associated with the Company's pension plans and
postretirement health care and insurance plans included the following components
for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1998                    1997                    1996
                                 --------------------    --------------------    --------------------
                                 PENSION      OTHER      PENSION      OTHER      PENSION      OTHER
                                 BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS    BENEFITS
                                 --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Service cost...................  $  5,989     $  653     $  4,785     $  462     $  5,905     $1,340
Interest cost..................    11,392      3,552       11,271      3,630       11,016      3,415
Expected return on plan
  assets.......................   (14,521)        --      (13,968)        --      (13,794)        --
Amortization of transition
  (asset) obligation...........      (845)     1,910         (845)     1,910         (845)     1,910
Amortization of prior service
  cost.........................       857         --          910         --        1,976         --
Recognized actuarial loss
  (gain).......................       104         --         (728)        --          258         --
                                 --------     ------     --------     ------     --------     ------
Net periodic expense...........  $  2,976     $6,115     $  1,425     $6,002     $  4,516     $6,665
                                 ========     ======     ========     ======     ========     ======
</TABLE>
 
     Pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets
at December 31, 1998 and 1997 consisted of the Non-Qualified Pension Plans. The
aggregate projected benefit obligation and accumulated benefit obligation of
these plans amounted to $20.6 million and $19.5 million, respectively, at
December 31, 1998 and $18.3 million and $17.9 million, respectively, at December
31, 1997.
 
     As of December 31, 1998, the average annual rate of increase in the per
capita cost of covered health care benefits for 1999 was assumed to be 9.00% for
participants less than 65 years old and 6.00% for all other participants and was
assumed to decline gradually until a floor of 5.00% was reached in 2003 and
2000, respectively. Increasing the assumed health care cost trend rates by 1.0%
in each year would increase the related accumulated benefit obligation at
December 31, 1998 by $0.9 million and the aggregate of the related service and
interest cost components by $0.1 million. A 1.0% decrease in the assumed health
care cost trend rates in each year would decrease the related accumulated
benefit obligation by $0.8 million and the aggregate of the related service and
interest cost components by $0.1 million.
 
  Other Plans
 
     The Company maintains a savings plan, the Retirement 401(k) Investment
Plan, which covers substantially all employees of the Company, other than those
eligible to participate in a defined contribution benefit plan assumed by the
Company in connection with the NAMC Acquisition. Under the Retirement 401(k)
Investment Plan, participants may contribute up to 15% of their base pay on a
before-or after-tax basis, up to legal limits. The Company currently makes
matching contributions equal to 100% of the first 6% of participant
contributions. Participants vest immediately in their own contributions and over
a period of five years for the Company's contributions. Each member's
contributions and matching
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>   84
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
contributions are invested, in accordance with the member's directions, in one
or any combination of available investment options.
 
     In connection with the NAMC Acquisition, the Company assumed NAMC's 401(k)
Savings and Retirement Plan. This plan covers substantially all NAMC personnel,
except those employees of NAMC covered under the Qualified Pension Plan or the
Retirement 401(k) Investment Plan. The provisions of the 401(k) savings
component of this plan provide for contributions by participants of up to 15% of
their total pay on a before-tax basis, up to legal limits, and matching
contributions by the Company of up to 1.5% of a participant's eligible
compensation. Participants vest immediately in their own contributions and over
a period of four years for the Company's contributions. Under the provisions of
the retirement benefit component of the 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan,
contributions are made by the Company equal to 4% of the participant's eligible
pay. Participants vest in such contributions over a period of seven years.
Contributions to the 401(k) Savings and Retirement Plan are invested, in
accordance with the participant's direction, in one or any combination of
available investment options.
 
     The Company also maintains non-qualified arrangements under which
supplemental amounts in excess of those allocated under the Retirement 401(k)
Investment Plan are allocated with respect to certain employees and upon which
earnings are credited. These amounts include supplemental allocations based upon
the amounts that would otherwise be contributed as matching contributions under
the Retirement 401(k) Investment Plan on base pay that exceeds the amount for
which matching contributions are permitted to be made under the Retirement
401(k) Investment Plan.
 
     The aggregate expense recognized by the Company in connection with the
above plans was $8.7 million, $4.9 million and $4.3 million for 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.
 
NOTE 19 -- STOCK PLANS
 
  Stock Option and Incentive Plans
 
     As further described below, at December 31, 1998, the Company had a total
of four stock option and stock incentive plans in effect under which shares of
Common Stock were available for future grants and a total of four terminated
stock option and stock incentive plans under which stock-based awards remained
outstanding. Awards granted under the terminated plans prior to their
termination remain in effect in accordance with their terms.
 
     During 1997, the Company adopted its Pride Shares Program, a broad-based
stock option plan under which there was a grant in each of May 1997 and March
1998 of an option to each eligible full-time employee and each eligible
part-time employee to purchase 150 shares and 75 shares, respectively, of Common
Stock. During 1999, the Company expects to make a final grant under the Pride
Shares Program of an option to each eligible full-time employee and each
eligible part-time employee to purchase 200 shares and 100 shares, respectively,
of Common Stock. Options awarded under the Pride Shares Program have an exercise
price equal to the grant date market price of the Common Stock and expire 11
years from the grant date. Vesting of options awarded under this plan generally
occurs at the earlier of five years after the date of grant or the date the
Common Stock price reaches a specified target price (as established at the date
of grant) and its closing price stays at, or rises above, that target price for
five consecutive trading days. The options granted under the Pride Shares
Program during 1997, all of which vested during that year, had a target price of
$20.00, whereas the options granted during 1998, which have not vested as of
December 31, 1998, have a target price of $36.00. At December 31, 1998, a total
of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock had been reserved for issuance under the
Pride Shares Program, of which 860,600 shares were available for future grants.
 
     Also in 1997, the Company adopted a broad-based stock incentive plan (the
"1997 Stock Incentive Plan"), under which all employees, excluding certain
officers, are eligible to receive options to purchase
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>   85
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the market price of the Common Stock
at the date of grant. An aggregate of 600,000 shares of Common Stock have been
reserved for issuance under this plan (including 300,000 shares during 1998), of
which 30,105 shares remained available for future grants as of December 31,
1998. The 1997 Stock Incentive Plan does not have an established termination
date, but may be terminated at any time by the Board. The options to purchase
Common Stock that have been awarded under the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan
generally vest in three equal annual installments beginning one year from the
date of grant and may be exercised over a period not in excess of eleven years.
 
     A stock incentive plan for outside directors ("the 1997 Stock Incentive
Plan for Outside Directors") was approved by the Holding Company's stockholders
during 1997, replacing a predecessor plan that had been adopted in 1987 (the
"1987 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors") and that terminated by its
terms during 1996. Under the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors,
which terminates in May 2007, 350,000 shares of Common Stock have been reserved
for future issuance. As amended during 1998, this plan provides for
discretionary grants by the Board to outside directors of the Holding Company
and its eligible direct and indirect subsidiaries of stock options, stock
appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted Common Stock, and deferred Common
Stock. The terms of such grants are established by the Board. Options that have
been awarded under the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors have a
term of 11 years, an exercise price equal to the market price of the Common
Stock on the date granted and generally vest in three equal annual installments
beginning one year from the date of grant. At year-end 1998, 308,500 shares of
Common Stock remained available to be awarded under the 1997 Stock Incentive
Plan for Outside Directors.
 
     The 1987 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors, prior to its
termination, provided for a one-time only grant to each outside director of the
Holding Company of an option to purchase 3,000 shares of Common Stock, a tandem
SAR, which only become exercisable upon a change in control of the Company, and
the right to purchase 1,000 shares of restricted Common Stock at $1.00 per
share. This plan also provided for similar discretionary stock-based awards to
directors of eligible direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Holding Company.
Stock options and SARs granted under the 1987 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside
Directors have an exercise price equal to the market price of the Common Stock
at the date of grant, generally vested in three equal annual installments
beginning one year from the date of grant and may be exercised over a period not
in excess of eleven years.
 
     The Company also adopted stock incentive plans in 1986 and 1991 (the "1986
Stock Incentive Plan" and the "1991 Stock Incentive Plan," respectively). The
1986 Stock Incentive Plan, which terminated by its terms during 1996, provided
for grants to key employees of Common Stock-based awards, including stock
options, SARs, and restricted Common Stock. The 1991 Stock Incentive Plan
provides for grants to all employees of Common Stock-based awards including
stock options, SARs, restricted Common Stock, deferred Common Stock, certain
loans, and tax offset payments. The 1991 Stock Incentive Plan was amended during
1998 to, among other things, extend its termination date to March 2008 from
February 2004, increase the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for future
issuance by 5,000,000 and provide that the exercise price of options granted on
or after the date of amendment will not be less than the market price of the
Common Stock at the date of grant. At December 31, 1998, 5,123,955 shares of
Common Stock remained available to be awarded under the 1991 Stock Incentive
Plan. All SARs granted under the 1986 and 1991 Stock Incentive Plans have been
awarded in tandem with stock options and become exercisable upon a change in
control of the Company. Stock options and SARs that have been granted under
these plans have an exercise price equal to the market price of the Common Stock
at the date of grant, generally vest in three equal annual installments
beginning one year from the date of grant and may be exercised over a period not
in excess of eleven years.
 
     In connection with the Anchor Merger, the Holding Company assumed stock
option plans that had previously been adopted by Anchor Bancorp in 1990 and 1992
(the "1990 Stock Option Plan" and the
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>   86
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
"1992 Stock Option Plan," respectively). Upon consummation of the Anchor Merger,
the number of outstanding options under these plans was multiplied by, and the
per share exercise price divided by, 1.77, which was the ratio at which each
share of Common Stock was exchanged for each share of Anchor Bancorp common
stock outstanding at the date of the Anchor Merger (the "Anchor Exchange
Ratio"). The 1990 Stock Option Plan, which terminated by its terms during 1996,
provided for options to key employees, while the 1992 Stock Option Plan, which
was terminated by the Board during 1998, provided for options to all employees
to purchase shares of Common Stock over a period not in excess of ten years, or
in certain circumstances, ten years and one day, with vesting generally
occurring in three equal annual installments beginning one year from the date of
grant. All options granted under these plans have, as applicable, an exercise
price equal to the market price of the Common Stock at the date of grant or the
market price of Anchor Bancorp's common stock at the date of grant as adjusted
for the Anchor Exchange Ratio.
 
     The following table provides a summary of the Company's stock option
activity for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and stock options
exercisable at the end of each of those years (number of options in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1998                 1997                 1996
                                              ------------------   ------------------   ------------------
                                                        WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED             WEIGHTED
                                              NUMBER    AVERAGE    NUMBER    AVERAGE    NUMBER    AVERAGE
                                                OF      EXERCISE     OF      EXERCISE     OF      EXERCISE
                                              OPTIONS    PRICE     OPTIONS    PRICE     OPTIONS    PRICE
                                              -------   --------   -------   --------   -------   --------
<S>                                           <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>
Outstanding at beginning of year............   5,554     $12.53     3,934     $ 8.96     4,698     $ 6.86
Exchanged in connection with the NAMC
  Acquisition...............................      --         --     1,862      14.18        --         --
Granted(1)..................................   2,082      29.08     1,257      18.92       950      12.76
Exercised...................................  (1,166)     13.31    (1,331)     10.16    (1,614)      5.04
Forfeited...................................    (263)     27.55      (168)     13.64      (100)      9.64
                                              ------               ------               ------
Outstanding at end of year..................   6,207      17.30     5,554      12.53     3,934       8.96
                                              ======               ======               ======
Exercisable at end of year..................   3,655      11.18     4,335      11.27     2,754       7.74
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The weighted average grant-date fair value was $11.54 in 1998, $7.09 in 1997
    and $6.02 in 1996.
 
     The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1998 (number of options in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                   OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                     ---------------------------------------------   --------------------------
                                     NUMBER                       WEIGHTED AVERAGE   NUMBER
                                       OF      WEIGHTED AVERAGE      REMAINING         OF      WEIGHTED AVERAGE
RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES             OPTIONS    EXERCISE PRICE    CONTRACTUAL LIFE   OPTIONS    EXERCISE PRICE
- ------------------------             -------   ----------------   ----------------   -------   ----------------
<S>                                  <C>       <C>                <C>                <C>       <C>
$ 1.13 -- $ 4.91..................      512         $ 2.54            3.4 years         512         $ 2.54
  5.61 --   9.75..................    1,254           8.12                  5.4       1,254           8.12
 10.09 --  14.50..................      994          12.03                  7.2         849          12.01
 15.13 --  18.89..................    1,206          17.15                  8.0         898          17.50
 20.02 --  24.38..................      117          22.82                  9.0          41          21.37
 25.25 --  29.94..................    1,335          27.07                 10.1          95          25.35
 30.13 --  31.06..................      789          31.01                 10.2           6          31.06
                                      -----                                           -----
  1.13 --  31.06..................    6,207          17.30                  7.7       3,655          11.18
                                      =====                                           =====
</TABLE>
 
     During 1998, 1997 and 1996, shares of restricted Common Stock issued
amounted to 341,500, 95,640 and 40,000, respectively. The weighted average grant
price and weighted average grant-date fair value of
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>   87
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
these shares was $0.84 and $28.05, respectively, in 1998, $1.00 and $16.76,
respectively, in 1997, and $1.00 and $11.66, respectively, in 1996. At December
31, 1998, there were 430,668 outstanding shares of non-vested restricted Common
Stock. Restrictions generally lapse in installments over the restriction period,
which is generally three to five years. Compensation expense recognized in
operations in connection with restricted Common Stock awards was $2.8 million in
1998, $0.7 million in 1997 and $0.2 million in 1996.
 
  Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
     In 1993, the Company adopted an employee stock purchase plan (the "Employee
Stock Purchase Plan"), reserving 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock for purchase
by eligible employees of the Company. This plan permits a per share purchase
price of between 85% and 100%, as established by the Compensation Committee of
the Board (the "Compensation Committee"), of the market price of the Common
Stock on the first date of the relevant purchase period. The Compensation
Committee also establishes the purchase period and number of shares made
available to each eligible participant during a specified purchase period.
During 1998 and 1997, 79,812 and 60,602 shares, respectively, of Common Stock
were purchased by employees under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at a per
share price of $15.38 and $12.13, respectively, which, in both cases, was equal
to the Common Stock market price on the first date of the purchase period. No
shares of Common Stock were purchased during 1996 under the Employee Stock
Purchase Plan. During 1998, shares of Common Stock were made available for
purchase in March 1999 under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan at a per share
price of $30.13, which was equal to the Common Stock market price on the first
date of the purchase period. The number of such shares subscribed to amounted to
366,431 at December 31, 1998. Shares of Common Stock available for future
purchase under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan amounted to 635,441 at December
31, 1998. The grant-date fair value of each purchase right granted in 1998, 1997
and 1996 under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was $4.34, $2.16 and $1.51,
respectively.
 
  Pro Forma Data
 
     The Company, as permitted under SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," accounts for its stock-based compensation awards using the
intrinsic value-based method prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Under this method,
compensation cost is measured by the excess, if any, of the quoted market price
of the Common Stock at date of grant, or other measurement date, over the amount
an employee is required to pay to acquire the Common Stock. Had compensation
expense for the Company's stock-based compensation plans been recognized
consistent with the fair value-based method of SFAS No. 123, the Company's net
income and earnings per share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts
indicated below for the year ended December 31 (in thousands, except per share
data):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            1998                  1997                  1996
                                     -------------------   -------------------   -------------------
                                        AS        PRO         AS        PRO         AS        PRO
                                     REPORTED    FORMA     REPORTED    FORMA     REPORTED    FORMA
                                     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Net income.........................  $237,086   $230,522   $121,714   $117,914   $104,256   $102,510
Basic earnings per share...........      2.09       2.03       1.14       1.11       1.00       0.99
Diluted earnings per share.........      2.06       2.00       1.12       1.09       0.96       0.94
</TABLE>
 
     In preparing the pro forma information, the grant-date fair value of each
stock option granted under the Company's stock option and stock incentive plans
and each purchase right granted under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan was
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. For
stock options, the following weighted-average assumptions were used for the
years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively: risk-free interest
rates of 5.16%, 6.30% and 5.97%; expected life of 5.6 years, 5.4 years and 6.0
years; volatility of 37%, 32% and 45%; and dividend yields of
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>   88
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
0.69%, 0.83% and 0.00%. For the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the following
assumptions were used for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,
respectively: risk-free interest rates of 5.54%, 6.12% and 5.44%; expected life
of one year for each year; volatility of 31%, 30% and 25%; and dividend yields
of 0.66%, 1.04% and 0.00%.
 
NOTE 20 -- OTHER GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE
 
     The following table provides details of other general and administrative
expense for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997       1996
                                                              --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Data processing and communications..........................  $ 43,782   $ 27,292   $ 20,344
Professional services.......................................    22,107     13,179     14,770
Marketing and promotional...................................    20,785     15,831     14,202
Postage and messenger services..............................    16,846      8,781      7,013
Year 2000 consulting........................................    16,197      1,286         --
Stationery, printing and supplies...........................    13,366      7,881      6,927
Amortization of goodwill....................................    11,487      4,501      1,177
FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments.............     4,075      3,943      8,625
Other.......................................................    60,680     32,995     27,717
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Total other general and administrative expense..............  $209,325   $115,689   $100,775
                                                              ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 21 -- INCOME TAXES
 
     Income tax expense attributable to income before extraordinary items
consisted of the following for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997       1996
                                                              --------    -------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal...................................................  $ 26,804    $ 4,432    $ 3,286
  State and local...........................................    33,269      6,332     11,032
                                                              --------    -------    -------
     Total current..........................................    60,073     10,764     14,318
                                                              --------    -------    -------
Deferred:
  Federal...................................................    54,687     62,494     27,605
  State and local...........................................    (1,281)     1,776      8,061
                                                              --------    -------    -------
     Total deferred.........................................    53,406     64,270     35,666
                                                              --------    -------    -------
Total income tax expense attributable to income
  before extraordinary items................................  $113,479    $75,034    $49,984
                                                              ========    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
     Excluded from the preceding table were income tax benefits of $3.0 million
in 1998 and $0.9 million in 1997 associated with the recognition of
extraordinary losses on the early extinguishment of debt. The preceding table
also excludes the tax effects recorded directly to stockholders' equity in
connection with unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and
certain tax benefits associated with the Company's stock option and stock
incentive plans. In the aggregate, these tax effects increased (decreased)
stockholders' equity by $3.7 million, $8.1 million and $(4.1) million in 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>   89
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The following is a reconciliation of federal income tax expense
attributable to income before extraordinary items computed at the statutory rate
of 35.0% to the actual income tax expense attributable to income before
extraordinary items for the year ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1998       1997        1996
                                                              --------    -------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
Statutory federal income tax expense........................  $124,119    $69,373    $ 53,984
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax
  benefit...................................................    20,793      5,270      12,410
Restructuring of assets within corporate entities...........   (32,129)        --          --
Non-deductible amortization of goodwill.....................     3,751      1,334         178
Adjustment of federal deferred taxes upon resolution
  of tax filing positions...................................        --         --     (17,602)
Other, net..................................................    (3,055)      (943)      1,014
                                                              --------    -------    --------
Total income tax expense attributable to income
  before extraordinary items................................  $113,479    $75,034    $ 49,984
                                                              ========    =======    ========
</TABLE>
 
     The Company's effective income tax rate on income before extraordinary
items was 32.0% for 1998, 37.9% for 1997 and 32.4% for 1996.
 
     The combined federal, state and local income tax effects of temporary
differences that gave rise to significant portions of the Company's deferred tax
assets and deferred tax liabilities were as follows at December 31 (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998        1997        1996
                                                             --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforward..........................  $ 22,751    $ 73,093    $109,611
  Excess tax basis and potential bad debt deductions
     relating to non-performing assets.....................    47,737      54,029      54,138
  Securities...............................................     9,419      18,192          --
  Financial statement reserves not yet realized for tax
     purposes..............................................    20,753      12,311       9,968
  Postretirement benefits other than pensions..............    11,170      10,336       9,536
  Federal alternative minimum tax and general business tax
     credit carryforwards..................................    11,810       9,855       5,976
  Premises and equipment...................................     2,969       2,706       5,395
  Other, net...............................................        --      12,478       7,871
                                                             --------    --------    --------
     Total deferred tax assets.............................   126,609     193,000     202,495
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Mortgage servicing assets................................    55,397      67,079       9,104
  Loans receivable.........................................    13,148      23,790       9,491
  Securities...............................................        --          --         228
  Other, net...............................................     6,278          --          --
                                                             --------    --------    --------
     Total deferred tax liabilities........................    74,823      90,869      18,823
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Net deferred tax assets....................................  $ 51,786    $102,131    $183,672
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for
federal income tax purposes of $65.0 million, substantially all of which are
available to reduce future federal income taxes through the year 2009. In
addition, at that date, the Company had general business tax credit
carryforwards of $7.7 million which are available to reduce future federal
income taxes, of which $1.0 million expire in 2009, $1.5 million expire in 2010,
$1.6 million expire in 2011, $1.8 million expire in 2012,
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>   90
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
and $1.8 million expire in 2013. The Company, at December 31, 1998, also had
federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of $4.1 million, which are
available to reduce future federal income taxes without expiration. As a result
of the issuance of Common Stock in connection with the NAMC Acquisition, the
Holding Company underwent an "ownership change," as defined in section 382 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which limits the Company's
utilization of its net operating loss carryforwards and equivalent tax credit
carryforwards to no more than $143 million per calendar year.
 
     During 1996, federal legislation was enacted that generally eliminates the
potential recapture of federal income tax deductions arising from commonly used
methods of calculating bad debt reserves for periods prior to 1988 if an
institution with a thrift charter (such as the Bank) were to change to a
commercial bank charter. In addition, this legislation repealed the reserve
method of tax accounting for bad debts used by the Bank and other "large" thrift
institutions, effective for taxable years beginning after 1995. The legislation
also contains provisions that require the recapture in future periods of tax
reserves for periods after 1987, but such provisions have not and are not
expected to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial
statements. Further, New York State legislation was enacted during 1996, and New
York City legislation was enacted in March 1997, allowing thrift institutions to
continue to use the reserve method of tax accounting for bad debts and to
determine a deduction for bad debts in a manner similar to prior law.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Bank had approximately $209 million of bad debt
reserves for New York income tax purposes for which no provision for income tax
had been made, of which approximately $98 million are subject to recapture upon
distribution to the Holding Company of these tax reserves. Any charge to a bad
debt reserve for other than bad debts on loans would create income for tax
purposes only, which would be subject to the then current corporate tax rate.
For federal tax purposes, approximately $176 million of the Bank's previously
accumulated bad debt deductions are subject to recapture upon its distribution
to the Holding Company. It is not the Bank's intention to make any distributions
to the Holding Company, or use the reserve in any manner, that would create
income tax liabilities for the Bank.
 
     In order for the Bank to be permitted to maintain a New York tax bad debt
reserve for thrifts, certain thrift definitional tests must be met, including
maintaining at least 60% of its assets in qualifying assets, as defined for tax
purposes, and maintaining a thrift charter. If the Bank failed to meet these
definitional tests, the transition to the reserve method permitted commercial
banks would result in an increase in the New York tax provision because a
deferred tax liability would be established to reflect the eventual recapture of
some or all of the New York bad debt reserve. The Bank's percentage of
qualifying assets at December 31, 1998 was in excess of the minimum threshold.
The Bank does not anticipate failing the thrift definitional tests for New York
tax purposes.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>   91
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 22 -- EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
 
     The following table sets forth the computations of basic and diluted
earnings per common share for the year ended December 31 (in thousands, except
per share data):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998        1997        1996
                                                             --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Basic earnings per common share:
  Numerators:
     Income before extraordinary items.....................  $241,143    $123,174    $104,256
     Extraordinary items...................................    (4,057)     (1,460)         --
                                                             --------    --------    --------
     Net income............................................  $237,086    $121,714    $104,256
                                                             ========    ========    ========
  Denominator:
     Weighted average number of common shares
       outstanding.........................................   113,452     106,585     103,742
  Basic earnings per common share:
     Income before extraordinary items.....................  $   2.13    $   1.15    $   1.00
     Extraordinary items...................................     (0.04)      (0.01)         --
                                                             --------    --------    --------
     Net income............................................  $   2.09    $   1.14    $   1.00
                                                             ========    ========    ========
Diluted earnings per common share:
  Numerators:
     Income before extraordinary items.....................  $241,143    $123,174    $104,256
     Extraordinary items...................................    (4,057)     (1,460)         --
                                                             --------    --------    --------
     Net income............................................  $237,086    $121,714    $104,256
                                                             ========    ========    ========
  Denominator:
     Weighted average number of common shares
       outstanding.........................................   113,452     106,585     103,742
     Common equivalent shares due to:
       Stock options, restricted stock and employee stock
          purchase rights..................................     1,701       2,028       2,078
       FDIC Warrant........................................        --          --       3,277
                                                             --------    --------    --------
     Weighted average number of diluted common shares......   115,153     108,613     109,097
                                                             ========    ========    ========
  Diluted earnings per common share:
     Income before extraordinary items.....................  $   2.09    $   1.13    $   0.96
     Extraordinary items...................................     (0.03)      (0.01)         --
                                                             --------    --------    --------
     Net income............................................  $   2.06    $   1.12    $   0.96
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 23 -- DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The Company uses various derivative financial instruments as part of its
overall interest rate risk-management strategy, to manage certain risks
associated with its mortgage banking activities and, to a limited extent, for
trading purposes.
 
     The Company's exposure to credit risk in connection with its use of
derivative financial instruments is represented by the positive fair value of
the instruments. For a further discussion of the credit risk associated with the
Company's derivative financial instruments, reference is made to Item 7,
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Management of Credit Risk -- Derivative Financial Instruments."
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>   92
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Certain of the Company's derivative financial instruments at December 31,
1998 require that the Company or its counterparty, to the extent that the market
value of the position for that party is negative, maintain collateral, subject
to a minimum call, with the other party. If the Company is subject to an initial
collateral requirement, the amount of the initial collateral modifies the
collateral maintenance level.
 
  Interest Rate Risk-Management Derivative Financial Instruments
 
     The following table summarizes the notional amounts and estimated fair
values of derivative financial instruments used by the Company for interest rate
risk-management purposes at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 POSITIVE    NEGATIVE    ESTIMATED
                                                    NOTIONAL       FAIR        FAIR        FAIR
                                                     AMOUNT       VALUE       VALUE        VALUE
                                                   ----------    --------    --------    ---------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
1998:
Interest rate swaps hedging:
  Securities available for sale..................  $  239,370     $   --     $ 2,416     $ (2,416)
  Loans receivable...............................   1,475,418         --      53,469      (53,469)
  Borrowed funds.................................     250,000         --       1,222       (1,222)
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
     Total interest rate swaps...................   1,964,788         --      57,107      (57,107)
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
Interest rate caps hedging:
  Securities available for sale..................     107,422         --          --           --
  Loans receivable...............................     101,570         --          --           --
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
     Total interest rate caps....................     208,992         --          --           --
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
Interest rate swaptions hedging loans
  receivable.....................................      40,000         --          --           --
Interest rate futures hedging borrowed funds.....     300,000         --          --           --
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
Total interest rate risk-management
  instruments....................................  $2,513,780     $   --     $57,107     $(57,107)
                                                   ==========     ======     =======     ========
1997:
Interest rate swaps hedging:
  Securities available for sale..................  $   52,483     $   --     $   247     $   (247)
  Loans receivable...............................   1,399,872         --      21,825      (21,825)
  Borrowed funds.................................      60,000          1         591         (590)
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
     Total interest rate swaps...................   1,512,355          1      22,663      (22,662)
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
Interest rate caps hedging:
  Securities available for sale..................     333,273          7          --            7
  Loans receivable...............................     315,118          6          --            6
  Borrowed funds.................................     361,000      1,172          --        1,172
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
     Total interest rate caps....................   1,009,391      1,185          --        1,185
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
Interest rate swaptions hedging loans
  receivable.....................................      40,000        119          --          119
                                                   ----------     ------     -------     --------
Total interest rate risk-management
  instruments....................................  $2,561,746     $1,305     $22,663     $(21,358)
                                                   ==========     ======     =======     ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>   93
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Activity in derivative financial instruments used for interest rate
risk-management purposes is summarized in the following table for the years
shown (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  INTEREST RATE   INTEREST RATE   INTEREST RATE   INTEREST RATE    SHORT
                                      SWAPS           CAPS          SWAPTIONS        FUTURES       SALES        TOTAL
                                  -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   --------   -----------
<S>                               <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>        <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995....   $1,290,747      $1,243,179       $ 37,000        $      --     $     --   $ 2,570,926
Additions.......................      584,722         361,000             --           82,900           --     1,028,622
Amortization and maturities.....     (757,345)       (369,755)       (37,000)              --           --    (1,164,100)
Terminations....................       (7,908)             --             --          (82,900)          --       (90,808)
                                   ----------      ----------       --------        ---------     --------   -----------
  Balance at December 31,
     1996.......................    1,110,216       1,234,424             --               --           --     2,344,640
Additions.......................      904,837              --         40,000          275,400           --     1,220,237
Amortization and maturities.....     (502,698)       (225,033)            --               --           --      (727,731)
Terminations....................           --              --             --         (275,400)          --      (275,400)
                                   ----------      ----------       --------        ---------     --------   -----------
  Balance at December 31,
     1997.......................    1,512,355       1,009,391         40,000               --           --     2,561,746
Additions.......................      993,937              --             --          704,100       85,000     1,783,037
Amortization and maturities.....     (297,649)       (439,399)            --         (250,000)          --      (987,048)
Terminations....................     (243,855)             --             --         (154,100)     (85,000)     (482,955)
Reclassification to trading
  assets........................           --        (361,000)            --               --           --      (361,000)
                                   ----------      ----------       --------        ---------     --------   -----------
Balance at December 31, 1998....   $1,964,788      $  208,992       $ 40,000        $ 300,000     $     --   $ 2,513,780
                                   ==========      ==========       ========        =========     ========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
     The interest rate swap agreements used by the Company at December 31, 1998
for purposes of interest rate risk management are in the form where, based on an
agreed-upon notional amount, the Company agrees to make periodic fixed-rate
payments, while the counterparty agrees to make periodic variable-rate payments.
The use of these derivative financial instruments allows the Company to achieve
interest income or expense similar to what would exist if it had changed the
interest rate of the hedged assets from a fixed-rate to a variable-rate and had
changed the interest rate of the hedged liabilities from a variable-rate to a
fixed-rate.
 
     The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of interest rate
swap agreements used for interest rate risk-management purposes at December 31,
1998, as well as the related weighted average interest rates payable and
receivable at that date (dollars in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                                       ---------------------------
                                                          NOTIONAL     FIXED-RATE    VARIABLE-RATE
                                                           AMOUNT       PAYABLE      RECEIVABLE(1)
                                                         ----------    ----------    -------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
Maturing in:
  1999.................................................  $   86,562       6.77%          5.50%
  2000.................................................     460,400       5.49           5.56
  2001.................................................     266,418       6.25           5.58
  2002.................................................     161,201       6.76           5.56
  2003.................................................      39,200       6.74           5.62
  Thereafter...........................................     951,007       6.21           5.61
                                                         ----------
Total..................................................  $1,964,788       6.13           5.58
                                                         ==========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Variable rates, substantially all of which are tied to the one-month London
    Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), are presented on the basis of rates in
    effect at December 31, 1998; however, actual repricings of the interest rate
    swaps will be based on the applicable interest rates in effect at the actual
    repricing dates.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>   94
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Interest rate caps purchased by the Company represent agreements where, in
return for a premium paid to the counterparty at inception, the counterparty
agrees to pay the Company the excess, if any, of a designated floating market
interest rate over a specified strike interest rate (the "Cap Strike Rate"), as
applied to the notional amount. The interest rate cap agreements used by the
Company for interest rate risk-management purposes at December 31, 1998, all of
which mature in 2000, had a weighted average Cap Strike Rate of 8.00%. The
designated floating market interest rates specified in these agreements were
tied to the weekly average yield of the one-year constant maturity Treasury
index ("CMT").
 
     Under the Company's outstanding interest rate swaptions at December 31,
1998, the Company, in exchange for the payment of a premium to the counterparty,
has the right to enter into interest rate swaps at a future date. These interest
rate swaptions, all of which are used to hedge the repricing risk on certain
loans receivable with high prepayment risk, mature during 1999 and have a
weighted average strike rate of 6.75%.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company used interest rate futures to hedge the
repricing risk of certain short-term borrowed funds. During 1998, the Company
used short sales of generic MBS to hedge its exposure to changes in the value of
non-generic MBS that it had decided to sell.
 
  Mortgage Banking Risk-Management Derivative Financial Instruments
 
     The following table summarizes the notional amounts and estimated fair
values of derivative financial instruments used by the Company for mortgage
banking risk-management purposes at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  POSITIVE    NEGATIVE    ESTIMATED
                                                     NOTIONAL       FAIR        FAIR        FAIR
                                                      AMOUNT       VALUE       VALUE        VALUE
                                                    ----------    --------    --------    ---------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
1998:
Forward contracts hedging loans held for sale.....  $4,426,940    $     8      $9,984      $(9,976)
Put options on MBS forward contracts hedging loans
  held for sale...................................     143,000        211          --          211
Interest rate floors hedging mortgage servicing
  assets..........................................   2,402,768     49,054          --       49,054
Interest rate caps hedging mortgage servicing
  assets..........................................     400,000     16,411          --       16,411
Interest rate swaps hedging mortgage servicing
  assets..........................................     800,000     32,577          --       32,577
                                                    ----------    -------      ------      -------
Total mortgage banking risk-management
  instruments.....................................  $8,172,708    $98,261      $9,984      $88,277
                                                    ==========    =======      ======      =======
1997:
Forward contracts hedging loans held for sale.....  $1,725,910    $    --      $4,760      $(4,760)
Put options on interest rate futures hedging loans
  held for sale...................................      40,000         25          --           25
Put options on MBS forward contracts hedging loans
  held for sale...................................      67,000        180          --          180
Interest rate floors hedging mortgage servicing
  assets..........................................   2,384,514     30,377          --       30,377
Interest rate swaps hedging mortgage servicing
  assets..........................................     400,000      2,829          --        2,829
                                                    ----------    -------      ------      -------
Total mortgage banking risk-management
  instruments.....................................  $4,617,424    $33,411      $4,760      $28,651
                                                    ==========    =======      ======      =======
</TABLE>
 
     The Company uses forward contracts to hedge its exposure to interest rate
risk associated with loans held for sale origination activities. These contracts
represent firm commitments to deliver MBS or loans at a specified price at a
specified future date. The Company must deliver the MBS or loans in accordance
with the requirements of the contracts or, if it cannot fulfill its contractual
obligations, pair-off the commitments and recognize the gain or loss based on
the change in the price of the underlying contract
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>   95
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
(i.e., the specified price minus the repurchase price multiplied by the notional
amount). The outstanding forward contracts at year-end 1998 mature at various
dates through March 1999.
 
     The Company's outstanding put options at December 31, 1998 give it the
right, but not the obligation, to sell to the counterparty a designated
financial instrument at a specified price during an agreed upon period of time
or on a specific date. The Company pays a premium for this right. Under these
put options, the Company generally benefits if the price of the underlying
financial instrument declines. The outstanding put options at December 31, 1998
mature at various dates through June 1999.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company used interest rate floors, interest rate
caps and interest rate swaps in order to minimize the impact of the potential
loss of net future servicing revenues associated with certain of the Company's
mortgage servicing assets as a result of an increase in loan prepayments, which
is generally triggered by declining interest rates.
 
     Interest rate floors purchased by the Company for the purpose of hedging
its mortgage servicing assets represent agreements where, in return for a
premium paid to the counterparty at inception, the counterparty agrees to pay
the Company the amount, if any, by which a designated market interest rate
(primarily CMT or swap indices) is less than a specified strike interest rate
(the "Floor Strike Rate"), as applied to the notional amount. The weighted
average Floor Strike Rate on the outstanding agreements at December 31, 1998 was
5.27%. The expected maturities of the notional amounts of the Company's
outstanding interest rate floor agreements at December 31, 1998 were $0.4
billion in 1999, $1.7 billion in 2003, and $0.3 billion in 2005.
 
     The interest rate cap agreements used by the Company to hedge mortgage
servicing assets at December 31, 1998, all of which mature in 2008, had a
weighted average Cap Strike Rate of 6.09%. The designated floating market
interest rates specified in these agreements were tied to one-month LIBOR.
 
     The following table sets forth, at December 31, 1998, the contractual
maturities of interest rate swap agreements (excluding those agreements that are
forward starting) hedging mortgage servicing assets, as well as the related
weighted average interest rates payable and receivable at that date (dollars in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          WEIGHTED AVERAGE RATE
                                                              NOTIONAL    ---------------------
                                                               AMOUNT     PAYABLE    RECEIVABLE
                                                              --------    -------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
Maturing in:
  2002:
     Pay fixed rate/receive fixed rate(1)...................  $200,000     5.92%        6.08%
  After 2003:
     Pay fixed rate/receive fixed rate(1)...................   100,000     5.97         6.32
     Pay variable rate/receive fixed rate(2)................   400,000     5.55         5.92
                                                              --------
Total.......................................................  $700,000     5.71         6.02
                                                              ========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) These interest rate swaps are structured so that the Company both receives
    and makes fixed-rate payments for the initial two years of the agreements.
    Thereafter, the Company will begin making variable-rate payments tied to
    one-month LIBOR.
 
(2) Variable rates, all of which are tied to one-month LIBOR, are presented on
    the basis of rates in effect at December 31, 1998; however, actual
    repricings of the interest rate swaps will be based on the applicable
    interest rates in effect at the actual repricing dates.
 
     At December 31, 1998, the Company had an interest rate swap hedging
mortgage servicing assets for which the accrual of interest does not begin until
November 1999. This forward starting interest rate swap
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>   96
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
matures in 2007 and has a notional amount of $100.0 million, a fixed-rate
receivable of 6.38% and a variable-rate payable tied to one-month LIBOR.
 
     Activity in derivative financial instruments used to hedge mortgage
servicing assets is summarized in the following table for the years shown (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          INTEREST RATE    INTEREST RATE    INTEREST RATE
                                             FLOORS            CAPS             SWAPS           TOTAL
                                          -------------    -------------    -------------    -----------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995............   $ 1,219,776       $     --         $     --       $ 1,219,776
Amortization............................      (223,278)            --               --          (223,278)
                                           -----------       --------         --------       -----------
  Balance at December 31, 1996..........       996,498             --               --           996,498
Additions...............................     1,585,000             --          400,000         1,985,000
Amortization............................      (196,984)            --               --          (196,984)
                                           -----------       --------         --------       -----------
  Balance at December 31, 1997..........     2,384,514             --          400,000         2,784,514
Additions...............................     2,025,000        400,000          400,000         2,825,000
Amortization............................      (421,746)            --               --          (421,746)
Terminations............................    (1,585,000)            --               --        (1,585,000)
                                           -----------       --------         --------       -----------
Balance at December 31, 1998............   $ 2,402,768       $400,000         $800,000       $ 3,602,768
                                           ===========       ========         ========       ===========
</TABLE>
 
  Trading Derivative Financial Instruments
 
     At December 31, 1998, the derivative financial instruments used by the
Company for trading purposes consisted of interest rate caps with a notional
amount of $165.0 million. The estimated fair value of these interest rate caps
at year-end 1998 was not material. The derivative financial instruments used for
trading purposes during 1998 had an average positive estimated fair value of
$0.1 million during the year. The Company did not use derivative financial
instruments for trading purposes during 1997 or 1996.
 
     The interest rate cap agreements used by the Company at December 31, 1998
for trading purposes mature in 1999. These instruments had a weighted average
Cap Strike Rate of 6.91% at year-end 1998. The designated floating market
interest rates specified in these agreements were tied to one-month LIBOR.
 
NOTE 24 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
     The Company has entered into non-cancelable lease agreements with respect
to Company premises and equipment that expire at various dates through the year
2013. Certain leases contain escalation clauses, which correspond with increased
real estate taxes and other operating expenses, and renewal options calling for
increased rents. Net rent expense was $39.2 million, $23.7 million, and $17.7
million for 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. At December 31, 1998, the
projected minimum future rental payments required under the terms of
non-cancelable leases were $32.2 million in 1999, $29.2 million in 2000, $26.2
million in 2001, $23.4 million in 2002, $19.9 million in 2003, and $71.1 million
in years thereafter. The projected minimum future rental payments have not been
reduced by projected sublease rentals of $3.2 million.
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>   97
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Company had the following commitments to extend credit and purchase
loans at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1998          1997
                                                              ----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Commitments to extend credit:
  Residential real estate loans.............................  $1,289,734    $  632,098
  Commercial real estate loans..............................     223,486       115,560
  Consumer loans............................................     505,263       481,871
  Business loans............................................     159,115        73,247
                                                              ----------    ----------
     Total commitments to extend credit.....................   2,177,598     1,302,776
Commitments to purchase residential real estate loans.......   1,488,493       708,131
                                                              ----------    ----------
Total commitments to extend credit and purchase loans.......  $3,666,091    $2,010,907
                                                              ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
     Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Such
commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or termination clauses and may
require payment of a fee. Since certain of the commitments are expected to
expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts may not represent
future cash requirements. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of these
transactions through its lending policies. The amount of collateral obtained, if
deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on the
Company's credit evaluation of the borrower. The Company's maximum exposure to
credit loss for commitments to extend credit as a result of non-performance by
the counterparty is the contractual notional amount.
 
     The Company had letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997
of $62.0 million and $23.7 million, respectively. Letters of credit represent
agreements whereby the Company guarantees the performance of a customer to a
third party. The Company requires collateral to support such agreements based on
the Company's evaluation of the creditworthiness of the customer. The credit
risk associated with letters of credit is similar to that incurred by the
Company in its lending activities.
 
     The Company is obligated under various limited recourse provisions
associated with certain residential and commercial real estate loans sold in
past years. The principal balance of loans sold with limited recourse amounted
to approximately $523 million and $648 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively. The Company's exposure to credit loss on loans sold with recourse
is similar to the credit risk associated with the Company's on-balance sheet
loans receivable.
 
     Certain claims, suits, complaints and investigations involving the Company,
arising in the ordinary course of business, have been filed or are pending. The
Company is of the opinion, after discussion with legal counsel representing the
Company in these proceedings, that the aggregate liability or loss, if any,
arising from the ultimate disposition of these matters would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of
operations.
 
NOTE 25 -- BUSINESS SEGMENTS
 
     On January 1, 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about
Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS No. 131 establishes
standards for the way that public business enterprises report information about
operating segments in annual financial statements, requires that selected
information about operating segments be reported in interim financial statements
issued to stockholders, and establishes standards for related disclosures about
an enterprise's products and services, geographic areas, and major customers.
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>   98
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Company manages its operations in a manner to focus on two strategic
goals: fulfilling its role as a banking institution for both individuals and
businesses and as a national provider of residential mortgage products and
services. Accordingly, the Company aligns its various business objectives in
support of these goals. For purposes of disclosures in accordance with SFAS No.
131, the Company has four reportable business segments: Retail Banking;
Commercial Banking; Mortgage Banking; and Investment Portfolio.
 
     The financial information provided below has been derived from the internal
profitability system used by management to monitor and manage the financial
performance of the Company. The accounting policies employed for each unit are
largely the same as those described in Note 1, "Summary of Significant
Accounting Policies," in all material respects, and as such, numerous
intersegment transactions are recorded to appropriately reflect each segment's
performance. The Company reflects its internal results on interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities on a matched funded basis and accounts
for intersegment revenue and transfer costs and credits based upon estimated
fair market values at the time of the transaction. Certain indirect or overhead
costs are allocated to the segments based on total assets and other appropriate
criteria. The Company views its segments' performance on an operating earnings
basis, which represent net income adjusted for the effects of certain
non-recurring or unusual items.
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company's
business segments for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    TOTAL                          TOTAL
                          RETAIL       COMMERCIAL     MORTGAGE     INVESTMENT    REPORTABLE     INTERSEGMENT     OPERATING
                          BANKING       BANKING       BANKING      PORTFOLIO      SEGMENTS      ELIMINATIONS     EARNINGS
                        -----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    -----------    ------------    -----------
<S>                     <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
1998:
Segment revenues......  $   413,110    $  85,322     $  531,996    $   37,602    $ 1,068,030      $(57,854)     $ 1,010,176
Segment profit........      120,220       37,373         79,417        19,238        256,248       (39,191)         217,057
Percentage of segment
  profit to total
  profit of reportable
  segments............         46.9%        14.6%          31.0%          7.5%         100.0%
Segment assets at
  year-end............  $ 9,833,981    $2,852,929    $5,464,037    $3,790,691    $21,941,638      $379,212      $22,320,850
1997:
Segment revenues......  $   371,341    $  74,504     $  172,941    $   39,389    $   658,175      $(34,061)     $   624,114
Segment profit........      106,968       32,973         17,854        19,849        177,644       (20,561)         157,083
Percentage of segment
  profit to total
  profit of reportable
  segments............         60.2%        18.6%          10.0%         11.2%         100.0%
Segment assets at
  year-end............  $10,478,447    $2,330,137    $2,619,872    $5,946,568    $21,375,024      $472,976      $21,848,000
1996:
Segment revenues......  $   338,442    $  54,467     $   98,183    $   30,714    $   521,806      $ (7,419)     $   514,387
Segment profit........       89,707       21,380            240        13,923        125,250        (4,540)         120,710
Percentage of segment
  profit to total
  profit of reportable
  segments............         71.6%        17.1%           0.2%         11.1%         100.0%
Segment assets at
  year-end............  $ 8,987,292    $1,905,798    $  236,067    $7,447,326    $18,576,483      $293,625      $18,870,108
</TABLE>
 
     For purposes of this presentation, segment revenues reflect net interest
income, less provision for loan losses, plus non-interest income. Segment profit
reflects tax-effected operating results. The segment revenues and profit above
incorporate certain intersegment transactions that the Company views as
appropriate for purposes of reflecting the performance of certain segments,
which are eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. To the extent
practicable, the results for 1997 and 1996 have been restated to be comparable
with management's preparation of the 1998 results.
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>   99
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Company's management views each of its business segments as if they
were stand-alone operations. As such, the results of operations for each segment
reflect entries that would be recorded for an independent enterprise, such as
charges for services rendered on their behalf by other segments or support
units, and entries relating to the allocation of capital and to the purchase or
sale of funds as needed. The capital allocated to the segment generates
intersegment net interest income. Funds sold or purchased are distributed via
the Company's funding center and are provided on a matched maturity basis. These
intersegment entries are subsequently eliminated in consolidation.
 
     The other primary adjustments between the internal management reports and
the consolidated operating earnings relate to the production and servicing of
loans in the Company's portfolio. Loans produced that are placed in the
residential real estate loans receivable portfolio are sold to the Retail
Banking segment with an imputed market gain or loss recognized by the Mortgage
Banking segment. As a result, the impact of these transactions, and resultant
ongoing adjustments from prior periods, must be reversed as an intersegment
elimination. Mortgage Banking also receives revenue for servicing the loan
portfolio and Retail Banking is charged for this function as a reduction of its
net yield. There are no other material intersegment adjustments.
 
     The following table sets forth reconciliations of reportable segment
revenues and profit to the Company's consolidated totals for the year ended
December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        OPERATING
                                                         OPERATING      EARNINGS       REPORTED
                                                          EARNINGS     ADJUSTMENTS      TOTALS
                                                         ----------    -----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>            <C>
1998:
Segment revenues.......................................  $1,010,176     $ 10,087      $1,020,263
Segment profit.........................................     217,057       20,029         237,086
1997:
Segment revenues.......................................     624,114      (44,761)        579,353
Segment profit.........................................     157,083      (35,369)        121,714
1996:
Segment revenues.......................................     514,387       (8,114)        506,273
Segment profit.........................................     120,710      (16,454)        104,256
 
     Reconcilements of operating earnings to consolidated net income is provided below for the
year ended December 31 (in thousands):
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1998        1997        1996
                                                             --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Operating earnings.........................................  $217,057    $157,083    $120,710
Items not included in operating earnings:
  Net losses related to balance sheet restructurings.......      (635)    (25,247)     (8,114)
  Net charges and adjustments related to acquisitions......        --     (21,431)     (7,769)
  Savings Association Insurance Fund recapitalization
     assessment............................................        --          --     (26,280)
  Gain on sale of deposits.................................     9,550          --          --
  Other, net...............................................     1,172      (8,014)     (5,583)
  Income tax effect on above items.........................    (3,731)     20,783      20,292
  Adjustments to conform internal tax expense to corporate
     tax expense...........................................    17,730          --      11,000
  Extraordinary losses on early extinguishment of debt, net
     of tax benefits.......................................    (4,057)     (1,460)         --
                                                             --------    --------    --------
     Net adjustments after tax.............................    20,029     (35,369)    (16,454)
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Consolidated net income....................................  $237,086    $121,714    $104,256
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>   100
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Additional information regarding the Company's business segments, including
a description of the products and services from which each business segment
derives its revenues, is disclosed in Item 1, "Business" and Item 8,
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
NOTE 26 -- FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,"
requires the disclosure, where practicable, of the fair value of on- and
off-balance sheet financial instruments. The fair value of a financial
instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant
market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any possible tax ramifications, estimated transaction
costs, or any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at
any one time the Company's entire holdings of a particular financial instrument.
Because no active market exists for a certain portion of the Company's financial
instruments, the fair value estimates for such financial instruments are based
on judgments regarding, among other factors, future cash flows, future loss
experience, current economic conditions and risk characteristics. These
estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of
significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision.
Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimates. The Company
has not included certain material items in its disclosure as such items, which
the Company believes have significant value, are not considered financial
instruments under SFAS No. 107.
 
     The following table sets forth the carrying values and estimated fair
values of the Company's on-balance sheet financial instruments at December 31
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1998                          1997
                                        --------------------------    --------------------------
                                         CARRYING       ESTIMATED      CARRYING       ESTIMATED
                                           VALUE       FAIR VALUE        VALUE       FAIR VALUE
                                        -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Financial assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........  $   357,777    $   357,777    $   452,527    $   452,527
  Securities available for sale.......    3,329,444      3,329,444      4,992,304      4,992,304
  FHLBNY stock........................      324,106        324,106        303,287        303,287
  Loans held for sale.................    3,884,886      3,893,985      1,841,862      1,851,657
  Loans receivable, net(1)............   12,580,325     12,917,676     12,879,789     13,002,929
  Accrued interest receivable.........       97,124         97,124        106,829        106,829
  Trading derivative financial
     instruments......................            3              3             --             --
Financial liabilities:
  Deposits............................   13,651,460     13,653,013     13,847,275     13,866,022
  Federal funds purchased and
     securities sold under agreements
     to repurchase....................    2,245,218      2,245,238      2,975,774      2,980,781
  FHLBNY advances.....................    4,077,115      4,080,299      2,786,751      2,789,042
  Senior notes........................      198,906        203,855        142,475        153,410
  Trust Preferred Securities..........      162,005        176,423        196,137        230,937
  Other borrowed funds................       89,604         88,512        218,175        213,017
  Accrued interest payable............       41,014         41,014         50,981         50,981
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Excludes the net book value of business lease financing receivables which
    are not considered financial instruments under SFAS No. 107.
 
                                      F-46
<PAGE>   101
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The following table sets forth the carrying values and estimated fair
values of the derivative financial instruments used by the Company for
risk-management purposes at December 31 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1998                      1997
                                                    ----------------------    ----------------------
                                                    CARRYING    ESTIMATED     CARRYING    ESTIMATED
                                                     VALUE      FAIR VALUE     VALUE      FAIR VALUE
                                                    --------    ----------    --------    ----------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Interest rate swaps...............................  $ 3,034      $(24,530)    $(4,256)     $(19,833)
Interest rate caps................................   16,585        16,411       6,133         1,185
Interest rate floors..............................   23,500        49,054      21,287        30,377
Interest rate swaptions...........................       46            --         232           119
Interest rate futures.............................      331            --         104            --
Forward contracts.................................    5,273        (9,976)     10,029        (4,760)
Put options on MBS forward contracts..............    1,007           211         521           180
Put options on interest rate futures..............       --            --         235            25
</TABLE>
 
     The methodologies and assumptions used by the Company in estimating the
fair values of its financial instruments are described below.
 
     The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents was deemed to be a
reasonable estimate of their fair value due to the short-term nature of these
items and because they do not present significant credit concerns.
 
     The estimated fair value of securities available for sale was determined by
use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes.
 
     The fair value of FHLBNY stock was estimated to be its carrying value,
which is indicative of its redemption price.
 
     The estimated fair value of loans held for sale was estimated using the
quoted market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans and current
dealer commitments to purchase loans.
 
     The estimated fair value of certain loans receivable was deemed to be equal
to their carrying value due to the repricing characteristics of the loans. For
other loans receivable, the Company grouped performing loans with similar
characteristics and applied prices available in the secondary market as a
reference and adjusted for differences in servicing and credit quality. When a
secondary market rate was not available, and for non-performing loans, fair
value was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis that utilized a
discount rate commensurate with the credit and interest rate risk inherent in
the loans.
 
     The estimated fair values of accrued interest receivable and payable have
been determined to equal their carrying amounts as these amounts are generally
due or payable within 90 days.
 
     The estimated fair value of deposits without a specified maturity, which
includes demand, savings and money market deposits, was the amount payable on
the valuation date. For fixed-maturity time deposits, fair value was estimated
based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using current market
interest rates offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.
 
     The estimated fair values of borrowed funds maturing within 90 days were
deemed to be equal to their carrying values. The estimated fair values of all
other borrowed funds were based on quoted market prices or on the discounted
value of contractual cash flows using current market interest rates for
borrowings with similar terms and remaining maturities.
 
     The estimated fair values of the Company's derivative financial instruments
were based upon quoted market prices, dealer quotes or pricing models. The
estimated fair value of off-balance sheet financial
 
                                      F-47
<PAGE>   102
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
instruments has not been considered in determining the estimated fair value of
on-balance sheet financial instruments.
 
     The Company has reviewed its outstanding commitments to extend credit,
commitments to purchase loans, letters of credit and loans sold with recourse at
December 31, 1998 and 1997 and has determined that their estimated fair values
were not material.
 
NOTE 27 -- FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE HOLDING COMPANY
 
STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                 1998          1997
                                                              ----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents:
     Cash and due from banks................................  $      537    $    2,701
     Interest-earning deposits in the Bank..................      84,573        54,330
                                                              ----------    ----------
       Total cash and cash equivalents......................      85,110        57,031
                                                              ----------    ----------
  Securities available for sale.............................      60,012        29,317
  Receivables from the Bank.................................      81,941       102,475
  Investment in the Bank....................................   1,535,304     1,445,766
  Investment in Dime Capital................................       6,274         6,274
  Other assets..............................................      44,049        24,954
                                                              ----------    ----------
Total assets................................................  $1,812,690    $1,665,817
                                                              ==========    ==========
Liabilities and stockholders' equity:
  Liabilities:
     Securities sold to the Bank under agreements to
      repurchase............................................  $   17,370    $       --
     Senior notes...........................................     198,906       142,475
     Series A Subordinated Debentures.......................     202,348       202,323
     Other liabilities......................................       6,245         6,161
                                                              ----------    ----------
       Total liabilities....................................     424,869       350,959
                                                              ----------    ----------
  Stockholders' equity......................................   1,387,821     1,314,858
                                                              ----------    ----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity..................  $1,812,690    $1,665,817
                                                              ==========    ==========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-48
<PAGE>   103
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
STATEMENTS OF INCOME (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                             --------------------------------
                                                               1998        1997        1996
                                                             --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>
Income:
  Dividends from the Bank................................    $185,000    $159,000    $ 88,000
  Dividends from Dime Capital............................         577         289          --
  Interest income........................................       6,546       6,987          87
  Other..................................................         230          23          --
                                                             --------    --------    --------
       Total income......................................     192,353     166,299      88,087
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Expense:
  Interest on borrowed funds.............................      34,148      31,758      19,638
  Other..................................................       3,508       3,348       3,071
                                                             --------    --------    --------
       Total expense.....................................      37,656      35,106      22,709
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Income before income tax benefit, equity in undistributed
  (overdistributed) net income of subsidiaries and
  extraordinary items....................................     154,697     131,193      65,378
Income tax benefit.......................................      13,474      10,736      10,283
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Income before equity in undistributed (overdistributed)
  net income of subsidiaries and extraordinary items.....     168,171     141,929      75,661
Equity in undistributed (overdistributed) net income of
  subsidiaries...........................................      72,636     (18,755)     28,595
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Income before extraordinary items........................     240,807     123,174     104,256
Extraordinary items -- losses on early extinguishment of
  debt, net of tax benefits of $785 (1998) and $895
  (1997).................................................      (1,065)     (1,460)         --
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Net income...............................................    $239,742    $121,714    $104,256
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-49
<PAGE>   104
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -----------------------------------
                                                            1998         1997         1996
                                                          ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income............................................  $ 239,742    $ 121,714    $ 104,256
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by operating activities:
     Equity in (undistributed) overdistributed net
       income of subsidiaries...........................    (72,637)      18,755      (28,595)
     Gains on sales of securities.......................       (213)         (23)          --
     Losses on early extinguishment of debt.............      1,850        2,355           --
     Other, net.........................................      2,315       (5,808)      (9,700)
                                                          ---------    ---------    ---------
       Net cash provided by operating activities........    171,057      136,993       65,961
                                                          ---------    ---------    ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of securities available for sale............   (103,111)     (29,497)          --
  Proceeds from sales of securities available for
     sale...............................................     70,573        1,597           --
  Proceeds from maturities of securities available for
     sale
     and held to maturity...............................        292          181        1,630
  Investments in subsidiaries...........................         --       (6,186)          --
                                                          ---------    ---------    ---------
       Net cash (used) provided by investing
          activities....................................    (32,246)     (33,905)       1,630
                                                          ---------    ---------    ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Net increase in securities sold to the Bank under
     agreements to repurchase...........................     17,370           --           --
  Proceeds from issuance of senior notes................     99,818           --           --
  Repayments of senior notes............................    (45,501)     (57,681)          --
  Proceeds from issuance of the Series A Subordinated
     Debentures.........................................         --      202,308           --
  Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock and treasury
     stock..............................................     17,101       14,332        8,311
  Purchases of treasury stock...........................   (177,970)    (200,354)     (70,456)
  Cash dividends paid on Common Stock...................    (21,550)     (12,892)          --
  Other.................................................         --        3,781       (1,913)
                                                          ---------    ---------    ---------
       Net cash used by financing activities............   (110,732)     (50,506)     (64,058)
                                                          ---------    ---------    ---------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents...............     28,079       52,582        3,533
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year..........     57,031        4,449          916
                                                          ---------    ---------    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year................  $  85,110    $  57,031    $   4,449
                                                          =========    =========    =========
Supplemental non-cash flow investing information:
  Securities held to maturity transferred to securities
     available for sale.................................  $      --    $     840    $      --
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-50
<PAGE>   105
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 28 -- CONDENSED QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              1998                                        1997
                            -----------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                             FOURTH     THIRD      SECOND     FIRST      FOURTH     THIRD      SECOND     FIRST
                            QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest income...........  $346,986   $343,989   $357,111   $372,799   $368,106   $350,870   $338,968   $324,871
Interest expense..........   213,822    216,668    226,274    236,888    241,581    230,703    219,871    207,598
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Net interest income.....   133,164    127,321    130,837    135,911    126,525    120,167    119,097    117,273
Provision for loan
  losses..................     8,000      8,000      8,000      8,000      8,000      8,000     23,000     10,000
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Net interest income
    after provision for
    loan losses...........   125,164    119,321    122,837    127,911    118,525    112,167     96,097    107,273
Non-interest income:
  Loan servicing and other
    fees..................    60,604     53,819     42,631     42,450     36,321     12,856     12,978     11,883
  Banking service fees....    11,172     11,088     10,168      9,000      8,635      8,695      7,543      6,923
  Securities and insurance
    brokerage fees........     7,565      8,704      8,957      7,510      6,777      5,142      5,767      6,051
  Net gains on sales
    activities............    63,941     71,519     63,743     45,248      4,309      2,845      2,799      2,083
  Other...................     1,343        751      2,491      2,326      2,128        742        149        665
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
      Total non-interest
         income...........   144,625    145,881    127,990    106,534     58,170     30,280     29,236     27,605
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Non-interest expense:
  General and
    administrative
    expense...............   147,565    143,155    147,885    133,234    117,471     73,580     73,690     72,381
  Amortization of mortgage
    servicing assets......    30,826     27,633     16,897     16,935     14,034      5,248      5,267      5,202
  ORE expense (income),
    net...................       692        373        359         87       (643)       351      1,581      3,052
  Restructuring and
    related expense.......        --         --         --         --      9,931         --         --         --
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
      Total non-interest
         expense..........   179,083    171,161    165,141    150,256    140,793     79,179     80,538     80,635
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income before income tax
  expense and
  extraordinary items.....    90,706     94,041     85,686     84,189     35,902     63,268     44,795     54,243
Income tax expense........    29,027     30,092     27,420     26,940     12,943     23,741     17,023     21,327
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Income before
  extraordinary items.....    61,679     63,949     58,266     57,249     22,959     39,527     27,772     32,916
Extraordinary
  items -- losses on early
  extinguishment of debt,
  net of tax benefits.....        --     (4,057)        --         --     (1,460)        --         --         --
                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
Net income................  $ 61,679   $ 59,892   $ 58,266   $ 57,249   $ 21,499   $ 39,527   $ 27,772   $ 32,916
                            ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Per common share:
  Basic earnings:
    Income before
      extraordinary
      items...............  $   0.55   $   0.57   $   0.51   $   0.50   $   0.20   $   0.39   $   0.27   $   0.31
    Net income............      0.55       0.53       0.51       0.50       0.19       0.39       0.27       0.31
  Diluted earnings:
    Income before
      extraordinary
      items...............      0.55       0.56       0.50       0.49       0.19       0.38       0.26       0.31
    Net income............      0.55       0.52       0.50       0.49       0.18       0.38       0.26       0.31
  Cash dividends
    declared..............      0.05       0.05       0.05       0.04       0.04       0.04       0.04         --
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-51

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    Exhibit 10.7

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

      EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT dated as of December 15, 1998 between THE DIME
SAVINGS BANK OF NEW YORK, FSB (the "Bank"), a federal stock savings bank having
its principal executive offices at 589 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10017,
and FRED B. KOONS (the "Executive").

                                   -----------

      A. The Bank is desirous of employing the Executive upon the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement.

      B. The Executive is desirous of being employed by the Bank upon the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

                                  ------------

      Therefore, the Bank and the Executive, intending to be legally bound,
agree as follows:

            1. Employment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, the Bank hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby
accepts such employment.

            2. Term of Employment. (a) The term of the Executive's employment
under this Agreement shall be deemed to have commenced on the date of this
Agreement and shall continue until June 30, 2002 unless this Agreement has been
terminated prior thereto in accordance with its provisions. (As used in this
Agreement, (i) "Term" shall mean the full term of this Agreement and (ii)
"remaining Term" shall mean the balance of the Term remaining at a specified
time.)
<PAGE>   2

            (b) The Executive's employment may be terminated during the Term of
this Agreement by the Bank or the Executive in the manner specified in this
Agreement. Any such termination of employment shall result in a termination of
this Agreement on the Effective Date of Termination (as defined in Section 13);
provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, any
right of the Executive to any payments or benefits as a result of a termination
of the Executive's employment (as provided in this Agreement) shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

            3. Offices. During the period during the Term ending June 30, 2000,
the Executive shall continue to serve as an officer of the Bank and its parent
corporation, Dime Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"). In addition, during the period
during the Term ending June 30, 2000, the Executive shall serve as an officer of
the Bank's mortgage banking subsidiary, North American Mortgage Company or its
successor (the "Subsidiary"). During the period during the Term commencing July
1, 2000, the Executive shall serve as an executive employee of the Bank. During
the Term, the Executive shall also serve, for any period for which the Executive
may from time to time be elected, as an officer or director of subsidiaries or
affiliates of the Bank.

            4. Duties. (a) During the period during the Term ending June 30,
1999, the Executive shall serve as an Executive Vice President of the Bank and
the Company and as the Chief Executive Officer of the Subsidiary and shall
perform such duties in connection therewith as may be assigned to him from time
to time by the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank or the Company, as the case
may be.

            (b) During the period during the Term from July 1, 1999 through June
30, 2000, the Executive shall continue to serve as an Executive Vice President
of the Bank and the

                                                 
                                        2
<PAGE>   3

Company and perform the duties in connection therewith set forth in Section
4(a). In addition, during such period the Executive shall serve as transitional
Chief Executive Officer of the Subsidiary and perform the duties in connection
therewith set forth in Section 4(a) until a successor Chief Executive Officer of
the Subsidiary is appointed during such period.

            (c) During the period during the Term commencing July 1, 2000, the
Executive shall serve as an executive employee of the Bank and shall perform
such duties in connection therewith as may be assigned to him from time to time
by the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank.

            (d) During the period during the Term ending June 30, 1999 (except
for periods of illness and vacation), substantially all of the Executive's
business time, attention, skill and efforts shall be devoted to the performance
of the Executive's duties under this Agreement. During the period during the
Term from July 1, 1999 through June 30, 2000 (except for periods of illness and
vacation), not less than the equivalent of 144 full-time days of the Executive's
business time, attention, skill and efforts shall be devoted to the performance
of the Executive's duties under this Agreement. During each of the periods
during the Term from July 1, 2000 through June 30, 2001, and from July 1, 2001
through June 30, 2002 (except for periods of illness and vacation), not less
than the equivalent of 84 full-time days of the Executive's business time,
attention, skill and efforts shall be devoted to the performance of the
Executive's duties under this Agreement. During each period during the Term
commencing on or after July 1, 1999, the Bank shall have the right, in its
discretion, to designate the days or portions thereof on which the Executive
shall be required to perform his duties under this Agreement. To the extent that
the Executive engages in business activities during any period during the Term
commencing

                                                 
                                        3
<PAGE>   4

on or after July 1, 1999 in addition to his duties to the Bank set forth herein,
it is understood and agreed that the Executive shall not engage in any
activities which would materially interfere with his ability to perform his
duties hereunder as requested from time to time by the Bank and shall not
engage, directly or indirectly, as an officer, director, principal, employee,
stockholder or consultant of any corporation or other business entity which
competes in any material respect with the businesses carried on by the Bank and
its subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Executive will be permitted to own
as a passive investor less than 5% of any class of publicly-traded securities of
any entity which competes with the Bank and its subsidiaries without being
deemed to have violated this Section 4(d). Subject to the foregoing restrictions
and to the prior fulfillment of his obligations to the Bank hereunder, the
Executive shall be entitled to perform consulting services for third parties
during any period during the Term commencing on or after July 1, 1999 with the
prior written approval of the Bank, such approval not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed.

            5. Compensation. (a) The annualized salary of the Executive during
the period during the Term ending June 30, 1999 shall be at the rate of
$375,000, which shall, subject to the provisions of Section 5(g), be payable in
installments in accordance with the prevailing general payroll practice of the
Bank as it may exist from time to time.

            (b) The annual salary of the Executive during the period during the
Term from July 1, 1999 through June 30, 2000 shall be at the rate of $250,000
for the equivalent of 144 full-time days plus $2,500 per day for each full-time
equivalent day during such period in excess of 144 days during which the
Executive performs his duties hereunder, which shall, subject to the

                                                 
                                        4
<PAGE>   5

provisions of Section 5(g), be payable in installments in accordance with the
prevailing general payroll practice of the Bank as it may exist from time to
time.

            (c) The annual salary of the Executive during each of the periods
during the Term from July 1, 2000 through June 30, 2001, and from July 1, 2001
through June 30, 2002 shall be at the rate of $175,000 for the equivalent of 84
full-time days plus $2,500 per day for each full-time equivalent day during such
periods in excess of 84 days during which the Executive performs his duties
hereunder, which shall, subject to the provisions of Section 5(g), be payable in
installments in accordance with the prevailing general payroll practice of the
Bank as it may exist from time to time.

            (d) As used in this Agreement, "annual salary" shall mean, at any
time, the annual rate of salary then payable to the Executive pursuant to this
Section 5 (before deduction of any amounts deferred under any deferred
compensation plan of the Bank, any voluntary contributions to the Retirement
401(k) Investment Plan of the Company or other similar qualified plan under
Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")
(collectively, the "401(k) Plan"), or any other deductions from income) and
shall be exclusive of bonuses, incentive compensation or other compensation or
benefits paid to or accrued for the Executive other than pursuant to this
Section 5.

            (e) Solely to the extent that the Executive does not accrue benefits
pursuant to the qualified retirement plans of the Bank or the Benefit
Restoration Plan of The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB (the "Benefit
Restoration Plan") with respect to any period during his employment by the Bank
following June 30, 1999, and to the extent not otherwise provided pursuant to
Section 11(g)(ii) or 11(g)(iii) or otherwise limited pursuant to Section 8(c),
unless the

                                                 
                                        5
<PAGE>   6

Executive terminates his employment prior thereto other than as contemplated by
Section 11(c)(ii) in connection with a Change in Control (as defined in Section
11(a)), the Executive shall be paid, within 120 days of the earlier to occur of
(A) the Effective Date of Termination of the Executive's employment by the Bank
(unless such termination is for "cause," as defined in Section 8(b)), or (B)
June 30, 2002, a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the following: (i) the
excess of the Present Value (as defined below) of the benefits the Executive
would have accrued and would have a vested interest in under the Retirement Plan
of Dime Bancorp, Inc. (the "Retirement Plan") and the related provisions of the
Benefit Restoration Plan if the Executive had been otherwise employed as a
full-time salaried employee through the remaining Term at the time of such
termination (commencing with the date of this Agreement) earning the same amount
of base pay as the annual salary (as described in this Section 5) which would
have been paid to the Executive over such remaining Term in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, over the Present Value of the benefits the
Executive actually accrued under the Retirement Plan and the related provisions
of the Benefit Restoration Plan in which the Executive has a vested interest,
plus (ii) the excess, if any, of the amount of Bank matching contributions that
would have been made and in which the Executive would have a vested interest
under the 401(k) Plan and the related provisions of the Benefit Restoration
Plan, in each instance if the Executive had been otherwise employed as a
full-time salaried employee of the Bank through the remaining Term at the time
of such termination (commencing with the date of this Agreement) earning the
same amount of base pay as the annual salary (as described in this Section 5)
which would have been paid to the Executive over such remaining Term in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and assuming solely for these
purposes that

                                                 
                                        6
<PAGE>   7

the Executive had made the maximum contributions permitted under the terms of
the 401(k) Plan, over the amount actually accrued by the Executive with respect
to Bank matching contributions under such 401(k) Plan and the related provisions
of the Benefit Restoration Plan in which the Executive has a vested interest.
For these purposes, the "Present Value" of benefits shall be determined as of
the date of the termination of the Executive's employment with the Bank and
shall be calculated in the same manner as then applies for purposes of
determining lump sum benefits under the Retirement Plan. Further, in determining
the value of benefits described in clause (ii) above, such benefits shall be
credited with the same deemed rate of earnings (or losses) as apply to the
Executive's deemed investments of his 401(k) Plan Restoration Account under the
Benefit Restoration Plan. The Executive shall participate in the Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan of the Company (the "SERP") with a "Pension Goal"
under such plan of not less than 50% (with such Pension Goal, "Compensation" and
"Average Compensation" as described in the grant letter related to the SERP of
even date herewith (the "SERP Grant Letter")), but subject to the vesting
provisions under such plan or, as applicable, Section 11(g)(ii). The benefits
otherwise provided pursuant to this Section 5(e) that relate to benefits under
the Retirement Plan and the related provisions of the Benefit Restoration Plan
shall offset the benefits, if any, to be provided under the SERP (with the
offset of the other Section 5(e) benefits based upon such benefits as if they
were payable in the form of a single life annuity or otherwise as provided under
the SERP).

            (f) The Executive shall not have or acquire by virtue of this
Agreement any rights to participate in, or receive benefits with respect to, any
compensation or benefit plan or program of the Bank, except (i) that while
employed by the Bank the Executive may participate in such

                                                 
                                        7
<PAGE>   8

plans or programs to the extent provided in such plans and programs and on the
same basis as if the Executive's employment were not subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, or (ii) as otherwise specifically provided in this
Agreement.

            (g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing
provisions, the payment of any amounts that would otherwise be payable to the
Executive but which would be in excess of the amount which the Company, the Bank
or the Subsidiary could deduct for federal income tax purposes if then paid, on
account of the operation of Section 162(m) of the Code, shall be deferred to the
extent that such deferral is required pursuant to a policy adopted by the
Compensation Committee of the Company or the Bank and, to the extent so
deferred, shall be payable pursuant to the relevant terms of the Dime Bancorp,
Inc. Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan; provided, however, that, if a Change
in Control (as defined in Section 11(a)) has occurred, deferral of amounts
payable hereunder to the Executive on or after the date of such Change in
Control will only be required if and to the extent such policy in effect
immediately prior to the Change in Control (without taking into consideration
any changes therein made in contemplation of the occurrence of the Change in
Control) requires or would have required such deferral.

            6. Disability. (a) The Bank may terminate the Executive's employment
under this Agreement for "permanent disability" if (i) the Executive shall
become physically or mentally disabled or incapacitated to the extent that the
Executive has been absent from the Executive's duties with the Bank on account
of such disabilities or incapacitation as determined in a manner consistent with
the policy which applies generally to employees of the Bank on a full-time basis
for a period of six consecutive months, and (ii) within 30 days after written
notice

                                                 
                                        8
<PAGE>   9

of proposed termination for permanent disability is given by the Bank to the
Executive, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the
Executive's duties.

            (b) In the event of termination for "permanent disability," the Bank
shall continue to pay the Executive an amount equal to the Executive's then
annual salary pursuant to Section 5 (less any benefits that would have been
payable to the Executive had the Executive elected the maximum available amount
of disability insurance coverage available from the Bank) for a period
commencing on the Effective Date of Termination and ending on the first
anniversary thereof (or the end of the remaining Term, if earlier).
Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 6(b), any such payment shall
terminate upon the earliest to occur of (A) the date the Executive returns to
the level of employment with the Bank otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;
(B) the Executive's full-time employment by another employer; or (C) the
Executive's death. In the event of termination for "permanent disability," the
Bank also shall continue to provide until the end of the remaining Term (or the
Executive's earlier death) the same level of life, medical and dental insurance
coverage as is maintained by the Bank for full-time employees of the Bank,
provided that the Executive shall continue to pay all amounts in respect of such
coverage that other employees receiving the same level of coverage are required
to pay. In the event of a termination of the Executive's employment for
"permanent disability" during the Term at any time following a Change in Control
(as defined in Section 11(a)), the provisions of Section 11 shall apply in lieu
of the provisions of this Section 6(b).

            (c) There shall be no reduction in the compensation payable to the
Executive or the Executive's other rights under this Agreement during any period
when the Executive is

                                                 
                                        9
<PAGE>   10

incapable of performing some or all of the Executive's duties by reason of
temporary or partial disability.

            7. Death. In the event of the Executive's death during the Term,
this Agreement and all of the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall
terminate.

            8. Termination by the Bank. (a) The Bank may terminate the
Executive's employment under this Agreement at any time by giving the Executive
written notice of such termination, provided that, except where termination is
for "cause" (as defined in Section 8(b)), such notice shall be provided at least
30 days prior to the Effective Date of Termination. In the event of a
termination of the Executive's employment by the Bank, other than a termination
for "cause" (as defined in Section 8(b)), the Bank shall (subject to the
provisions of Section 8(c)) (i) pay to the Executive, as a severance payment for
services previously rendered to the Company and the Bank, a lump sum equal to
the aggregate annual salary (as defined in Section 5(d)) payable to the
Executive with respect to the remainder of the Term as of the Effective Date of
Termination (assuming for this purpose that the Executive performed services
hereunder for no more than the minimum number of full-time equivalent days
required in each of the periods of the Term commencing on or after December 2,
1998) and (ii) maintain the same level of life, medical and dental insurance
coverage as is maintained by the Bank for full-time employees of the Bank,
provided that the Executive shall continue to pay all amounts in respect of such
coverage that other employees receiving the same level of coverage are required
to pay, for the remainder of the Term as of the Effective Date of Termination
(or the Executive's earlier death). In the event of a termination of the
Executive's employment by the Bank during the Term

                                                 
                                       10
<PAGE>   11

following a Change in Control, the provisions of Section 11 shall apply in lieu
of the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 8(a).

            (b) The Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or
other benefits under this Agreement for any period after the Effective Date of
Termination if the Executive's employment is terminated for cause. As used in
this Agreement, "cause" shall mean the Executive's personal dishonesty,
incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal
profit, intentional failure to perform assigned duties, willful violation of any
law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or
final cease and desist order or material breach of any provision of this
Agreement.

            (c) (i) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8 or of
Section 11, if at the Effective Date of Termination any statute, regulation,
order, agreement, or regulatory interpretation thereof that is valid and binding
upon the Bank (a "Regulatory Restriction") shall restrict, prohibit or limit the
amount of any payment or the provision of any benefit that the Bank would
otherwise be liable for under this Section 8 or under Section 11, then the
amount that the Bank shall pay to the Executive hereunder shall not exceed the
maximum amount permissible under such Regulatory Restriction; provided, that if
such Regulatory Restriction shall subsequently be rescinded, superseded, amended
or otherwise determined not to restrict, limit or prohibit payment by the Bank
of amounts otherwise due the Executive hereunder, then the Bank shall promptly
thereafter pay to such Executive any amounts (or the value of any benefit)
previously withheld from such Executive as a result of such Regulatory
Restriction.

            (ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 8 or of
Section 11, in the event that any amount otherwise payable hereunder other than
on account of events described in

                                                 
                                       11
<PAGE>   12

Sections 11(c)(i) or 11(c)(ii) following a Change in Control (as hereinafter
defined) would be deemed to constitute a parachute payment (a "Parachute
Payment") within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and if any such
Parachute Payment, when added to any other payments which are deemed to
constitute Parachute Payments, would otherwise result in the imposition of an
excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, the amounts payable (other than
amounts payable under the SERP or otherwise payable on account of events
described in Sections 11(c)(i) or 11(c)(ii) following a Change in Control) shall
be reduced by the smallest amount necessary to avoid the imposition of such
excise tax. Any such limitation shall be applied to such compensation and
benefit amounts, and in such order, as the Bank shall determine in its sole
discretion. References to the Code in this Agreement shall be to the Code as
presently in effect or to the corresponding provisions of any succeeding law.

            (d) As of the date hereof, the principal place of business at which
the Executive shall be based for the performance of his duties pursuant to this
Agreement is located in Tampa, Florida. If the Bank shall relocate such
principal place of business at which the Executive shall be based to a location
which is more than 75 miles from Tampa, Florida, the Executive shall have the
right, for a period of 30 days following such relocation, to elect to treat such
relocation as a termination of the Executive's employment by the Bank without
cause (as defined in Section 8(b)) by giving the Bank written notice of such
election. In the event that the Executive fails to give notice within such
30-day period, he shall be deemed to have waived his right to make such an
election with respect to such relocation.

            (e) Upon the termination of the Executive's employment by the Bank
pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8, to the extent not otherwise
limited by Section 8(c) and except

                                                 
                                       12
<PAGE>   13

where termination is for "cause" (as defined in Section 8(b)), each outstanding
Non-Accelerated Stock Option (as defined in Section 11(d)(ii)) and each share of
restricted stock which has not previously vested that is held by the Executive
shall (to the extent permitted by the plan under which such Non-Accelerated
Stock Option or restricted stock was granted), notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the grant letter related to such Non-Accelerated Stock Option or
restricted stock and regardless of the actual Effective Date of Termination,
immediately vest and become exercisable, in the case of a Non-Accelerated Stock
Option, and immediately vest, in the case of restricted stock.

            (f) If the Executive's employment is proposed to be terminated by
the Bank for "cause" (as defined in Section 8(b)), the Bank shall, prior to
delivering to the Executive a notice of termination, afford the Executive
reasonable prior notice of such proposed termination and an opportunity for him,
together with counsel, to be heard.

            9. Voluntary Termination by the Executive. The Executive shall have
the right to terminate the Executive's employment under this Agreement at any
time upon at least 30 but not more than 60 days' prior written notice to the
Bank. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the immediately preceding
sentence, all of the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall terminate and
the Executive shall not be entitled to any compensation or benefits after the
Effective Date of Termination, except to the extent provided in Section 11.

            10. Additional Termination and Suspension Provisions. (a) If the
Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the
conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1)
of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.

                                                 
                                       13
<PAGE>   14

1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall
terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the
parties shall not be affected.

            (b) If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act), all obligations under this Agreement shall
terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any
vested rights of the parties.

            (c) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except
to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for
the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by the Director of Thrift Supervision
or his or her designee (the "Director"), at the time the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on
behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the Federal
Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Director, at the time the Director
approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the
Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or
unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however,
shall not be affected by such action.

            (d) If the Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from
participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under
Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C.
1818(e)(3) and (g)(1)), the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall be
suspended as of the date of service unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If
the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (a) pay
the Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract
obligations were suspended and (b) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its
obligations which were suspended.

                                                 
                                       14
<PAGE>   15

            (e) The provisions of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Section 10
are required to be set forth in this Agreement by regulations applicable to the
Bank on the date of this Agreement. If any such regulation shall hereafter be
amended or modified, or if any new regulation applicable to the Bank and
effective after the date of this Agreement shall require the inclusion in this
Agreement of a provision not presently included in this Agreement, then the
foregoing provisions of paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Section 10 shall be
deemed amended to the extent necessary to give effect in this Agreement to any
such amended, modified or new regulation.

            11. Change in Control. (a) As used in this Agreement, a "Change in
Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of
the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

            (I) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or
      indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities
      beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from
      the Company or its Affiliates) representing 35% or more of the combined
      voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or

            (II) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a
      majority of the number of directors then serving as directors of the
      Company: individuals who, on July 24, 1997, constitute the Board of
      Directors of the Company and any new director (other than a director whose
      initial assumption of office is in connection with the settlement of an
      actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a
      consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the
      Company) whose

                                                 
                                       15
<PAGE>   16

      appointment or election by the Board of Directors of the Company or
      nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved or
      recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then
      still in office who either were directors on July 24, 1997 or whose
      appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so
      approved or recommended; or

            (III) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company
      or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other
      corporation or entity, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which
      would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding
      immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent
      (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
      securities of the surviving entity or any Parent thereof), in combination
      with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
      under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the
      Company, at least 65% of the combined voting power of the securities of
      the Company, such surviving entity or any Parent thereof outstanding
      immediately after such merger or consolidation or (ii) a merger or
      consolidation effected solely to implement a recapitalization of the
      Company or the Bank (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or
      becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the
      Company or the Bank (not including in the securities beneficially owned by
      such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its
      Affiliates) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the
      Company's or the Bank's then outstanding securities; or

                                                 
                                       16
<PAGE>   17

            (IV) the stockholders of the Company or the Bank approve a plan of
      complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank,
      respectively, or there is consummated a sale or disposition by the Company
      or any of its subsidiaries of any assets which individually or as part of
      a series of related transactions constitute all or substantially all of
      the Company's consolidated assets (provided that, for these purposes, a
      sale of all or substantially all of the voting securities of the Bank or a
      Parent of the Bank shall be deemed to constitute a sale of substantially
      all of the Company's consolidated assets), other than any such sale or
      disposition to an entity at least 65% of the combined voting power of the
      voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in
      substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting
      securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale or disposition;
      or

            (V) the execution of a binding agreement that if consummated would
      result in a Change in Control of a type specified in clause (I) or (III)
      of this Section 11(a) (an "Acquisition Agreement") or of a binding
      agreement for the sale or disposition of assets that, if consummated,
      would result in a Change in Control of a type specified in clause (IV) of
      this Section 11(a) (an "Asset Sale Agreement") or the adoption by the
      Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank of a plan of complete
      liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank that, if
      consummated, would result in a Change in Control of a type specified in
      clause (IV) of this Section 11(a) (a "Plan of Liquidation"), provided
      however, that a Change in Control of the type specified in this clause (V)
      shall not be deemed to exist or have occurred as a result of the execution
      of such Acquisition Agreement or Asset Sale Agreement, or the adoption of
      such a Plan of Liquidation, from

                                                 
                                       17
<PAGE>   18

      and after the Abandonment Date if the Effective Date of Termination of the
      Executive's employment has not occurred on or prior to the Abandonment
      Date. As used in this Section, the term "Abandonment Date" shall mean the
      date on which (A) an Acquisition Agreement, Asset Sale Agreement or Plan
      of Liquidation is terminated (pursuant to its terms or otherwise) without
      having been consummated, (B) the parties to an Acquisition Agreement or
      Asset Sale Agreement abandon the transactions contemplated thereby, (C)
      the Bank or the Company abandons a Plan of Liquidation or (D) a court or
      regulatory body having competent jurisdiction enjoins or issues a cease
      and desist or stop order with respect to or otherwise prevents the
      consummation of, or a regulatory body notifies the Bank or the Company
      that it will not approve, an Acquisition Agreement, Asset Sale Agreement
      or Plan of Liquidation or the transactions contemplated thereby and such
      injunction, order or notice has become final and not subject to appeal.

            As used in connection with the foregoing definition of Change in
Control, "Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated
under Section 12 of the Exchange Act; "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning
set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; "Exchange Act" shall mean the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time; "Parent" shall
mean any entity that becomes the Beneficial Owner of at least 80% of the voting
power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or of an entity that
survives any merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect
subsidiary of the Company; and "Person" shall have the meaning given in Section
3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)
thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an

                                                 
                                       18
<PAGE>   19

employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, an underwriter
temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or a
corporation or entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the
Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the
Company.

            (b) If the Bank, the Company or the Subsidiary shall relocate the
principal place of business at which the Executive shall be based for the
performance of his duties pursuant to this Agreement to a location which is more
than 75 miles from Tampa, Florida after a Change in Control, and if the
Executive shall, as a result, be required to change the Executive's principal
residence, the Bank shall (i) promptly pay (or reimburse the Executive for) all
reasonable moving expenses incurred by the Executive as a result of such change
in the Executive's principal residence, and (ii) indemnify the Executive
against, and reimburse the Executive for, any loss incurred as a result of the
sale of the Executive's principal residence (which loss shall be computed for
the purpose of this Agreement as the difference between the actual sales price
(net of closing costs and brokerage fees) of such residence and the fair market
value of such residence (computed as of the time such principal place of
business is relocated) as determined by an independent real estate appraiser
designated and paid by the Bank or the Company and acceptable to the Executive),
provided that such sale of the Executive's principal residence occurs within six
months after the Bank, the Company or the Subsidiary relocates the principal
place of business at which the Executive shall be based.

            (c) (i) If a Change in Control shall occur, the Executive shall be
entitled to the compensation and benefits provided in paragraphs (d), (e), (f)
and (g) of this Section 11 upon the subsequent termination of the Executive's
employment, at any time during the remaining Term in

                                                 
                                       19
<PAGE>   20

effect at the time of the Change in Control, by the Bank (including, without
limitation, a termination for permanent disability), other than a termination
for cause, provided that the rights to any such compensation and benefits shall
be subject to the limitations and provisions set forth in Section 8(c).

            (ii) If (A) a Change in Control shall occur, and thereafter the Bank
(notwithstanding its right to do so under Section 4 or Section 5) either (B)
makes a material change in the Executive's functions, duties or
responsibilities, which change would cause the Executive's position with the
Bank to become one of lesser responsibility, importance or scope from that
otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, or (C) reduces the Executive's annual
salary below that otherwise contemplated by this Agreement (an event specified
in clause (B) or (C) is hereafter referred to as a "Material Change"), the
Executive shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits provided in
paragraphs (d), (e), (f) and (g) of this Section 11 (subject to the limitations
and provisions set forth in Section 8(c)) upon the subsequent termination of the
Executive's employment, at any time during the remaining Term in effect at the
time of the Change in Control, by the Executive.

            (iii) Only for purposes of determining whether there has been a
termination of the Executive's employment during the remaining Term in effect at
the time of a Change in Control (as specified in paragraphs (c)(i) and (c)(ii)
of this Section 11, as the case may be) so as to entitle the Executive to the
compensation and benefits provided in paragraphs (d), (e), (f) and (g) of this
Section 11, a termination of the Executive's employment following a Change in
Control shall be deemed to have occurred on such date during the remaining Term
that notice of termination is given by the Bank or the Executive to the other
(regardless of the Effective Date of Termination

                                                 
                                       20
<PAGE>   21

specified in such notice). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence,
the Executive shall continue to be employed by the Bank pursuant to this
Agreement until the Effective Date of Termination specified in the notice of
termination.

            (d)(i) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by any
termination of the Executive's employment pursuant to Section 11(c)(i) or
(c)(ii), to the extent not otherwise limited pursuant to Section 8(c), the Bank
shall pay the Executive, as a severance payment for services previously rendered
to the Bank, a lump sum equal to three times the Executive's annual salary (as
defined in Section 5(d)) (assuming for this purpose that the Executive performed
services hereunder for no more than the minimum number of full-time equivalent
days required in each of the periods of the Term commencing on or after July 1,
1999).

            (ii) Upon the occurrence of (a) the termination of the Executive's
employment by the Bank (unless such termination is for "cause" as defined in
Section 8(b)) other than any termination of the Executive's employment pursuant
to Section 11(c)(i) or (c)(ii) following a Change in Control, to the extent not
otherwise limited pursuant to Section 8(c): (A) each Non-Accelerated Stock
Option held by the Executive shall (to the extent permitted by the plan under
which such Non-Accelerated Stock Option was granted), notwithstanding anything
to the contrary in the grant letter related to such Non-Accelerated Stock Option
and regardless of the actual Effective Date of Termination, vest and become
exercisable in accordance with the provisions of, and remain exercisable for the
term specified in, such grant letter as if there had been no termination of the
Executive's employment and the Executive remained in the employment of the Bank
for the entire term of such Non-Accelerated Stock Option and (B) each Vested
Stock Option held by the Executive shall (to the extent permitted by the plan
under which

                                                 
                                      117
<PAGE>   22

such Vested Stock Option was granted), notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in the grant letter related to such Vested Stock Option and regardless of the
actual Effective Date of Termination, remain exercisable for the term specified
in such grant letter as if there had been no termination of the Executive's
employment and the Executive remained in the employment of the Bank for the
entire term of such Vested Stock Option. As used in this Section 11(d)(ii) and
Section 11(d)(iii), the term (I) "Non-Accelerated Stock Option" shall mean any
stock option (including any tandem stock appreciation right) previously or
hereafter granted to the Executive under a stock incentive or stock option plan
of the Company that has not, pursuant to the provisions of such stock incentive
or stock option plan or the grant letter pursuant to which such stock option was
granted to the Executive, vested and become exercisable prior to the Effective
Date of Termination and (II) "Vested Stock Option" shall mean any stock option
(including any tandem stock appreciation right) previously or hereafter granted
to the Executive under a stock incentive or stock option plan of the Company
that vests and becomes exercisable prior to the Effective Date of Termination.

            (iii) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by any
termination of the Executive's employment pursuant to Section 11(c)(i) or
(c)(ii), to the extent not otherwise limited pursuant to Section 8(c)(i): (A)
each Non-Accelerated Stock Option held by the Executive shall (to the extent
permitted by the plan under which such Non-Accelerated Stock Option was
granted), notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the grant letter related
to such Non-Accelerated Stock Option and regardless of the actual Effective Date
of Termination, immediately vest and become exercisable in accordance with the
provisions of, and remain exercisable for the term specified in, such grant
letter as if there had been no termination of the

                                                 
                                       22
<PAGE>   23

Executive's employment and the Executive remained in the employment of the Bank
for the entire term of such Non-Accelerated Stock Option and (B) each Vested
Stock Option held by the Executive shall (to the extent permitted by the plan
under which such Vested Stock Option was granted), notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in the grant letter relating to such Vested Stock Option and
regardless of the actual Effective Date of Termination, remain exercisable for
the term specified in such grant letter as if there had been no termination of
the Executive's employment and the Executive had remained in the employment of
the Bank for the entire term of such Vested Stock Option.

            (iv) Upon the occurrence of (a) the termination of the Executive's
employment by the Bank (unless such termination is for "cause" as defined in
Section 8(b)) or (b) a Change in Control followed by any termination of the
Executive's employment pursuant to Section 11(c)(i) or (c)(ii), to the extent
not otherwise limited pursuant to Section 8(c), each grant of restricted stock
to the Executive shall (to the extent permitted by the plan under which such
restricted stock was granted), notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the
grant letter related to such restricted stock, vest and become non-forfeitable
by the Executive as if there had been no termination of the Executive's
employment and the Executive remained in the employment of the Bank for the
entire term of the vesting period applicable to such grant of restricted stock.

            (e) Any payment pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) or 11(g)(iii) shall be
made to the Executive within 30 days after the Effective Date of Termination.

            (f) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by any
termination of the Executive's employment pursuant to Section 11(c)(i) or
(c)(ii), to the extent not otherwise

                                                 
                                       23
<PAGE>   24

limited pursuant to Section 8(c), the Bank shall cause to be continued until the
end of the remaining Term (or the Executive's earlier death) the same level of
life, disability, medical and dental insurance coverage as is maintained by the
Bank for full-time employees of the Bank, provided that the Executive shall
continue to pay all amounts in respect of such coverage that other employees
receiving the same levels of coverage are required to pay.

            (g)(i) In the event of termination of the Executive's employment
pursuant to Section 11(c)(i) or (c)(ii), to the extent not otherwise limited
pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive shall vest in the benefits under Section
5(e) hereof (but which shall then be calculated assuming that the benefits
payable under the Retirement Plan, the 401(k) Plan and the Benefit Restoration
Plan are fully vested).

            (g)(ii)(A) On and after any Change in Control, to the extent not
otherwise limited pursuant to Section 8(c)(i), the Executive shall be eligible
to be paid, under the SERP, a SERP benefit, to the extent vested (and subject to
additional vesting in accordance with the terms of the SERP as such plan
provided immediately prior to the Change in Control, or if it results in a
greater vested percentage, with vesting determined otherwise pursuant to this
Section 11(g)(ii)), that is not less than a benefit calculated based upon the
amount of the Executive's "Pension Goal" and "Average Compensation" and the
otherwise applicable terms of the SERP, each as determined immediately prior to
the Change in Control (but with offsets provided for therein related to benefits
otherwise to be provided after the Change in Control). The rights of the
Executive and the obligations of the Bank with respect to the benefits described
under this Section 11(g)(ii)(A) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

                                                 
                                       24
<PAGE>   25

            (g)(ii)(B) In the event of termination of the Executive's employment
pursuant to Section 11(c)(i) or (c)(ii), to the extent not otherwise limited
pursuant to Section 8(c), notwithstanding any vesting provisions that would in
other circumstances require further service under the SERP, the Executive shall
be fully vested in the Executive's SERP benefit, which SERP benefit shall
otherwise be payable in accordance with the terms of the SERP, but offset by the
benefits provided pursuant to Section 5(e) hereunder as set forth therein and in
accordance with Section 11(g)(i).

            (iii) In the event of termination of the Executive's employment
pursuant to Section 11(c)(i) or (c)(ii), to the extent not otherwise limited
pursuant to Section 8(c), the Executive shall be entitled to receive in a lump
sum payment an amount equal to any amounts forfeited by the Executive under the
401(k) Plan and under the Benefit Restoration Plan (solely to the extent such
Benefit Restoration Plan supplements benefits under the 401(k) Plan) as in
effect immediately prior to the Change in Control (or, if more favorable to the
Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date of Termination).

            (h)(i) If, on account of events described in Sections 11(c)(i) or
11(c)(ii) following a Change in Control, any payment or other benefit paid or to
be paid or any property transferred or to be transferred (collectively, a
"Severance Payment") with respect to one or more calendar years by or on behalf
of the Bank (or any affiliate of the Bank) to the Executive pursuant to this
Agreement shall constitute an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of
Section 280G(b) of the Code subject to the tax imposed by Section 4999 of the
Code (the "Excise Tax"), then the Bank shall pay to the Executive an additional
amount (the "Gross Up Payment") such that the amount paid or transferred to the
Executive, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the

                                                 
                                       25
<PAGE>   26

Severance Payment, and any federal, state and local income tax, employment tax
and Excise Tax upon the Gross Up Payment, shall be equal to the Severance
Payment. In addition, if, absent a Change in Control or in other circumstances
following a Change in Control, notwithstanding the reductions mandated by
Section 8(c), the SERP benefits (if any) otherwise payable to the Executive
shall constitute an "excess parachute payment" within the meaning of Section
280G(b) of the Code subject to the Excise Tax, then the Bank shall pay to the
Executive one or more Gross Up Payments such that the amount of such Gross Up
Payments, when combined with such SERP benefits, after deduction of any Excise
Tax on the SERP benefits, and any federal, state and local income tax,
employment tax and Excise Tax upon the Gross Up Payments, shall be equal to such
SERP benefits.

            (ii) For purposes of determining under Section 11(h)(i) whether any
portion of a Severance Payment or SERP benefit will be subject to the Excise Tax
and the amount of such Excise Tax, (A) the Severance Payment or SERP benefit and
payment provided for in Section 11(h)(i) shall be treated as "parachute
payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all "excess
parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280(G)(b)(1) of the Code shall
be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless and to the extent that tax
counsel selected by the Bank's independent auditors and acceptable to the
Executive is of the opinion that the Severance Payment or SERP benefit (in whole
or in part) does not constitute a "parachute payment" or such "excess parachute
payment" (in whole or in part) represents reasonable compensation for services
actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code in excess
of the allocable base amount within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the
Code, or the Severance Payment or SERP benefit is otherwise not subject to the
Excise Tax, (B)

                                                 
                                       26
<PAGE>   27

the amount of the Severance Payment or SERP benefit that is treated as subject
to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of (X) the total amount of the
Severance Payment or SERP benefit, as applicable, and (Y) the amount of "excess
parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code (after
applying clause (A) above), (C) any Gross Up Payment pursuant to Section
11(h)(i) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax in its entirety and (D)
the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be
determined by the Company's independent auditors in accordance with the
principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

            (iii) If in circumstances described in Section 11(h)(i), by reason
of the filing by the Executive of an amended tax return, an audit by the
Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority, or a final determination by
a court of competent jurisdiction, it is determined that "excess parachute
payments" exceeding those previously reported in his tax returns were received
by the Executive and as a result an additional Excise Tax (the "Additional
Excise Tax") shall become due, the Bank shall pay the Executive an additional
amount (the "Subsequent Gross Up Payment") such that the amount paid or
transferred to the Executive after deduction of (A) any Additional Excise Tax
and (B) on an after tax basis, any interest, additions and penalties with
respect to the Additional Excise Tax and (C) any federal, state and local income
tax, employment tax and Excise Tax upon the Subsequent Gross up Payment and (D)
the payments provided for in Section 11(h)(i), shall be equal to the Severance
Payment or SERP benefits, as appropriate.

            (iv) Any Gross Up Payment required hereunder shall be made at least
ten days prior to the due date (without regard to extensions) of the Executive's
federal income tax return for the year with respect to which the "excess
parachute payment" is deemed made under the

                                                 
                                       27
<PAGE>   28

Code. Any Subsequent Gross Up Payment required hereunder shall be made to the
Executive within 30 days after the amount thereof is determined. Notwithstanding
the two immediately preceding sentences, the Bank shall pay any federal, state
and local tax or taxes and employment taxes required to be withheld from the
Executive's wages (within the meaning of Section 3121 and 3402 of the Code) with
respect to the "excess parachute payment" and any such tax or taxes paid by the
Company, the Bank or the Subsidiary to the Internal Revenue Service or state or
local taxing authority shall constitute payment to the Executive.

            (v) If the Excise Tax is finally determined (whether by the filing
of an amended tax return by the Executive, by audit of the Internal Revenue
Service or other taxing authority, or by a final determination of a court of
competent jurisdiction) to be less than the amount paid to or on behalf of the
Executive under the provisions of Sections 11(h)(i)-(iv) and the overpayment is
refunded to the Executive, the Executive shall repay to the Bank, promptly
following the receipt of the refund, the portion of the Gross Up Payment (and/or
Subsequent Gross Up Payment) attributable to such reduction of the Excise Tax
(plus the portion attributable to federal, state and local income tax and
employment taxes imposed on the portion being repaid by the Executive but only
to the extent that the repayment may result in a tax benefit to the Executive
under Section 1341 of the Code and similar provisions of applicable state and
local law).

            (vi) The provisions of this Section 11(h) shall inure to the benefit
of the Executive during the Term of this Agreement regardless of whether or not
his employment is terminated, and if the Executive's employment is terminated,
the rights and obligations of the Executive and the Bank under this Section
11(h) shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

                                                 
                                       28
<PAGE>   29

            12. Post-Termination Obligations of the Executive. (a) Upon any
termination of the Executive's employment during the Term of this Agreement or
upon termination of the Executive's employment after the expiration of the Term
of this Agreement or upon retirement, the Executive agrees (i) not to make any
disclosure in violation of Section 12(b), (ii) to return to the Bank all
material documents relating to the business of the Company, the Bank, the
Subsidiary and their affiliates that are in the Executive's possession or under
the Executive's control, and (iii) except if the termination or retirement
occurs after a Change in Control, not to solicit (directly or indirectly), for
one year following the Effective Date of Termination (or date of termination
after the expiration of the Term) or retirement, the employment of any person
who is an employee of the Company, the Bank, the Subsidiary or their affiliates
on the Effective Date of Termination (or date of termination after the
expiration of the Term) or retirement or who, within six months prior to the
Effective Date of Termination (or date of termination after the expiration of
the Term) or retirement, was an employee of the Company, the Bank, or Subsidiary
or their affiliates, unless the Executive receives written permission from the
Bank to engage in the activities proscribed by this Section 12(a) or by Section
12(b) or to be relieved of any obligation under Section 12(a)(ii).

            (b) The Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the confidential
business activities and plans for business activities of the Bank and its
subsidiaries and affiliates, as they may exist from time to time, are valuable,
special and unique assets of the Bank. The Executive shall not, during or at any
time after the Executive's employment, disclose any knowledge of the past,
present or planned business activities of the Bank or its subsidiaries or
affiliates that are of a confidential nature (collectively, the "Bank's
Confidential Activities") to any person, firm,

                                                 
                                       29
<PAGE>   30

corporation, bank, thrift institution or other entity for any reason or purposes
whatsoever. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 12(b) to the contrary, the
Executive (i) may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic
principles, concepts or ideas that are not derived from the Bank's Confidential
Activities, and (ii) shall not be precluded from disclosures respecting the
Bank's Confidential Activities that are (A) made pursuant to compulsory legal
process or when required by an appropriate governmental agency; (B) public
knowledge or become public without the Executive's breach of this Section 12(b);
(C) already known to the party to whom the Executive makes such disclosures; or
(D) approved by the Bank for disclosure.

            (c) The parties, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to
the Bank, its business and property in the event of the Executive's breach or
threatened breach of Section 12(a) or (b), agree that in the event of such
breach or threatened breach by the Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in
addition to any other remedies and damages that may be available, to seek and
obtain an injunction to restrain the violation of Section 12(a) or (b) by the
Executive.

            13. Notices. All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, (a) to the Bank, at its address set forth above (to
the attention of its Chief Executive Officer) and (b) to the Executive, at the
Executive's residence address as appearing in the records of the Bank, or to
such other address as either party may hereafter designate in writing in the
manner provided in this Section 13. All notices under this Agreement shall be
deemed given (i) upon receipt if delivered personally or (ii) two days after
deposit in a facility of the U.S. Postal Service with postage prepaid. As used
in this Agreement, the term "Effective Date of Termination" shall

                                                 
                                       30
<PAGE>   31

mean the date specified in a notice hereunder on which such Executive's
employment is to terminate, provided, however, that no such notice shall specify
an Effective Date of Termination that is prior to the date on which any such
notice is given.

            14. Complete Understanding. This Agreement, together with the
Agreement Regarding Initial Employment Terms attached hereto as Exhibit A, and
the SERP Grant Letter, constitute the complete understanding between the parties
with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and merge and supersede
all prior oral and written agreements and understandings and all contemporaneous
oral agreements and understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof and
thereof, including, without limitation, any other employment agreement
heretofore executed by the Executive and the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or
affiliates; provided, however, that where references in the Agreement Regarding
Initial Employment Terms relate to periods during the term of the employment
agreement described therein, they relate to such periods as contemplated in a
previous employment agreement entered into between the Bank and the Executive
dated as of December 2, 1996. In the event of any conflict between the express
provisions of this Agreement and either of such Agreement Regarding Initial
Employment Terms or such SERP Grant Letter, the express provisions of this
Agreement shall be controlling. This Agreement may not be amended, terminated or
rescinded except in a writing signed by the party to be charged.

            15. No Waiver. The failure of either party at any time to require
performance by the other party of a provision of this Agreement or to resort to
a remedy at law or in equity or otherwise shall in no way affect the right of
such party to require full performance or to resort to such remedy at any time
thereafter nor shall a waiver by either party of the breach of any provision of
this Agreement be taken or held to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of such

                                                 
                                       31
<PAGE>   32

provision unless expressly so stated in writing. No waiver of any of the
provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by
the party to be charged.

            16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of
the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles applied in
the State of New York.

            17. Headings. The headings to the Sections of this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not be given any effect in the
construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

            18. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a
court or other authority having competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or
otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in part, by reason of any applicable law,
statute or regulation or any interpretation thereof, then (a) the remainder of
the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and in no
way be affected, impaired or invalidated and (b) the provision so held to be
invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable shall be deemed modified in amount,
duration, scope or otherwise to the minimum extent necessary so that such
provision shall not be invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable by reason of
such law, statute, regulation or interpretation and such provision, as so
modified, shall remain in full force and effect.

            19. Payment of Legal Fees. If any legal action or proceeding is
commenced to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Agreement, or to
recover damages for its breach, all reasonable legal fees, disbursements and
court costs paid or incurred by the Executive arising out of or resulting from
such action or proceeding shall be paid or reimbursed to the Executive by the
Bank, provided the Executive shall be the prevailing party in such action or
proceeding.

                                                 
                                       32
<PAGE>   33

            20. Assumption by Company. This Agreement shall be assumable by the
Company at its election. Following any such election, the obligations of the
Bank under this Agreement shall become the obligations of the Company.

            21. Taxes. Any payments due to the Executive pursuant to this
Agreement shall be reduced by all applicable federal, state, city or other taxes
required by law to be withheld with respect to such payments.

            22. Limitation on Payments. Any payments made to the Executive
pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon
their compliance with 12 USC ss. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated
thereunder.

                                    THE DIME SAVINGS BANK
                                    OF NEW YORK, FSB

                                    By: __________________________________
                                        Name:
                                        Title:

Dated: ___________________              __________________________________
                                        FRED B. KOONS

                                                 
                                       33



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.17

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                       Amendment to the Dime Bancorp, Inc.
                            1991 Stock Incentive Plan

                         Effective as of March 27, 1998

            The Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is
hereby amended in the following particulars:

            1. The first sentence of Section 4.1 of the Plan is hereby amended
to read as follows:

                  "The total number of shares Stock reserved and available for
            distribution under the Plan shall be 9,232,605, plus a number of
            shares of Stock equal to the sum of the number of (a) shares of
            Stock previously reserved and available for distribution under the
            Dime Bancorp, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan")
            that are subject to the unexercised portions of any options granted
            under the Stock Incentive Plan that, on or after February 29, 1996,
            expire, terminate or are canceled, and (b) shares of Stock
            consisting of restricted stock sold under the Stock Incentive Plan
            which are repurchased by Bancorp on or after February 29, 1996;
            provided, however, that for the purposes of clause (a) above, if any
            stock appreciation rights granted in tandem with an option granted
            under the Stock Incentive Plan are exercised and paid in Stock on or
            after February 29, 1996, the shares theretofore subject to that
            option (or portion thereof) shall not be counted in determining the
            number of shares available for future awards under the Plan."

            2. Section 4.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to add at the end
thereof a new sentence to read as follows:

            "Notwithstanding the limitation described in the first sentence of
            this Section 4.1, grants of rights to purchase Restricted Stock
            under the Plan shall be limited so that the sum of (i) the number of
            shares of Restricted Stock that are outstanding as of April 30, 1998
            (but that have not thereafter been forfeited or repurchased) and
            (ii) the number of shares of Restricted Stock made available after
            such date for purchase under the Plan or under any other stock
            incentive plans maintained by Bancorp or any of its subsidiaries
            shall not exceed 2% of the total number of shares of Stock that are

                                                                        
<PAGE>   2

                                                                               2

            outstanding (inclusive of shares of Restricted Stock otherwise then
            outstanding) at the time the grant of the right to purchase the
            Restricted Stock is made."

            3. Section 4.3 of the Plan is hereby amended to read as follows:

                  "4.3 In the event of any merger, reorganization,
            consolidation, sale of substantially all assets, recapitalization,
            Stock dividend, Stock split, spin-off, split-up, split-off,
            distribution of assets (including cash) or other change in corporate
            structure affecting the Stock, a substitution or adjustment, as may
            be determined to be appropriate by the Committee in its sole
            discretion, shall be made in the aggregate number of shares reserved
            for issuance under the Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Stock
            available for distribution under the Plan to any single individual
            with respect to a Stock Option awarded hereunder, the aggregate
            number of shares of Stock that relate to Stock Appreciation Rights
            that may be granted to a single individual hereunder, the identity
            of the stock or other securities to be issued under the Plan, the
            number of shares subject to outstanding awards and the amounts to be
            paid by employees, Bancorp or any Related Company, as the case may
            be, with respect to outstanding awards."

            4. Section 17 of the Plan is amended in its entirety to read as
follows:

                  "Section 17. Effective Date and Duration. The Plan, as
            amended, shall be effective as of March 27, 1998, subject, to the
            extent required by law, to approval by Bancorp's stockholders. No
            awards of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock
            or Deferred Stock shall be made under the Plan, as amended, after
            March 26, 2008."


<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.18

                                                                       Exhibit A

                                Amendment to the

                  Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan

                             Effective June 25, 1998

1. Section 6.2(a) of the Plan is amended to read as follows:

            "(a) Option Price. The option price per share of Stock purchasable
            under a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee; provided,
            however, that the option price shall not be less than 100% of the
            fair market value of the Stock on the date of the award of the Stock
            Option."

2. The last sentence of subsection (a) of Section 8 of the Plan is hereby
amended to read as follows:

            "The vesting of Restricted Stock may be conditioned upon the
            completion of a specified period of service with Bancorp or a
            Related Company, upon the attainment of specified performance goals
            or upon such other criteria as the Committee may determine;
            provided, however that (i) with respect to grants of rights to
            purchase Restricted Stock made on or after June 25, 1998 where the
            Restricted Stock to be so purchased is scheduled to vest based
            solely on the passage of time (other than with respect to vesting
            that results from the death, disability, or retirement of the holder
            of the Restricted Stock or upon the occurrence of a change in
            control-related event), such Restricted Stock shall not vest in full
            prior to the third anniversary of the date such rights were granted,
            and (ii) with respect to grants of rights to purchase Restricted
            Stock made on or after June 25, 1998 where the Restricted Stock to
            be so purchased is scheduled to vest based solely on the achievement
            of performance goals set by the Committee at the time of the grant
            (other than with respect to vesting that results from the death,
            disability or retirement of the holder of the Restricted Stock or
            upon the occurrence of a change in control-related event), such
            Restricted Stock shall not vest in full prior to the first
            anniversary of the date such rights were granted."




<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.36

                       Amendment to the Dime Bancorp, Inc.
                             1992 Stock Option Plan

                         Effective as of March 27, 1998

      The Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is hereby
amended in the following particulars.

      1. Section 5 of the Plan is amended to add at the end thereof the
following new sentence to read as follows:

      "Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, and subject to the
      approval by the stockholders of Dime Bancorp, Inc. of certain amendments
      to the Dime Bancorp, Inc. 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1991 Plan"),
      including, but not limited to, the increase in the number of shares of
      Stock available for distribution under the 1991 Plan by 5,000,000 shares,
      at the annual meeting of the stockholders of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on April
      30, 1998, no further grants of Options shall be made under the Plan."


<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.41

                                Amendment to the
     Dime Bancorp, Inc. Voluntary Deffered Compensation Plan For Directors

                            Effective March 26, 1998

      The Dime Bancorp, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors
(the "Plan") is hereby amended, effective as of the date set forth above, as
follows:

      1. Clause (C) of Paragraph 13(a) of the Plan is amended to provide as
follows:

            "(C)  one or more forms of annuity providing a fixed quarterly or
                  monthly payment, which shall include, in addition to such
                  forms of annuity as shall be determined from time to time by
                  the Committee, the following:

                  (1)   Single Life Annuity;

                  (2)   Single Life Annuity With A Ten-Year Term Certain;

                  (3)   Single Life Annuity With A Fifteen-Year Term Certain;

                  (4)   Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity;

                  (5)   Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity;

                  (6)   Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity With A Ten-Year Term
                        Certain;

                  (7)   Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity With A Ten-Year Term
                        Certain;

                  (8)   Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity With A Fifteen-Year Term
                        Certain;

                  (9)   Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity With A Fifteen-Year Term
                        Certain

                  The forms of annuity described in options (4) through (9)
                  shall be available only if the Participant is married at the
                  time benefits commence. If a Participant is not married at the
                  time benefits commence, such Participant shall be permitted to
                  select only the form of annuity described in option (1), (2)
                  or (3); or"

      2. Clause (C) of Paragraph 13(b) of the Plan is amended to provide as
follows:

<PAGE>   2

                                                                               2

            "(C)  one or more forms of annuity providing a fixed quarterly or
                  monthly payment, which shall include, in addition to such
                  forms of annuity as shall be determined from time to time by
                  the Committee, the following:

                  (1)   Single Life Annuity;

                  (2)   Single Life Annuity With A Ten-Year Term Certain;

                  (3)   Single Life Annuity With A Fifteen-Year Term Certain;

                  (4)   Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity;

                  (5)   Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity;

                  (6)   Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity With A Ten-Year Term 
                        Certain;

                  (7)   Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity With A Ten-Year Term 
                       Certain;

                  (8)   Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity With A Fifteen-Year Term
                        Certain;

                  (9)   Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity With A Fifteen-Year Term
                        Certain

                  The forms of annuity described in options (4) through (9)
                  shall be available only if the Participant is married at the
                  time benefits commence. Accordingly, if a Participant is not
                  married at the time benefits commence, such Participant shall
                  be permitted to select only the form of annuity described in
                  option (1), (2) or (3); or"

      3. Paragraph 13(d) of the Plan is amended to provide as follows:

                  "(d) Payments Upon Death. To the extent permitted by the
            Committee, a Participant may elect that if the Participant dies
            before payments of a deferred amount have otherwise commenced under
            the Plan to the Participant, an amount based on the amount allocated
            to the Participant's Account and Benefit Transfer Account be
            distributed to the Participant's Beneficiary (as defined below) (i)
            in a single lump sum, in the form of a single life annuity payable
            over the life of the Participant's Beneficiary, or in the form of a
            single life annuity payable over the life of the Participant's
            Beneficiary with a five, ten or fifteen-year period certain feature
            providing for payments, if appropriate, after the death of the
            Participant's Beneficiary to a contingent beneficiary for the
            period, if any, remaining in the

                                                                      
<PAGE>   3

                                                                               3

            applicable five, ten or fifteen-year period measured from the date
            as of which annuity payments to the Beneficiary commenced, (ii)
            commencing either on the last day of the calendar quarter in which
            the Participant dies (or as soon as practicable thereafter) or on
            the last day of the first calendar quarter in the calendar year
            immediately following the date of the Participant's death; provided,
            however, that if no election is made with respect to the form of
            such benefit, payment shall be made in a single lump sum, and if no
            such election is made with respect to the timing of such benefit,
            payment shall be made or otherwise commence at the end of the
            calendar quarter in which the Participant died, or as soon as
            practicable thereafter. In the event that payment is to be made in
            the form of an annuity, the amount of each annuity payment shall be
            determined by the Committee or its designee in its sole discretion,
            which amount shall be based on the amounts that could be payable
            under one or more commercial annuity products that could be
            purchased with the amounts in a Participant's Account and Benefit
            Transfer Account that is to be paid in the form of an annuity at a
            date set by the Committee that is within 60 days of the starting
            date of the annuity, with the identity of the commercial annuity
            products to be used for this purpose to be determined in the sole
            discretion of the Committee, or by the Committee's designee in
            accordance with standards established by the Committee. Any such
            determination, and the determination by the Committee or its
            designee of the amount of any annuity payments to be made hereunder,
            shall be final and binding upon all Participants and beneficiaries.
            In the event that the Committee or its designee, in their sole and
            absolute discretion, shall direct that a commercial annuity be
            purchased in order to fund any payment obligations hereunder, such
            annuity contract, when purchased, shall be the property of the Bank
            or other purchasing entity, and the Beneficiary will continue to be
            no more than an unsecured creditor of the Bank or, as applicable,
            another subsidiary of the Company, as described above. If a
            Participant has named more than one Beneficiary to receive payments
            under this Paragraph 13(d) in the form of an annuity, the annuity
            payable to each such Beneficiary shall be payable based on the life
            of such Beneficiary alone, and shall be based on the portion of the
            Participant's Account and Benefit Transfer Account designated for
            payment to the particular Beneficiary in accordance with the
            Participant's beneficiary designation. Notwithstanding the
            foregoing, if a Participant names a Beneficiary who is not an
            individual, payment of any death benefit to such Beneficiary
            following the death of such Participant prior to the commencement of
            payments of a deferred amount under the Plan to the Participant
            shall be made in a single lump sum, notwithstanding any election of
            an annuity form to the contrary. If payments of a deferred amount in
            the form of installments or an annuity have already commenced to the
            Participant at the time of the Participant's death, they shall
            continue to be made after the Participant's death to the
            Participant's Benefi ciary (or Beneficiaries) in accordance with the
            form of benefit that had already commenced, and the Beneficiary (or
            Beneficiaries) shall otherwise be granted the same rights as were
            held by the Participant hereunder."

                                                                      


<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.43

                                Amendment to the
                               Dime Bancorp, Inc.

                             Officer Incentive Plan

                         Effective as of January 1, 1998

            The Dime Bancorp, Inc. Officer Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is hereby
amended in the following particulars:

            1. The third textual sentence of Section 1 of the Plan is amended to
read as follows:

            "The Plan is made up of three parts, the Dime Bancorp, Inc. Senior
            Officer Incentive Plan, the Dime Bancorp, Inc. Senior Management
            Incentive Plan, and the Dime Bancorp, Inc. Middle Management
            Incentive Plan (the "Underlying Plans")."

            2. The first textual sentence of Section 2 of the Plan is hereby
amended to read as follows:

            "The Plan (and each of its parts) shall be administered by the
            Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the
            "Committee") or such other committee of the Board of Directors of
            the Company (or any subcommittee of any such committee) as may be
            provided under the terms of the Underlying Plans."

            3. The third textual sentence of Section 2 of the Plan is hereby
amended to read as follows:

            "Except as may otherwise be provided under the terms of the
            Underlying Plans, the Committee shall have the authority, in its
            discretion, to adopt, amend and rescind such rules and regulations
            as, in its opinion, may be advisable in the administration of the
            Plan and each of the Underlying Plans."

            4. The second textual sentence of Section 4 of the Plan is hereby
amended to read as follows:

            "However, except as provided under the terms of the Underlying
            Plans, no such action, amendment, suspension or termination of the
            Plan shall, without any Plan participant's consent, alter or impair
            any rights or obligations with respect to any awards granted to a
            participant under the Plan."



<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.44

                               DIME BANCORP, INC.

                          SENIOR OFFICER INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purpose. The purpose of this Dime Bancorp, Inc. Senior Officer Incentive
Plan, a part of the Dime Bancorp, Inc. Officer Incentive Plan, is (i) to retain
and motivate key senior executives of Dime Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries
who have been designated as Participants in the Plan for a given Performance
Period by providing them with the opportunity to earn bonus awards that are
based on the extent to which specified performance goals for such Performance
Period have been achieved or exceeded, and (ii) to structure such bonus
opportunities in a way that will qualify the awards made as "qualified
performance-based compensation" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor section) so that the Company
or its subsidiaries will be entitled to a tax deduction with respect to the
payment of such incentive awards to such employees.

2. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings
set forth below:

      (a) "Annual Base Salary" shall mean the amount of base salary payable to a
Participant for a given year, adjusted to include the amount of any base salary
deferrals for such year, unless the Plan Committee otherwise specifies at the
time that the Participant's award opportunity for a given Performance Period is
established.

      (b) "Applicable Period" shall mean, with respect to any Performance
Period, a period commencing on or before the first day of such Performance
Period and ending no later than the earlier of (i) the 90th day of such
Performance Period, or (ii) the date on which 25% of such Performance Period has
been completed. Any action required under the Plan to be taken within the period
specified in the preceding sentence may be taken at a later date if, but only
if, the regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code are hereafter amended, or
interpreted by the Internal Revenue Service, to permit such a later date, in
which case the term "Applicable Period" shall be deemed amended accordingly.

      (c) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company as
constituted from time to time.

      (d) "Cause" shall mean "cause" as defined in any employment agreement then
in effect between the Participant and the Company or, if not defined therein or,
if there shall be no such agreement, shall mean the Participant's personal
dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving
personal profit, intentional failure to perform assigned duties, willful
violation of law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar
offenses) or final cease-and-desist order.

      (e) "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following
events:
<PAGE>   2

            (i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or
      indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities
      beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from
      the Company or its Affiliates) representing 35% or more of the combined
      voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

            (ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a
      majority of the number of directors then serving as directors of the
      Company: individuals who, on July 24, 1997, constitute the Board of
      Directors of the Company and any new director (other than a director whose
      initial assumption of office is in connection with the settlement of an
      actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a
      consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the
      Company) whose appointment or election by the Board of Directors of the
      Company or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was
      approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the
      directors then still in office who either were directors on July 24, 1997
      or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously
      so approved or recommended;

            (iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company
      or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other
      corporation or entity, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which
      would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding
      immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent
      (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
      securities of the surviving entity or any Parent thereof), in combination
      with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
      under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the
      Company, at least 65% of the combined voting power of the securities of
      the Company, such surviving entity or any Parent thereof outstanding
      immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or
      consolidation effected solely to implement a recapitalization of the
      Company or The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB (the "Bank") (or similar
      transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner,
      directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company or the Bank (not
      including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any
      securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates)
      representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's or
      the Bank's then outstanding securities;

            (iv) the stockholders of the Company or the Bank approve a plan of
      complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank,
      respectively, or there is consummated a sale or disposition by the Company
      or any of its subsidiaries of any assets which individually or as part of
      a series of related transactions constitute all or substantially all of
      the Company's consolidated assets (provided that, for these purposes, a
      sale of all or substantially all of the voting securities of the Bank or a
      Parent of the Bank shall be deemed to constitute a sale of substantially
      all of the Company's consolidated assets), other than any such sale or
      disposition to an entity at least 65% of the combined voting power of the
      voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company

                                                                      

                                      2
<PAGE>   3

      in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting
      securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale or disposition;
      or

            (v) the execution of a binding agreement that if consummated would
      result in a Change in Control of a type specified in clause (i) or (iii)
      of this Section 2(e) (an "Acquisition Agreement") or of a binding
      agreement for the sale or disposition of assets that, if consummated,
      would result in a Change in Control of a type specified in clause (iv) of
      this Section 2(e) (an "Asset Sale Agreement") or the adoption by the Board
      of Directors of the Company or the Bank of a plan of complete liquidation
      or dissolution of the Company or the Bank that, if consummated, would
      result in a Change in Control of a type specified in clause (iv) of this
      Section 2(e) (a "Plan of Liquidation"); provided, however, that with
      respect to a Participant a Change in Control of the type specified in this
      clause (v) shall be deemed to exist or have occurred as a result of the
      execution of such Acquisition Agreement or Asset Sale Agreement or the
      adoption of such a Plan of Liquidation only if (A) the Participant's
      employment is terminated by the Company and its subsidiaries (other than
      for Cause) or (B) the Participant terminates his or her employment with
      the Company and its subsidiaries after the Participant's employer (I)
      makes a material change in the Participant's functions, duties or
      responsibilities, which change would cause the Participant's position with
      his or her employer to become one of materially lesser responsibility,
      importance or scope from that in effect immediately prior to the
      occurrence of such Change in Control or (II) reduces the Participant's
      annual salary to a level below that in effect immediately prior to the
      occurrence of the event described in this clause (v), provided that, in
      the case of subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v), such termination of
      employment occurs after the occurrence of the event described in this
      clause (v), but during the remaining term of any applicable employment or
      change in control agreement between the Participant and the Company or any
      of its subsidiaries in effect at the time of the occurrence of any such
      event (or, if later, or if there is no such agreement, within one year
      after the event described in this clause (v) occurs), and otherwise on or
      before the earlier of the Abandonment Date (as defined below) or the date
      the transaction contemplated by any such event, described in this clause
      (v), is consummated. As used in this Section 2(e), the term "Abandonment
      Date" shall mean the date on which (A) an Acquisition Agreement, Asset
      Sale Agreement or Plan of Liquidation is terminated (pursuant to its terms
      or otherwise) without having been consummated, (B) the parties to an
      Acquisition Agreement or Asset Sale Agreement abandon the transactions
      contemplated thereby, (C) the Bank or the Company abandons a Plan of
      Liquidation or (D) a court or regulatory body having competent
      jurisdiction enjoins or issues a cease and desist or stop order with
      respect to or otherwise prevents the consummation of, or a regulatory body
      notifies the Bank or the Company that it will not approve, an Acquisition
      Agreement, Asset Sale Agreement or Plan of Liquidation or the transactions
      contemplated thereby and such injunction, order or notice has become final
      and not subject to appeal.

            As used in connection with the foregoing definition of Change in
Control, "Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated
under Section 12 of the

                                                                      

                                      3
<PAGE>   4

Exchange Act; "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act; "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended from time to time; "Parent" shall mean any entity that becomes
the Beneficial Owner of at least 80% of the voting power of the outstanding
voting securities of the Company or of an entity that survives any merger or
consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the
Company; and "Person" shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the
Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except
that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its subsidiaries,
(ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit
plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily
holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a
corporation or entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the
Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the
Company.

      (f) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from
time to time.

      (g) "Committee" or "Plan Committee" shall mean the Compensation Committee
of the Board or such other committee of the Board (or any subcommittee of any
such committee), provided, in each case, that any such committee or subcommittee
consist solely of two or more non-employee directors (each of whom is intended
to qualify as an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the
Code and the treasury regulations thereunder), or consist of such other
individuals as will enable it to qualify as the committee eligible to make
discretionary determinations under a program satisfying the requirements for
"qualified performance-based compensation" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the
Code or a successor thereto.

      (h) "Company" shall mean Dime Bancorp, Inc. and any successor thereto.

      (i) "Disability" shall mean "disability" as defined in any employment
agreement then in effect between the Participant and the Company or, if not
defined therein or if there shall be no such agreement, as defined in the
long-term disability plan maintained by the Bank (and whether or not the
Participant is then participating in such long-term disability plan) as in
effect from time to time.

      (j) "Individual Award Opportunity" shall mean the performance-based
maximum award opportunity for a given Participant for a given Performance Period
as specified by the Plan Committee within the Applicable Period, which may be
expressed in dollars or on a formula basis that is consistent with the
provisions of this Plan.

      (k) "Negative Discretion" shall mean the discretion authorized by the Plan
which may be exercised by the Committee to eliminate, or reduce the size of, a
bonus award otherwise payable to a Participant for a given Performance Period,
provided that the exercise of such discretion shall not cause any bonus award
under the Plan to fail to qualify as "qualified performance-based compensation"
under Section 162(m) of the Code. By way of example, and

                                                                      

                                      4
<PAGE>   5

not by way of limitation, in no event shall any discretionary authority granted
to the Committee by the Plan including, but not limited to, Negative Discretion,
be used (i) to provide for an award under the Plan in excess of the amount
payable based on actual performance versus the applicable performance goals for
the Performance Period in question or in excess of the maximum individual award
limit specified in Section 6(b), or (ii) to increase the amount otherwise
payable to any other Participant.

      (l) "Participant" shall mean, for any given Performance Period with
respect to which the Plan is in effect, each key senior executive employee of
the Company or any subsidiary thereof and who is designated as a Participant in
the Plan for such Performance Period by the Committee pursuant to Section 4.

      (m) "Performance Period" shall mean any period commencing on or after
January 1, 1998 for which performance goals are set under Section 5 and during
which performance shall be measured to determine whether such goals have been
met for purposes of determining whether a Participant is entitled to payment of
a bonus under the Plan. A Performance Period may be coincident with one or more
fiscal years of the Company, or a portion thereof.

      (n) "Plan" or "Senior Officer Incentive Plan" shall mean the Dime Bancorp,
Inc. Senior Officer Incentive Plan as set forth in this document, and as amended
from time to time.

      (o) "Retirement" shall mean any termination of employment with the Company
and its subsidiaries (other than a termination by the Company (or any of its
subsidiaries) for Cause) that qualifies as a "retirement" event under the terms
of any defined benefit pension plan then maintained by whichever of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries employs the Participant, or, if no such defined
benefit pension plan is then maintained, under the terms of any defined
contribution plan then maintained by such employing entity.

      (p) "Target Bonus Amount" shall mean the amount established by the
Committee for each Participant during the Applicable Period, which amount shall
not be in excess of the Participant's Individual Award Opportunity. For purposes
of other plans of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or of any employment
or other agreements with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, references to
"target" bonuses, incentive opportunities, or incentive compensation, or to
other cash incentives, to the extent any such reference relates to amounts
payable under this Plan, shall refer to this Target Bonus Amount, offset (to the
extent applicable, and to the extent such offsetting amounts are also deemed
part of such target or other amounts) in the manner contemplated by Section
6(c)(iv).

3.    Administration.

      (a) General. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to
the terms of the Plan and applicable law (including, but not limited to, Section
162(m) of the Code), and in

                                                                      

                                      5
<PAGE>   6

addition to any other express powers and authorizations conferred on the
Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have the full power and authority:

            (i)   to designate (within the Applicable Period) the Participants
                  in the Plan and the Individual Award Opportunities and Target
                  Bonus Amounts and/or, if applicable, bonus pool award
                  opportunities for such Performance Period;

            (ii)  to designate (within the Applicable Period) and thereafter
                  administer the performance goals (and any related adjustments
                  thereto) and other award terms and conditions that are to
                  apply under the Plan for such Performance Period;

            (iii) to determine and certify the bonus amounts earned for any
                  given Performance Period, based on actual performance versus
                  the performance goals for such Performance Period, after
                  making any permitted Negative Discretion adjustments or other
                  applicable performance goal adjustments;

            (iv)  to decide (within the Applicable Period) any issues relating
                  to the impact on the bonus awards for such Performance Period
                  that are not otherwise resolved under the express terms of the
                  Plan of (A) a termination of employment (due to death,
                  Disability, Retirement, voluntary termination (other than
                  Retirement), or termination by the Company or a subsidiary or
                  affiliate of the Company), provided, in each case, unless the
                  Committee determines otherwise with respect to a Participant's
                  death or Disability at the time it sets the performance goals,
                  that no payment shall be made for any given Performance Period
                  prior to the time that the Plan Committee certifies, pursuant
                  to Section 6(c)(i), that the applicable performance goals for
                  such Performance Period have been met, or (B) a Change in
                  Control;

            (v)   except to the extent not within the parameters provided for in
                  Section 6(c), to decide whether, under what circumstances, and
                  subject to what terms bonus payouts are to be paid on a
                  deferred basis, including automatic deferrals at the
                  Committee's election as well as elective deferrals at the
                  election of Participants;

            (vi)  to adopt, revise, suspend. waive or repeal, when and as
                  appropriate, in its sole and absolute discretion, such
                  administrative rules, guidelines and procedures for the Plan
                  as it deems necessary or advisable to implement the terms and
                  conditions of the Plan;

            (vii) to interpret and administer the terms and provisions of the
                  Plan and any award issued under the Plan (including
                  reconciling any inconsistencies,

                                                                      

                                      6
<PAGE>   7

                  correcting any defaults and addressing any omissions in the
                  Plan or any related instrument or agreement); and

            (viii)to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

            It is intended that all amounts payable to Participants under the
Plan who are "covered employees" within the meaning of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.162-27(c)(2) (as amended from time to time) shall constitute
"qualified performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m)
of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e) (as amended from time to
time), and, to the maximum extent possible, the Plan and the terms of any awards
under the Plan shall be so interpreted and construed.

      (b) Binding Nature of Committee Decisions. Unless otherwise expressly
provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and
other decisions made under or with respect to the Plan or any award under the
Plan shall be within the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, and
shall be final, conclusive and binding on all person, including the Company, any
Participant, and any award beneficiary or other person having, or claiming, any
rights under the Plan.

      (c) Other. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or
determination (including, but not limited to, any decision not to act) made in
good faith with respect to the Plan or any award under the Plan. If a Committee
member intended to qualify as an "outside director" under Section 162(m) of the
Code does not in fact so qualify, the mere fact of such non-qualification shall
not invalidate any award or other action made by the Committee under the Plan
which otherwise was validly made under the Plan.

4.    Plan Participation and Eligibility.

      (a) Annual Participant Designations By Plan Committee. For any given
Performance Period, the Plan Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
shall, within the Applicable Period, designate those key senior executive
employees of the Company or its subsidiaries who shall be Participants in the
Plan for such Performance Period. Such Participant designations shall be made by
the Plan Committee in its sole and absolute discretion.

      (b) Impact of Plan Participation. An individual who is designated to
participate in the Senior Officer Incentive Plan for any given Performance
Period shall not also participate in the Company's other incentive or bonus
plans for such Performance Period solely to the extent such participation would
cause any award hereunder to fail to qualify as "qualified performance-based
compensation" under Code Section 162(m).

                                                                      

                                      7
<PAGE>   8

5.    Performance Goals.

      (a) Setting of Performance Goals. For a given Performance Period, the Plan
Committee shall, within the Applicable Period, set one or more objective
performance goals for each Participant and/or each group of Participants and/or
each bonus pool (if any). Such goals shall be based exclusively on one or more
of the following: (i) earnings per share, (ii) return on equity, and (iii)
return on assets, in each case before or after such objective income and expense
allocations or adjustments as the Committee may specify within the Applicable
Period. Each such goal may be expressed on an absolute or relative basis or on
an incremental basis (or in any combination thereof), may be based on current
internal targets, the past performance of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, and/or the past or current performance of other companies, and in
the case of earnings-based measures, may use or employ comparisons relating to
capital, shareholders' equity and/or shares outstanding, or to assets or net
assets. In all cases, the performance goals shall be such that they satisfy any
applicable requirements under Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(e)(2) (as
amended from time to time), that the achievement of such goals be "substantially
uncertain" at the time that they are established, and that the award opportunity
be defined in such a way that a third party with knowledge of the relevant facts
could determine whether and to what extent the performance goals have been met,
and, subject to the Plan Committee's right to apply Negative Discretion, the
amount of the award payable as a result of the attainment of such performance
goal.

      (b) Impact of Extraordinary Items or Changes in Accounting. The measures
used in setting performance goals set under the Plan for any given Performance
Period shall be determined in the manner set by the Committee; provided,
however, that when the Committee sets the performance goals for a Performance
Period it may, in accordance with applicable requirements under Code Section
162(m) and the treasury regulations thereunder, provide that the performance
goals will be subject to adjustment (with the type and nature of the adjustment
then determined by the Committee) to reflect and take into account in the
calculation of such performance goals (i) extraordinary corporate events
(including by way of example, but not by way of limitation, mergers,
consolidations or divestitures involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries
or sales of the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries) or (ii)
changes in accounting rules, principles or procedures that occur during the
Performance Period but after the end of the relevant Applicable Period.

6.    Bonus Pools, Award Opportunities and Awards.

      (a) Setting of Individual Award Opportunities and Target Bonus Amounts. At
the time that annual performance goals are set for Participants within the
Applicable Period for a given Performance Period, the Plan Committee shall also
establish each Participant's Individual Award Opportunity and Target Bonus
Amount for such Performance Period, eligibility for payment of which shall be
based on the achievement of stated performance goals (which performance goals
may be expressed on an absolute or relative basis or on an incremental basis (or
in any combination thereof)), and may be stated in dollars or on a formula basis
(based, for

                                                                      

                                      8
<PAGE>   9

example, on a designated share of a bonus pool or on a multiple or percentage of
Annual Base Salary), provided:

            (i)   that the designated shares of any bonus pool shall not exceed
                  100% of such pool; and

            (ii)  that the Plan Committee, in all cases, shall have the sole and
                  absolute discretion, based on such factors as it deems
                  appropriate, to apply Negative Discretion to reduce (but not
                  increase) the actual bonus awards that would otherwise
                  actually be payable to any Participant on the basis of the
                  achievement of the applicable performance goals.

            The Plan Committee may require (if established and announced within
the Applicable Period), as a condition of bonus eligibility (and subject to such
exceptions as the Committee may specify within the Applicable Period), that
Participants for such Performance Period must still be employed as of the end of
such Performance Period and/or as of the later date that the actual bonus awards
for such Performance Period are announced in order to be eligible for an award
for such Performance Period. The Committee may also, within the Applicable
Period, adopt such forfeiture, proration or other rules as it deems appropriate,
in its sole and absolute discretion, regarding the impact on bonus award rights
of a Participant's death, Disability, Retirement, voluntary termination (other
than Retirement), or termination by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or
affiliates, provided in each case, unless the Committee determines otherwise
with respect to a Participant's death or Disability at the time it sets the
performance goals, that no bonus payment shall be made for any given Performance
Period prior to the time that the Plan Committee certifies that the applicable
performance goals for such Performance Period have been satisfied.

      (b) Maximum Individual Bonus Award. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Plan, the maximum bonus payable under the Plan to any one individual with
respect to any 12- month period shall be $1.5 million.

      (c) Bonus Payments. Subject to the following, the Committee shall,
following the end of a Performance Period, determine the bonus amounts payable
for that Performance Period to each Participant, and the bonus amounts so
payable (including, where applicable, related earnings, if any, credited with
respect thereto) shall be paid to Participants in cash as soon as practicable
following the end of the Performance Period to which they apply (or at such
other later time designated by the Committee during the Applicable Period),
provided that:

            (i)   no such payment shall be made unless and until the Plan
                  Committee has certified (in the manner prescribed under
                  applicable regulations relating to Code Section 162(m)) the
                  extent to which the applicable performance goals for such
                  Performance Period have been satisfied and has made its
                  decisions regarding the extent of any Negative Discretion
                  adjustment of

                                                                      

                                      9
<PAGE>   10

                  awards (to the extent permitted under the Plan), and whether
                  any other applicable conditions for bonus eligibility have
                  been met;

            (ii)  (A) in the case of a Participant who has been afforded the
                  opportunity by the Committee and thereby has duly elected to
                  defer payment of his or her bonus hereunder, such bonus shall
                  be paid in accordance with such election, and (B) other than
                  in contemplation of, or on and after, a Change in Control, or
                  where the Participant has made a deferral election as provided
                  in (A) above, the Committee may require that a portion of the
                  actual bonus award for any given Performance Period shall be
                  paid on a deferred basis, with any deferred payment based in
                  each instance on such award payment rules and provisions
                  regarding the crediting of earnings as the Committee may
                  establish and announce for the Performance Period;

            (iii) in the event of a Change in Control, and solely with respect
                  to Participants who are in service with the Company or any of
                  its subsidiaries or affiliates at the time of the Change in
                  Control, (A) the bonus amount payable to a Participant with
                  respect to the Performance Period in which the Change in
                  Control occurs shall in no event be less than (but may be more
                  than) a prorated portion of the Participant's individual
                  Target Bonus Amount for that Performance Period (which Target
                  Bonus Amount may not be reduced in contemplation of, or on or
                  after the occurrence of, the Change in Control), (B) the
                  minimum pro-rated Target Bonus Amount, which shall be paid
                  whether or not the performance goals have been attained for
                  the Performance Period in which the Change in Control occurs,
                  shall be calculated by multiplying the Participant's
                  individual Target Bonus Amount by a fraction, the numerator of
                  which is the number of days the Participant was employed by
                  the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates during
                  the Performance Period in which the Change in Control occurs,
                  and the denominator of which is the number of days in such
                  Performance Period, provided that such minimum pro-rated bonus
                  amount shall not be subject to any reduction pursuant to the
                  Committee's exercise of Negative Discretion (but, to the
                  extent applicable, may be subject to offset or reduction
                  pursuant to Section 6(c)(iv)), and (C) the minimum pro-rated
                  bonus amount (including credited earnings with respect to the
                  period following the Change in Control) shall be paid no later
                  than the later of (x) the earlier of (I) March 31 of the year
                  following the taxable year of the Company in which the Change
                  in Control occurs or (II) as soon as practicable following the
                  Participant's termination of employment, unless, in the case
                  of either (I) or (II) above, such payment is otherwise
                  deferred pursuant to the Company's policy regarding
                  compensation payments under Section 162(m) of the Code (based
                  on such policy as in effect immediately prior to the Change in
                  Control without taking into consideration any

                                                                      

                                      10
<PAGE>   11

                  changes made to such policy in contemplation of the occurrence
                  of the Change in Control), in which case the payment shall be
                  made as soon as practicable following the end of the deferral
                  period applicable under such policy, or (y) the date for such
                  payment duly elected by the Participant in accordance with a
                  deferral opportunity made available to the Participant by the
                  Committee; and

            (iv)  to the extent determined by the Committee during the
                  Applicable Period, if the Participant is entitled to the
                  payment of a cash incentive or bonus amount that is required
                  to be paid under any other cash incentive or bonus plan
                  maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with
                  respect to the same period that is otherwise covered by a
                  given Performance Period, the bonus amount otherwise payable
                  to the Participant under the Plan for the Performance Period
                  shall be reduced by the amount of such other cash incentive or
                  bonus payment.

7.    General Provisions.

      (a) Plan Amendment or Termination. The Board or the Compensation Committee
of the Board may at any time amend or terminate the Plan, provided that, without
the Participant's written consent, no such amendment or termination shall
adversely affect the rights to receive any bonus payment hereunder of any
already designated Participant for a given Performance Period once the
Participant designations and performance goals for such Performance Period have
been announced, unless any such amendment is necessary to comply with applicable
statutory or regulatory requirements under Section 162(m) of the Code.

      (b) Applicable Law. Except to the extent the terms or administration of
the Plan are otherwise subject to or governed by Federal law (including, but not
limited to, the Code), all issues arising under the Plan shall be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, applied
without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

      (c) Tax Withholding. The Company (and its subsidiaries) shall have the
right to make such provisions and take such action as it may deem necessary or
appropriate with respect to the withholding of any and all Federal, state, local
or other taxes that relate to bonus awards under the Plan.

      (d) No Employment Right Conferred. Participation in the Plan shall not
confer on any Participant the right to remain employed by the Company or any of
its subsidiaries, and nothing under this Plan shall otherwise interfere or
restrict right of the Company and its subsidiaries to terminate any
Participant's employment at any time with or without cause or notice.

      (e) Impact of Plan Awards on Other Plans. Plan awards shall not be treated
as compensation for purposes of any other compensation or benefit plan, program
or arrangement of

                                                                      

                                      11
<PAGE>   12

the Company or any subsidiary, unless and except to the extent that the Board or
its Compensation Committee so determines in writing or such other plan, program
or arrangement includes as compensation thereunder cash incentive bonus
compensation. Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to
the Company's stockholders for their approval shall be construed as limiting the
power of the Board or the Plan Committee to adopt such other incentive
arrangements as it may otherwise deem appropriate.

      (f) Payment Upon Death. Upon the death of a Participant, any bonus amount
payable under the Plan with respect to such Participant shall be paid to the
Participant's estate.

      (g) Costs and Expenses. All award and administrative costs and expenses of
the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

      (h) Non-Transferability of Rights. Except as and to the extent required by
law, a Participant's rights under the Plan may not be assigned or transferred in
whole or in part either directly or by operation of law or otherwise (except,
pursuant to Section 7(f) above, in the event of the Participant's death),
including, but not limited to, by way of execution, levy, garnishment,
attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner, and no such rights of the
Participant shall be subject to any obligation or liability of the Participant
other than any obligation or liability owed by the Participant to the Company
(or any of its subsidiaries).

      (i) Payment Obligation. Bonus payments hereunder to a Participant shall be
made by the employer responsible for the payment of base salary to the
Participant, provided, however, that the Bank shall be jointly and severally
liable for all amounts payable under the Plan.

8.    Effective Date.

            The Plan is first effective for the Performance Period commencing on
or after January 1, 1998, subject to stockholder approval of the Plan at the
Company's 1998 annual stockholders' meeting. No payments shall be made under the
Plan prior to the time such stockholder approval is obtained in accordance with
applicable law, including, but not limited to, the stockholder approval
requirements under Code Section 162(m). If approved by the Company's
stockholders at the Company's 1998 annual stockholders' meeting, the Plan will
remain effective through the end of the Company's taxable year ending December
31, 2002 (provided that certifications and payment of awards related to periods
prior to that date may be made after December 31, 2002), unless the Board or the
Compensation Committee of the Board terminates the Plan earlier.

                                                                      

                                      12


<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.46

                               DIME BANCORP, INC.
                 1997 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN FOR OUTSIDE DIRECTORS

               (As Amended and Restated Effective March 27, 1998)

            1. Establishment and Purpose of the Plan. The Dime Bancorp, Inc.
1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Directors (the "Plan") is established by
Dime Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"). The Plan is designed to enable the Company
to attract, retain and motivate members of the Boards of Directors of the
Company and certain of its subsidiaries who are not employees of the Company or
certain of its subsidiaries by providing for or increasing their proprietary
interest in the Company and to enable such directors to participate in the
long-term success and growth of the Company. Awards under the Plan may be in the
form of (i) options ("NonQualified Options") to purchase common stock of the
Company, par value $.01 per share ("Common Stock"), which do not qualify as
incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), (ii) stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), (iii) rights
to purchase shares of restricted Common Stock ("Restricted Stock"), and (iv)
shares of Common Stock, the issuance of which is deferred to a date following
the grant date of the award ("Deferred Stock").

            2. Stock Subject to Plan. The maximum number of shares of Common
Stock that may be issued with respect to awards hereunder shall not, in the
aggregate, exceed 350,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to the adjustments
under Section 8. Notwithstanding the limitation described in the preceding
sentence, grants of rights to purchase Restricted Stock under the Plan shall be
limited so that the sum of (i) the aggregate number of shares of Restricted
Stock that are outstanding as of April 30, 1998 (but that have not thereafter
been forfeited or repurchased) and (ii) the number of shares of Restricted Stock
made available after such date for purchase under the Plan or under any other
stock incentive plans maintained by the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall
not exceed 2% of the total number of shares of Common Stock that are outstanding
(inclusive of shares of Restricted Stock otherwise then outstanding) at the time
the grant of the right to purchase the Restricted Stock is made. The shares of
Common Stock that are issuable under the Plan may consist of authorized but
unissued shares or treasury shares. To the extent a Non-Qualified Option is
surrendered, canceled or terminated without having been exercised, or an award
other than a Non-Qualified Option is surrendered, canceled or terminated without
the holder having received payment of the award in Common Stock, or shares of
Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at less than fair market value
or forfeited, the shares of Common Stock subject to such Non-Qualified Option or
other award or the Restricted Stock shall again be available for distribution in
connection with future awards under the Plan.

            3. Eligibility. Members of the Board of Directors of the Company or
of any Eligible Subsidiary (as defined below) who are not employees of the
Company or any entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, at
least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial ownership interest (an "Outside
Director") are eligible to be granted awards under the Plan. For purposes of
this Section 3, an "Eligible Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation,
partnership, joint
<PAGE>   2

                                                                             2

venture or other entity in which the Company has, directly or indirectly, a
greater than fifty percent (50%) beneficial ownership interest. An Outside
Director to whom a Non-Qualified Option is granted under the Plan is sometimes
referred to herein as an "Optionee."

            4. Administration of the Plan. The Plan shall be administered by the
Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"). The Board shall have the
authority to adopt, amend, and rescind such rules and regulations as, in its
opinion, may be advisable in the administration of the Plan, to construe and
interpret the Plan, the rules and regulations, and the instruments evi dencing
awards under the Plan and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or
advisable for the administration of the Plan. All decisions, determinations, and
interpretations of the Board shall be binding on all Plan participants. The
Board may from time to time delegate to one or more officers of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries, or to one or more committees or subcommittees of the
Board, any or all of its authorities granted hereunder, except that no such
authority shall be delegated by the Board if the possession or exercise thereof
by such other person or committee could cause any transaction, if it occurred or
were to occur under the Plan, to fail to qualify for an exemption under Section
16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act").

            5. Formula-Based Awards.

            Prior to the Restatement Effective Date (as defined in Section 16),
awards to Outside Directors under the Plan consisted of formula-based,
nondiscretionary initial and annual grants of Non-Qualified Options and rights
to purchase Restricted Stock.

                  (a) Initial Grant. Each Outside Director who first became an
Outside Director of the Company on or after the Initial Effective Date (as
defined in Section 16) and prior to the Restatement Effective Date received a
one-time grant on the date of his or her election to the Board or, if later, on
the date of the meeting of the shareholders of the Company at which the Plan was
initially approved, of: (i) a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 3,000 shares of
Common Stock under the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5(c); and (ii)
the right to purchase 1,000 shares of Restricted Stock under the terms and
conditions set forth in Section 5(d), in each case subject to adjustment under
Section 8.

                  (b) Annual Grant. On the date that was one month following the
an nual meeting of the shareholders of the Company occurring immediately
following the Initial Effective Date, each Outside Director then elected to the
Board or continuing to serve on the Board immediately following such shareholder
meeting received a grant of a Non-Qualified Option to purchase 1,500 shares of
Common Stock under the terms and conditions set forth in Section 5(c), subject
to adjustment under Section 8.
<PAGE>   3

                                                                             3

                  (c) Terms and Conditions of Non-Qualified Options. The
NonQualified Options granted under Section 5(a) or 5(b) of the Plan are subject
to the following terms and conditions:

                        (i) Written Documentation. Each such Non-Qualified
Option granted is evidenced by a grant letter executed by the Company.

                        (ii) Option Term. Each such Non-Qualified Option has a
term of eleven (11) years.

                        (iii) Exercisability. Each such Non-Qualified Option
shall become exercisable to the extent of one-third of the shares covered by
such Non-Qualified Option from and after the first anniversary of the date on
which such Non-Qualified Option was granted and an additional one-third of the
shares covered by such Non-Qualified Option from and after each of the second
and third anniversaries of such grant date, provided in each case that the
Optionee is in continuous service as an Outside Director from the grant date
through the applicable anniversary of such grant date. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, each Non-Qualified Option shall become one hundred percent (100%)
exercisable (A) in the event the Optionee terminates his or her status as an
Outside Director by reason of (i) termination of service as an Outside Director
upon or after the later of (1) the attainment of age sixty-five (65) or (2) the
rendering of service as an Outside Director for at least five (5) full years
(including, for this purpose, service rendered as an Outside Director prior to
the Initial Effective Date of the Plan, and service rendered as a member of the
Board of Directors of Anchor Bancorp, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries, provided
such member was not an employee of Anchor Bancorp, Inc. or any of its
subsidiaries during such service period (herein, an "Anchor Outside Director"),
(ii) death, or (iii) disability, or (B) upon the occurrence of (w) a Terminating
Event (as defined in Section 13(b)), (x) a Change in Control (as defined in
Section 13(c)), (y) the dissemination of a proxy statement soliciting proxies
from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the Company, seeking
stockholder approval of a Terminating Event of the type described in clause (i)
of Section 13(b), or (z) the publication or dissemination of an announcement of
action intended to result in a Terminating Event of the type described in clause
(ii) or (iii) of Section 13(b), provided the Optionee is in service as an
Outside Director at the time of the occurrence of such event. Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, no Non-Qualified Option that had been
granted to an Optionee shall be exercisable if the Optionee's status as an
Outside Director is terminated for cause.

                        (iv) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of
Common Stock purchasable under such Non-Qualified Options is equal to the
closing price of the Common Stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange,
on the date the Non-Qualified Option was granted (subject to adjustment under
Section 8).

                        (v) Method of Exercise. Such Non-Qualified Options may
be exercised, in whole or in part and to the extent then vested, during the
relevant option period by
<PAGE>   4

                                                                             4

giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares
of Common Stock to be purchased and accompanied by payment of the applicable
exercise price. Payment of the exercise price may be made in cash (including
cash equivalents), by delivery of unrestricted shares of Common Stock that have
been owned by the Optionee or, as applicable, by a permissible transferee (as
provided in Section 10) for at least six (6) months, or in any combination of
the foregoing.

                        (vi) Termination of Outside Director Status. Except as
provided below, if an Optionee's status as an Outside Director is terminated for
any reason other than (i) termination of service as an Outside Director upon or
after the later of (A) the attainment of age sixty-five (65) or (B) the
rendering of service as an Outside Director for at least five (5) full years
(including, for this purpose, service as an Anchor Non-Employee Director), (ii)
death, (iii) disability, (iv) for cause, or (v) in connection with the
occurrence of a Terminating Event (as defined in Section 13(b)) or a Change in
Control (as defined in Section 13(c)), such NonQualified Options that had been
granted to such Optionee may be exercised only within twelve (12) months after
such termination of his or her status as an Outside Director, but only to the
extent the Non-Qualified Options were exercisable on the date of his or her
termination, and in no event may such options be exercisable following the end
of the applicable option term. Except as provided below, if an Optionee's status
as an Outside Director is terminated by reason of (i) termination of service as
an Outside Director upon or after the later of (A) the attainment of age
sixty-five (65) or (B) the rendering of service as an Outside Director for at
least five (5) full years (including, for this purpose, service rendered as an
Outside Director prior to the Initial Effective Date of the Plan, and service
rendered as Anchor Outside Director), (ii) death, or (iii) disability, the
Non-Qualified Options that had been granted to such Optionee may be exercised
only within thirty-six (36) months after such termination of his or her status
as an Outside Director, but in no event may such options be exercisable
following the end of the applicable option term. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
if an Optionee's status as an Outside Director is terminated at any time within
the two (2) - year period immediately following the occurrence of a Terminating
Event (as defined in Section 13(b)) or a Change in Control (as defined in
Section 13(c)) that occurred while the Optionee was an Outside Director, the
vested Non-Qualified Options that had been granted to such Optionee may be
exercised at any time during the remainder of the applicable option term.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if an Optionee's status as
an Outside Director is terminated for cause, the Non-Qualified Options that have
been granted to such Optionee shall immediately terminate and cease to be
exercisable upon the giving of notice of such termination for cause.

                        (vii) No Shareholder Rights. An Optionee or, as
applicable, a permissible transferee of a Non-Qualified Option hereunder (as
provided in Section 10) shall not have any rights of a shareholder with respect
to shares of Common Stock relating to the NonQualified Option granted under the
Plan, including, but not limited to, rights to any dividends that may be
declared and paid with respect to such Common Stock, until written notice of
exercise of such option has been given and the exercise price has been paid for
such shares.
<PAGE>   5

                                                                             5

                  (d) Terms and Conditions of Rights to Purchase Restricted
Stock. The grant of rights to purchase Restricted Stock under Section 5(a) of
the Plan is subject to the following terms and conditions:

                        (i) Purchase Period. The right to purchase such
Restricted Stock under the Plan expired sixty (60) days after it was granted.

                        (ii) Purchase Price. The purchase price per share
required to be paid upon exercise of the right to purchase such Restricted Stock
was equal to $1.00 per share or the par value of the shares purchased if greater
than $1.00 per share.

                        (iii) Lapse of Restrictions. No shares of such
Restricted Stock may be sold or otherwise transferred or hypothecated until the
restrictions applicable thereto have lapsed pursuant to this Section 5(d)(iii).
The restrictions applicable to such shares of Restricted Stock purchased shall
lapse as to one-third of the shares of Restricted Stock so purchased on the
third anniversary of the date of grant of the right to purchase such shares,
with the restrictions lapsing as to an additional one-third of the shares on the
fourth anniversary of such grant date for the shares, and the restrictions
lapsing as to the remaining one-third of the shares on the fifth anni versary of
such grant date for the shares, provided that, in each such case, the holder is
in continu ous service as an Outside Director from the grant date through the
applicable anniversary of such grant date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
restrictions applicable to such shares of Restricted Stock purchased shall
immediately lapse upon the earlier of (A) the holder's (i) death, (ii)
disability, or (iii) termination of service as an Outside Director upon or after
the later of (1) the attainment of age sixty-five (65) or (2) the rendering of
service as an Outside Director for at least five (5) full years (including, for
this purpose, service rendered as an Outside Director prior to the Initial
Effective Date of the Plan, and service rendered as an Anchor Outside Director),
or (B) the occurrence of (w) a Terminating Event (as defined in Section 13(b)),
(x) a Change in Control (as defined in Section 13(c)), (y) the dissemination of
a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by
someone other than the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a Terminating
Event of the type described in clause (i) of Section 13(b), (z) the publication
or dissemination of an announcement of action intended to result in a
Terminating Event of the type described in clause (ii) or (iii) of Section
13(b), provided the holder is in service as an Outside Director at the time of
the occurrence of such event. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, if such Restricted Stock holder's service as an Outside Director is
terminated for cause, then all shares of Restricted Stock for which the
restrictions had not then lapsed shall be immediately forfeited.

                        (iv) Repurchase of Shares. In the event of the
termination of the status of the holder of such Restricted Stock as an Outside
Director for any reason other than (i) death, (ii) disability, or (iii)
termination of service as an Outside Director upon or after the later of (A) the
attainment of age sixty-five (65) or (B) the rendering of service as an Outside
Director for at least five (5) full years (including, for this purpose, service
rendered as an Outside Director prior to the Initial Effective Date of the Plan,
and service rendered as an Anchor Outside
<PAGE>   6

                                                                             6

Director), unless the restrictions on such stock have lapsed prior to such
termination, the Company (or any Eligible Subsidiary designated by it) shall,
unless then prohibited from pur chasing or acquiring shares of its stock,
repurchase for cash all of the holder's Restricted Stock at the lesser of (x)
the price paid by the holder (without interest) or (y) the fair market value
(deter mined without regard to any restrictions) of the Restricted Stock on the
date of such termination.

                        (v) Shareholder Rights. The holder of such Restricted
Stock shall have the right to vote with respect to such Restricted Stock and
shall be entitled to divi dends, if any, paid with respect to shares of Common
Stock. If dividends are paid with respect to the shares of Common Stock, an
amount equal to the amount of any such dividends will be paid to the holder of
the Restricted Stock currently. If dividends paid on Common Stock are payable in
the form of shares of Common Stock, or if shares of Common Stock are to be
received by the holder of Restricted Stock in connection with a stock split
regarding the Common Stock, the shares received as a result of such dividend or
stock split shall be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock
with respect to which they were paid.

            6. Nonformula-Based Awards.

            On and after the Restatement Effective Date, no further
formula-based awards under Section 5 shall be made, and awards under the Plan
shall, in the sole discretion of the Board, consist of nonformula-based,
discretionary grants of one or more of the following: (1) Non-Qualified Options,
(2) SARs, (3) rights to purchase Restricted Stock, and (4) Deferred Stock.

                  (a) Terms and Conditions of Non-Qualified Options. Subject to
the following provisions, Non-Qualified Options awarded under this Section 6
shall have such terms and conditions as the Board may determine.

                        (i) Option Price. The option price per share of Common
Stock purchasable under a Non-Qualified Option shall be determined by the Board.

                        (ii) Option Term. The term of each Non-Qualified Option
shall be determined by the Board.

                        (iii) Exercisability. Non-Qualified Options shall be
exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as
shall be determined by the Board. If the Board provides that any Non-Qualified
Option is exercisable only in installments, the Board may waive such installment
exercise provisions at any time in whole or in part.

                        (iv) Method of Exercise. Non-Qualified Options may be
exercised in whole or in part at any time during the option period by giving
written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of shares to be
purchased, accompanied by payment of the purchase price. Payment of the purchase
price shall be made in such manner as
<PAGE>   7

                                                                             7

the Board may provide in the award, which may include cash (including cash
equivalents), delivery of shares of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee
or subject to awards hereunder, any other manner permitted by law as determined
by the Board, or any combination of the foregoing. The Board may provide that
all or part of the shares received upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Option
that are paid for using Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock shall be restricted
or deferred in accordance with the original terms of the Restricted Stock or
Deferred Stock so used.

                        (v) No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in Section
14, an Optionee (or permitted transferee pursuant to Section 10) shall have
neither rights to dividends nor other rights of a holder of Common Stock with
respect to shares subject to a Non-Qualified Option until the Optionee (or
permitted transferee) has given written notice of exercise and has paid for such
shares to the number of shares.

                        (vi) Surrender Rights. The Board may provide that
options may be surrendered for cash upon any terms and conditions set by the
Board.

                        (vii) Termination of Service. If an Optionee's service
as an Outside Director with the Company or terminates by reason of death,
disability, termination of service as an Outside Director upon or after the
later of (1) the attainment of age sixty-five (65) or (2) the rendering of
service as an Outside Director for at least five (5) full years (including, for
this purpose, service rendered as an Outside Director prior to the Initial
Effective Date of the Plan, and service as an Anchor Outside Director), or
otherwise, the Non-Qualified Option shall be exercisable to the extent
determined by the Board. The Board may provide that, notwithstanding the option
term determined pursuant to Section 6(a)(ii), a Non-Qualified Option that is
outstanding on the date of an optionee's death shall remain outstanding for an
additional period after the date of such death.

                  (b) Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights.

                        (i) An SAR shall entitle the holder thereof to receive
payment of an amount, in cash, shares of Common Stock or a combination thereof,
as determined by the Board, equal in value to the excess of the fair market
value of the shares as to which the award is granted on the date of exercise
over an amount specified by the Board. Any such award shall be in such form and
shall have such terms and conditions as the Board may determine.

                        (ii) The Board may provide that an SAR may be exercised
only within the 60-day period following the occurrence of a Terminating Event
(as defined in Section 13(b)) or a Change in Control (as defined in Section
13(c)). The Board may also provide that in the event of the occurrence of a
Terminating Event or a Change in Control the amount to be paid upon the exercise
of an SAR shall be based on the Terminating Event Price (as defined in Section
13(d)).
<PAGE>   8

                                                                             8

                  (c) Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock. Subject to the
following provisions, all awards of rights to purchase Restricted Stock shall be
in such form and shall have such terms and conditions as the Board may
determine:

                        (i) The Restricted Stock award shall specify the number
of shares of Restricted Stock to be awarded, the price, if any, to be paid by
the holder of the rights to purchase the Restricted Stock (which shall in no
event be less than par value) and the date or dates on which, or the conditions
upon the satisfaction of which, the Restricted Stock will vest. The vesting of
Restricted Stock may be conditioned upon the completion of a specified period of
service as an Outside Director, upon the attainment of specified performance
goals or upon such other criteria as the Board may determine.

                        (ii) Stock certificates representing the Restricted
Stock purchased by an Outside Director shall be registered in the Outside
Director's name, but the Board may direct that such certificates be held by the
Company on behalf of the Outside Director. Except as may be permitted by the
Board, Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or
otherwise encumbered by the Outside Director until such stock has vested in
accordance with the terms of the Restricted Stock award. At the time Restricted
Stock vests, a certificate for such vested shares shall be delivered to the
Outside Director (or his or her designated beneficiary in the event of death),
free of all restrictions.

                        (iii) The Board may provide that the Outside Director
shall have the right to vote with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock so
purchased. The Board may provide that Common Stock received as a dividend on, or
in connection with a stock split of, Restricted Stock shall be subject to the
same restrictions as the Restricted Stock.

                        (iv) Except as may be provided by the Board, in the
event of an Outside Director's termination of service as an Outside Director
before all of his or her Restricted Stock has vested, or in the event any
conditions to the vesting of Restricted Stock have not been satisfied prior to
any deadline for the satisfaction of such conditions set forth in the award, the
shares of Restricted Stock which have not vested shall be forfeited, and the
Board shall provide that (A) the purchase price paid by the Outside Director
with respect to such shares shall be returned to the Outside Director or (B) a
cash payment equal to such Restricted Stock's fair market value on the date of
forfeiture, if lower, shall be paid to the Outside Director.

                        (v) The Board may waive, in whole or in part, any or all
of the conditions to receipt of, or restrictions with respect to, any or all of
the Outside Director's Restricted Stock.

                  (d) Terms and Conditions of Deferred Stock Awards. Subject to
the following provisions, all awards of Deferred Stock shall be in such form and
shall have such terms and conditions as the Board may determine:
<PAGE>   9

                                                                             9

                        (i) The Deferred Stock award shall specify the number of
shares of Deferred Stock to be awarded to any Outside Director and the duration
or the period (the "Deferred Period") during which, and the conditions under
which, receipt of the Stock will be deferred. The Board may condition the award
of Deferred Stock, or receipt of Common Stock or cash at the end of the Deferral
Period, upon the attainment of specified performance goals or such other
criteria as the Board may determine.

                        (ii) Except as may be permitted by the Board, Deferred
Stock awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise
encumbered during the Deferral Period.

                        (iii) At the expiration of the Deferral Period, the
Outside Director (or his or her designated beneficiary in the event of death)
shall receive (A) certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock equal to
the number of shares covered by the Deferred Stock award, (B) cash equal to the
fair market value of such Common Stock or (C) a combination of shares and cash,
as the Board may determine.

                        (iv) Except as may be provided by the Board, in the
event of an Outside Director's termination of service before the end of the
Deferral Period, his or her Deferred Stock award shall be forfeited.

                        (v) The Board may waive, in whole or in part, any or all
of the conditions to receipt of, or restrictions with respect to, Common Stock
or cash under a Deferred Stock award.

            7. Election to Defer Awards. The Board may permit an Outside
Director to elect to defer receipt of an award for a specified period or until a
specified event, upon such terms as are determined by the Board

            8. Adjustments. In the event of any merger, reorganization,
consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets, recapitalization,
Common Stock dividend, Common Stock split, spin-off, split-up, split-off,
distribution of assets (including cash) or other change in corporate structure
of the Company affecting the Common Stock, a substitution or adjustment, as may
be determined to be appropriate, shall be made in the aggregate number of shares
of Com mon Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, the identity of the stock
or other securities to be issued under the Plan, the number of shares of Common
Stock subject to outstanding awards and the amounts to be paid by an Outside
Director, a permissible transferee (as provided in Section 10), the Company or
any Eligible Subsidiary, as the case may be, with respect to out standing
awards.

            9. Duration of Plan. No Non-Qualified Options, SARs or Deferred
Stock may be granted or Restricted Stock sold under the Plan after April 30,
2008.
<PAGE>   10

                                                                            10

            10. Nontransferability. Except as provided in this Section 10,
Non-Qualified Options, SARs, and rights to acquire Deferred Stock or purchase
Restricted Stock granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the
Outside Director's lifetime only by the Outside Director or by the Outside
Director's guardian or legal representative. Subject to such administrative
conditions as the Board may prescribe, an Outside Director may, upon providing
written notice to the Board or its designee, elect to transfer, without
consideration therefor, all or any portion of the Non-Quali fied Options granted
to the Outside Director under the Plan to members of his or her "immediate
family" (as defined below), to a trust or trusts maintained solely for the
benefit of the Outside Director and/or the members of his or her immediate
family, or to such other entities as may be determined by the Board (each, a
"permissible transferee"). Any purported assignment, alienation, pledge,
attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance that does not qualify as a permis
sible transfer under this Section 10 shall be void and unenforceable against the
Plan and the Com pany. For purposes of this Section 10, the term "immediate
family" shall mean, with respect to a particular Outside Director, the Outside
Director's spouse, parents, children, stepchildren, legally adopted children,
and grandchildren, and such other persons as may be determined by the Board. The
terms of any such Non-Qualified Option, as set forth under the Plan or
otherwise, shall be binding upon the beneficiaries, executors, administrators,
heirs and successors of the Optionee and, as applicable, a permissible
transferee hereunder. The exercise of a Non-Qualified Option that is transferred
pursuant to this Section 10 and the shares of Common Stock acquired thereby
shall be subject to the applicable provisions of the Plan and to all applicable
requirements of law, including, but not limited to, the registration
requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Upon any transfer of
a Non-Qualified Option, as provided in this Section 10, the permissible
transferee with respect to such option shall be subject to the provisions of the
Plan that otherwise would apply to such option if it was still held by the
Optionee.

            11. Shareholder Approval. No Non-Qualified Options , SARs, rights to
purchase Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock may be granted under Section 6 of
the Plan prior to the approval of the Plan, as herein amended and restated, by
the holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock present, or represented,
and entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders of the Company.

            12. Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may, at any
time, alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan. No such action of the Board
shall require the ap proval of the shareholders of the Company, unless required
by applicable law or by the rules or regulations of any securities exchange or
regulatory agency, or otherwise required in order to enable transactions
associated with grants of Non-Qualified Options, SARs, rights to purchase
Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock, and purchases of Restricted Stock to qualify
for an exemption from Section 16(b) of the Act or, to the extent desirable, to
qualify for the exception for qualified performance-based compensation under
Section 162(m) of the Code. No NonQualified Options, SARs, rights to purchase
Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock may be granted, or Restricted Stock sold,
during any suspension of the Plan or after the termination of the Plan, and no
alteration, amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall, without the
Optionee's
<PAGE>   11

                                                                            11

(or, as applicable, permissible transferee's (as provided in Section 10)) or
holder's consent, alter or impair any rights or obligations any such person
under any Non-Qualified Option, SAR, rights to purchase Restricted Stock or
Deferred Stock theretofore granted, or Restricted Stock theretofore sold, under
the Plan.

            13. Terminating Event and Change in Control.

                  (a) Unless otherwise determined by the Board at the time of
grant or by amendment (with the holder's consent) of such grant, in the event of
the earliest of (i) the occurrence of a Terminating Event (as defined in Section
13(b)), (ii) the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section
13(c)), (iii) the dissemination of a proxy statement soliciting proxies from
stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the Company, seeking
stockholder approval of a Terminating Event of the type described in Section
13(b)(i), or (iv) the publication or dissemination of an announcement of action
intended to result in a Terminating Event of the type described in Section
13(b)(ii) or (iii), and solely with respect to awards held by an Outside
Director in service as an Outside Director at the time of any such event
described in (i) through (iv) above (or then held by a permissible transferee of
such Outside Director pursuant to Section 10):

                        (A)   all outstanding Non-Qualified Options and all
                              outstanding SARs awarded under Section 6 of the
                              Plan shall become fully exercisable and vested;

                        (B)   the restrictions and deferral limitations
                              applicable to any outstanding Restricted Stock and
                              Deferred Stock awards under Section 6 of the Plan
                              shall lapse and such shares and awards shall be
                              deemed fully vested; and

                        (C)   to the extent the cash payment of any award under
                              Section 6 of the Plan is based on the fair market
                              value of Common Stock, such fair market value
                              shall be the Terminating Event Price.

                  (b) As used in this Plan, a "Terminating Event" shall be:

                        (i) the reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the
Company with or into any other entity as a result of which the Common Stock is
exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the
Company, unless the reorganization, merger, or consolidation shall have been
affirmatively recommended to the Company's shareholders by a majority of the
members of the Board and provision shall have been made for Non-Qualified
Options and rights to purchase Restricted Stock then outstanding to be continued
in effect following the reorganization, merger, or consideration;
<PAGE>   12

                                                                            12

                        (ii) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the
property or of more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the voting power of the
Company by any person or entity; or

                        (iii) the occurrence of any circumstance having the
effect that directors of the Company who were nominated for election as
directors by the Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board shall cease
for any reason to constitute a majority of the authorized number of directors of
the Company's Board.

                  (c) As used in this Plan, a "Change in Control" shall mean the
occurrence of any of the following events:

                        (i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner,
directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the
securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly
from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 35% or more of the combined
voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities;

                        (ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to
constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving as directors of
the Company: individuals who, on July 24, 1997, constitute the Board and any new
director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in
connection with the settlement of an actual or threatened election contest,
including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of
directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or
nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved or
recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still
in office who either were directors on July 24, 1997 or whose appointment,
election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended;

                        (iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of
the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other
corporation or entity, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which would
result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to
such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining
outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity
or any Parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or
other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company
or any subsidiary of the Company, at least 65% of the combined voting power of
the securities of the Company, such surviving entity or any Parent thereof
outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (B) a merger or
consolidation effected solely to implement a recapitalization of the Company or
The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB (the "Bank") (or similar transaction) in
which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of
securities of the Company or the Bank (not including in the securities
beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the
Company or its Affiliates) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power
of the Company's or the Bank's then outstanding securities; or
<PAGE>   13

                                                                            13

                        (iv) the stockholders of the Company or the Bank approve
a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank,
respectively, or there is consummated a sale or disposition by the Company or
any of its subsidiaries of any assets which individually or as part of a series
of related transactions constitute all or substantially all of the Company's
consolidated assets (provided that, for these purposes, a sale of all or
substantially all of the voting securities of the Bank or a Parent of the Bank
shall be deemed to constitute a sale of substantially all of the Company's
consolidated assets), other than any such sale or disposition to an entity at
least 65% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are
owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership of the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to
such sale or disposition.

                  (d) As used in connection with the definition of Change in
Control (as set forth in subsection (c) of this Section 13), "Affiliate" shall
have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the
Act; "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the
Act; "Parent" shall mean any entity that becomes the Beneficial Owner of at
least 80% of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the
Company or of an entity that survives any merger or consolidation of the Company
or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company; and "Person" shall have the
meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Act, as modified and used in Sections
13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company
or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities
under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an
underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such
securities, or (iv) a corporation or entity owned, directly or indirectly, by
the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership of stock of the Company.

                  (e) As used in this Plan, "Terminating Event Price" means the
highest price per share paid for Common Stock in any transaction reported on the
New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, or paid or offered for the Common Stock
in any transaction related to a Terminating Event or a Change in Control, at any
time during the 90-day period ending with the day on which the Terminating Event
or Change in Control occurs, or, if a shorter period, at any time during the
period commencing with the date of grant and ending with the day on which the
Terminating Event or Change in Control occurs.

      14. Dividends and Dividend Equivalents. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 5(d), the Board shall have the authority to determine that amounts equal
to the amount of any dividends declared with respect to the number of shares of
Common Stock covered by an award (including Non-Qualified Options) (i) will be
paid to the holder currently, (ii) will be deferred and deemed to be reinvested,
(iii) will otherwise be credited to the holder, or (iv) that the holder has no
rights with respect to such dividends.
<PAGE>   14

                                                                            14

      15.   General Provisions.

            (a) Each grant under the Plan shall, as applicable, be subject to
(i) the listing, registration or qualification of the Common Stock upon any
securities exchange or under any state or federal law and (ii) the consent or
approval of any governmental regulatory body.

            (b) Neither the adoption of the Plan nor any grant hereunder shall
confer upon any Outside Director any right to continue in the service as a
director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

            (c) No member of the Board or any committee of the Board, nor any
officer or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries acting on behalf
of the Board or any committee of the Board, shall be personally liable for any
action, determination or interpretation taken or made with respect to the Plan,
and all members of the Board or any such committee of the Board and all officers
or employees of the Company and any of its subsidiaries acting on their behalf
shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the
Company in respect of any such action, determination or interpretation.

      16. Effective Date. The Plan was initially effective as of January 1, 1997
(the "Initial Effective Date"), and was amended effective as of June 27, 1997
and September 19, 1997, respectively. The Plan, as herein amended and restated,
shall be effective as of March 27, 1998 (the "Restatement Effective Date").



<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 12
 
                      DIME BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                       RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         --------------------------------------
                                                            1998          1997          1996
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>
EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS FROM FIXED CHARGES
Earnings:
  Income before income taxes, extraordinary items and
     cumulative effect of a change in accounting
     principle.........................................  $  354,622    $  198,208    $  154,240
  Fixed charges........................................     360,903       348,297       364,093
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
       Total earnings as adjusted......................  $  715,525    $  546,505    $  518,333
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
Fixed charges:
  Interest expense on borrowed funds...................  $  347,825    $  340,394    $  358,187
  Portion of rent expense deemed representative of
     interest factor(1)................................      13,078         7,903         5,906
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
       Total fixed charges.............................  $  360,903    $  348,297    $  364,093
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges excluding interest
  on deposits..........................................        1.98x         1.57x         1.42x
INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS IN FIXED CHARGES
Earnings:
  Income before income taxes, extraordinary items and
     cumulative effect of a change in accounting
     principle.........................................  $  354,622    $  198,208    $  154,240
  Fixed charges........................................     906,730       907,656       895,309
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
       Total earnings as adjusted......................  $1,261,352    $1,105,864    $1,049,549
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
Fixed charges:
  Interest expense on borrowed funds...................  $  347,825    $  340,394    $  358,187
  Interest expense of deposits.........................     545,827       559,359       531,216
  Portion of rent expense deemed representative of
     interest factor(1)................................      13,078         7,903         5,906
                                                         ----------    ----------    ----------
       Total fixed charges.............................  $  906,730    $  907,656    $  895,309
                                                         ==========    ==========    ==========
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges including interest
  on deposits..........................................        1.39x         1.22x         1.17x
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Represents one-third of total rent expense.

<PAGE>   1
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 21
 
                      SUBSIDIARIES AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
                       DIME BANCORP, INC.'S SUBSIDIARIES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                             <C>
Dime Capital Trust I                            The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB
Dime Capital Trust II                           NAMIS Insurance Agency, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
                         DIME SAVINGS BANK SUBSIDIARIES
 
Accord Agency, Inc.
Accord Realty Management Corporation
Acorn Properties Inc.
Anchor Properties of New Jersey, Inc.
Anchor Property Corp.
Anchor Systems Corp.(1)
ASB Agency, Inc.
69-30 Austin Holding Corp.
Beech Real Estate Management Inc.
BFED I Corp.
BFS Financial Corporation(2)
555 Biltmore, Inc.(3)
200 Boston Post Inc.(4)
Capitol View Inc.(5)
Cedar Real Estate Management Corp.
426 Central Inc.(6)
The Chelsea Accord Corporation
Colonial Bristol Inc.
The Dalton Accord Corporation(7)
DFI Property I L.L.C
The Dime Agency, Inc.
Dime Capital Partners, Inc.
Dime Commercial Corp.
Dime CRE, Inc.
Dime Florida Consolidation Corp.(8)
Dime Funding, Inc. (in dissolution)
Dime Mortgage of New Jersey, Inc.(9)
Dime NJ Agency, Inc.(10)
Dime Securities, Inc.(11)
DNJ Agency, Inc.
Dogwood Real Estate Corp.
The E-F Battery Accord Corporation
Fairfield Financial Holdings Inc.
Fameslinc, Inc.(12)
Fayette Properties Inc.
Fayette Properties of New Jersey, Inc.
F.C. Ltd.
Fir Real Estate Corp.
Garden Management Co., Inc.
Granny Road Land Corp.
Harmony Agency, Inc.(13)
Hemlock Real Estate Management Corp.
Heritage Community Service Corp.
IC Capital Co., Inc.(14)
IMCO Capital Co., Inc.
Inservco, Inc.
Lakeview Land Corp.(15)
Lawrence Avenue Corp.(16)
Lincoln Barry Gardens Acquisition Corp.
Lincoln Realty Capital, Inc.(17)
Lincoln RRE Corporation
Lincoln Tudor Court Acquisition Corp.
Lincoln Ventures Group Ltd.
Maple Real Property Management Inc.
Medford Associates, Inc.
Mid Country Inc.(18)
The Mount Kisco Accord Corporation
NAMCO Asset Management Inc.(19)
NAMCO Securities Corp.
NAMIS Insurance Agency of Massachusetts, Inc.
NAMIS Insurance Services of Kentucky, Inc.
NAMIS Insurance Services of Nevada, Inc.
NAMIS Insurance Services of Texas, Inc.(20)
78 New Linc Corporation(21)
Nickel Purchasing Company, Inc.
North American Insurance Agency of Ohio, Inc.
North American Mortgage Company(R)
North American Mortgage Insurance   Services(22)
Northeast Appraisals, Inc.
Northshore Consolidation Corp.(23)
Nutmeg Real Estate Corp.
Oak Real Estate Corp.
847218 Ontario Limited
847219 Ontario Limited
847220 Ontario Limited
847221 Ontario Limited
Panther Lane Inc.
Pelham Venture Inc.
620-622 Pelhamdale Avenue Owners Corporation
Pembroke And Livingston, Inc.
Pine Real Estate Management Corp.
Plainview Inn, Inc.
Reservoir Avenue Management, Inc.
 
                                       B-1
<PAGE>   2
 
65 Roosevelt Inc.(24)
The Seventh Avenue Accord Corporation
299 Shore Lee Corp.
The Sixth Avenue Accord Corporation
Sky Resort, Inc.
Somerset Consolidation Corporation
Sonoma Conveyancing Corporation
Standard of Georgia Insurance Agency, Inc.
Uniondale Holdings Inc.
Vanderventer Corp.
Vintage Reinsurance Company
Waccaboro Corp.
Wappingers Falls Development Corp.
Windy Ridge Corp.
Yellowstone Venture, Inc.
 
- ---------------
 (1) Formerly known as Suburban Coastal Systems Corporation
     f/k/a Coastal Computer Services, Inc.
 
 (2) Formerly known as BFS Finance Corp.
 
 (3) Formerly known as Alhambra Circle, Inc.
 
 (4) Formerly known as 1101 Kennedy, Inc.
 
 (5) Formerly known as 1804 Plaza Corp.
     f/k/a Prince Farms Development Corp.
     f/k/a Pearl Plaza Inc.
     f/k/a Park Lane South Corp.
 
 (6) Formerly known as South Munn Inc.
     f/k/a 952 W. Third St. Corp.
     f/k/a MacArthur Inc.
 
 (7) Formerly known as The Sutton East Accord Corporation
 
 (8) Formerly known as Dime Mortgage Company, Inc.
     f/k/a The Dime Real Estate Services, Inc.
 
 (9) Formerly known as Dime of New Jersey, Inc.
 
(10) Formerly known as ASB/NJ Agency Inc.
     f/k/a Suburban Coastal Insurance Services, Inc.
     f/k/a Coastal Insurance Services, Inc.
 
(11) Formerly known as Dime Securities of New York, Inc.
     f/k/a TDA Securities Inc.
 
(12) Formerly known as 3489 Broadlinc, Inc.
 
(13) Formerly known as Allrisk Agency, Inc.
 
(14) Formerly known as Integrated Capital Co., Inc.
 
(15) Formerly known as 685 Parker Street Inc.
 
(16) Formerly known as 220 Central Avenue Corp.
     f/k/a Hicks Street, Inc.
 
(17) Formerly known as Accord Properties, Inc.
 
(18) Formerly known as 445 Cedarhurst, Inc.
 
(19) Formerly known as John Street Service Corp.
 
(20) Formerly known as North American Mortgage Insurance Services, Inc.
 
(21) Formerly known as 78 New Linc Corp.
 
(22) Formerly known as Sonoma Insurance Agency
     f/k/a IMCO Insurance Services
     f/k/a Sonoma Insurance Agency
 
(23) Formerly known as Dime Consolidation Company, Inc.
 
(24) Formerly known as Nifty Corp.
 
                                       B-2

<PAGE>   1

                                                                      Exhibit 23

                          Independent Auditors' Consent


The Board of Directors
Dime Bancorp, Inc.:

We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Nos.
33-88552, 33-88554, 33-88556, 33-88558, 33-88560, 33-88564, 33-88566, 333-04477,
333-26609, 333-26777, 333-35565, 333-48127, 333-51941, 333-64509 and 333-75103)
on Form S-8 of Dime Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated January 21, 1999 relating
to the consolidated statements of financial condition of Dime Bancorp, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated
statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of
the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1998, which report is
incorporated by reference in the December 31, 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K of
Dime Bancorp, Inc.

/s/ KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP

New York, New York
March 30, 1999



<PAGE>   1

                                                                      Exhibit 24

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/ James M. Large, Jr.
- ---------------------------
    James M. Large, Jr.               Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   2

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints James E. Kelly as his true and
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in his name and place, to sign
the name of the undersigned in the capacity or capacities indicated below to the
Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1998 and any and all amendments to such Form 10-K and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with all necessary
or appropriate governmental or other entities, including, but not limited to,
the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange, granting
to such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to perform each act
necessary to be done as fully to all intents and purposes as he might do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent
may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/  Lawrence J. Toal
- ---------------------------     Chief Executive Officer,
     Lawrence J. Toal            President and Director          March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   3

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/  Derrick D. Cephas
- ---------------------------
     Derrick D. Cephas                Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   4

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/  Frederick C. Chen
- ---------------------------
     Frederick C. Chen                Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   5

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/J. Barclay Collins II
- ---------------------------
   J. Barclay Collins II              Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   6

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/ Richard W. Dalrymple
- ---------------------------
    Richard W. Dalrymple               Director                  March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   7

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/   James F. Fulton
- ---------------------------
      James F. Fulton                 Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   8

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/  Virginia M. Kopp
- ---------------------------
     Virginia M. Kopp                 Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   9

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/    John Morning
- ---------------------------
       John Morning                   Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   10

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/ Margaret Osmer-McQuade
- ----------------------------
    Margaret Osmer-McQuade             Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   11

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/ Sally Hernandez-Pinero
- ---------------------------
    Sally Hernandez-Pinero            Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   12

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/   Paul A. Qualben
- ---------------------------
      Paul A. Qualben                 Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   13

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/ Eugene G. Schulz, Jr.
- ---------------------------
    Eugene G. Schulz, Jr.             Director                  March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   14

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/    Howard Smith
- ---------------------------
       Howard Smith                   Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   15

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/   Norman R. Smith
- ---------------------------
      Norman R. Smith                 Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   16

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/    Ira T. Wender
- ---------------------------
       Ira T. Wender                  Director                   March 26, 1999


<PAGE>   17

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

            The undersigned hereby appoints Lawrence J. Toal and James E. Kelly
or either of the foregoing persons acting alone, each with the full power of
substitution, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, for him and in
his name and place, to sign the name of the undersigned in the capacity or
capacities indicated below to the Annual Report of Dime Bancorp, Inc. on Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 and any and all amendments to such
Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with all necessary or appropriate governmental or other
entities, including, but not limited to, the Securities and Exchange Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange, granting to such attorney-in-fact and agent
full power and authority to perform each act necessary to be done as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agent may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Signature                    Title                                Date
         ---------                    -----                                ----

/s/    Fred B. Koons
- ---------------------------
       Fred B. Koons                  Director                   March 26, 1999



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 9
<LEGEND>
This Schedule contains summary financial information extracted from Dime
Bancorp, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1998, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial
information.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                         279,490
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                           5,937
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                45,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     3
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                  3,329,444
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                               0
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0
<LOANS>                                     16,632,954
<ALLOWANCE>                                    105,081
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              22,320,850
<DEPOSITS>                                  13,651,460
<SHORT-TERM>                                 6,001,951
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                            510,877
<LONG-TERM>                                    770,897
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                         1,203
<OTHER-SE>                                   1,384,462
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>              22,320,850
<INTEREST-LOAN>                              1,159,364
<INTEREST-INVEST>                              255,719
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                 5,802
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                             1,420,855
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                             545,827
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             893,652
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                          527,233
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                   32,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                              21,855
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                665,641
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                354,622
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                     241,143
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                (4,057)
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   237,086
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     2.09
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     2.06
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    2.68
<LOANS-NON>                                     55,111
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                12,198
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                               104,718
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                   40,067
<RECOVERIES>                                     8,430
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                              105,081
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                            99,081
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                          6,000
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission